6-K 1 d260770d6k.htm 6-K 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the six months ended June 30, 2016

Commission file number: 1-10110

 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

BANK BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Calle Azul, 4

28050 Madrid

Spain

(Address of principal executive offices)

Ricardo Gómez Barredo

Calle Azul, 4

28050 Madrid

Spain

Telephone number +34 91 537 7000

Fax number +34 91 537 6766

(Name, telephone, e-mail and /or facsimile number and address of Company contact person)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

Form 20-F  x            Form 40-F  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

Yes  ¨            No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

Yes  ¨            No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Certain Terms and Conventions

     1   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     1   

Presentations of Financial Information

     3   

Selected Interim Consolidated Financial Data

     4   

Business Overview

     8   

Selected Statistical Information

     16   

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

     36   

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

This Form 6-K is incorporated by reference into BBVA’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-212729) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

The terms below are used as follows throughout this report:

 

    BBVA”, the “Bank”, the “Company”, the “Group” or the “BBVA Group” means Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

    BBVA Bancomer” means Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

    BBVA Compass” means BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

    Interim Consolidated Financial Statements” means our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2016 and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”).

 

    Latin America” refers to Mexico and the countries in which we operate in South America and Central America.

First person personal pronouns used in this report, such as “we”, “us”, or “our”, mean BBVA, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

In this report, “$”, “U.S. dollars”, and “dollars” refer to United States Dollars and “” and “euro” refer to Euro.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may include words such as “believe”, “expect”, “estimate”, “project”, “anticipate”, “should”, “intend”, “probability”, “risk”, “VaR”, “target”, “goal”, “objective” and similar expressions or variations on such expressions and includes statements regarding future growth rates. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. The accompanying information in this report on Form 6-K, including, without limitation, the information under the items listed below, identifies important factors that could cause such differences:

 

    “Business Overview”;

 

    “Selected Statistical Information” and

 

    “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

Other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include, among others:

 

    general political, economic and business conditions in Spain, the European Union (“EU”), Latin America, Turkey, the United States and other regions, countries or territories in which we operate;

 

1


Table of Contents
    changes in applicable laws and regulations, including increased capital and provision requirements and taxation, and steps taken towards achieving an EU fiscal and banking union;

 

    the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks in the EU, Spain, the United States, Mexico, Turkey and elsewhere;

 

    changes or volatility in interest rates, foreign exchange rates (including the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate), asset prices, equity markets, commodity prices, inflation or deflation;

 

    ongoing market adjustments in the real estate sectors in Spain, Mexico and the United States;

 

    the effects of competition in the markets in which we operate, which may be influenced by regulation or deregulation;

 

    changes in consumer spending and savings habits, including changes in government policies which may influence spending, saving and investment decisions;

 

    adverse developments in emerging countries, in particular Latin America and Turkey, including unfavorable political and economic developments, social instability and changes in governmental policies, including expropriation, nationalization, international ownership legislation, interest rate caps and tax policies;

 

    our ability to hedge certain risks economically;

 

    downgrades in our credit ratings or in the Kingdom of Spain’s credit ratings;

 

    the success of our acquisitions (including the recent acquisition of an additional stake in Türkiye Garanti Bankası A.Ş. and the acquisition of Catalunya Banc, S.A.) divestitures, mergers and strategic alliances;

 

    our ability to make payments on certain substantial unfunded amounts relating to commitments with personnel;

 

    the performance of our international operations and our ability to manage such operations;

 

    weaknesses or failures in our Group’s internal processes, systems (including information technology systems) and security;

 

    our success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing, which depends, among other things, on our ability to anticipate events that are not captured by the statistical models we use; and

 

    force majeure and other events beyond our control.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to release publicly the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, including, without limitation, changes in our business or acquisition strategy or planned capital expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Accounting Principles

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 in conformity with EU-IFRS. The Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (as amended or supplemented from time to time, “Circular 4/2004”), which requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting system to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of EU-IFRS.

Differences between EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and IFRS-IASB are not material for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015. Accordingly, the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report on Form 6-K have been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB.

Changes in operating segments

On July 27, 2015, we acquired 62,538,000,000 shares (in the aggregate) of the Turkish bank Türkiye Garanti Bankası A.Ş. (“Garanti”) from Doğuş Holding A.Ş., Ferit Faik Şahenk, Dianne Şahenk and Defne Şahenk, under certain agreements entered into on November 19, 2014. Following this acquisition, we hold 39.90% of Garanti’s share capital and fully consolidate Garanti’s results in our consolidated financial statements as we determined we were able to control such entity.

This acquisition resulted in certain changes in our operating segments. In particular, since January 1, 2015, our former Eurasia segment has been recast into the following two segments: Turkey, which consists of our stake in Garanti (25.01% until July 27, 2015 and 39.90% since July 27, 2015), and Rest of Eurasia, which includes the retail and wholesale businesses carried out in Europe and Asia, other than in Spain and Turkey.

Statistical and Financial Information

The following principles should be noted in reviewing the statistical and financial information contained herein:

 

    Average balances, when used, are based on the beginning and the month-end balances during each six-month period. We do not believe that such monthly averages present trends that are materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages.

 

    Unless otherwise stated, any reference to loans refers to both loans and advances.

 

    Financial information with respect to segments or subsidiaries may not reflect consolidation adjustments.

 

    Certain numerical information in this report on Form 6-K may not compute due to rounding. In addition, information regarding period-to-period changes is based on numbers which have not been rounded.

Venezuela

The local financial statements of the Group subsidiaries in Venezuela are expressed in Venezuelan bolivar and they are converted into euros for purposes of preparing the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Venezuela has strict foreign exchange restrictions and different exchange rates in place.

In past years, we have used different exchange rates to prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements:

 

   

Until January 1, 2014, we used the CADIVI exchange rate (named after the acronym, in Spanish, of the Foreign Exchange Administration Commission, currently the National Center for Foreign Trade or

 

3


Table of Contents
 

CENCOEX). As of December 31, 2013 the exchange rate was 8.68 Venezuelan bolivars per euro. For purposes of preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 we used the CADIVI exchange rate.

 

    In 2014 the Venezuelan government approved a new exchange rate system referred to as the “foreign-currency system, in which the exchange rate against the U.S. dollar was determined in an auction which was open to both individuals and companies, resulting in an exchange rate that fluctuated from auction to auction and was published on the website of the Complementary Currency Administration System (SICAD I). Subsequently, in July 2014, the Venezuelan government established a new type of auction called SICAD II only applicable to certain types of transactions and not applicable to credit institutions. As of December 31, 2014 the applicable exchange rate (SICAD I) was 14.71 Venezuelan bolivars per euro. For purposes of preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 we used the SICAD I exchange rate.

 

    On February 10, 2015, the Venezuelan government announced the cancellation of SICAD II and its combination with SICAD I in order to create a new SICAD and the creation of a new foreign-currency system called SIMADI. The Group used the SIMADI exchange rate starting in March 2015 for purpose of the Group’s interim financial statements. The SIMADI exchange rate increased rapidly until approximately 218 Venezuelan bolivars per euro and stabilized during the second half of 2015 reaching 216.3 Venezuelan bolivars per euro as of December 31, 2015. However, as explained below, we have not used this exchange rate to prepare the Group’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

    Our Board of Directors considered that the use of the SIMADI exchange rate as of December 31, 2015 for preparing the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements would not lead to an accurate picture of the consolidated financial statements of the Group or the financial position of the Group subsidiaries in Venezuela. Consequently, we used an alternative conversion exchange rate of 469.5 Venezuelan bolivars per euro for the conversion of the financial statements of the Group’s subsidiaries in Venezuela as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. This alternative exchange rate has been calculated by the Research Service of the Group taking into account the estimated evolution of inflation in Venezuela in 2015 (170%) (see Notes 2.2.16 and 2.2.20 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

    In February 2016, the Venezuelan government approved a new exchange rate agreement which sets two new mechanisms that regulate the purchase and sale of foreign currency and the suspension of the SIMADI exchange rate.

 

    As of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, the Board of Directors considers that the use of the new exchanges rates and, previously, SIMADI for converting bolivars into euros in preparing the consolidated financial statements does not reflect the true picture of the financial statements of the Group and the financial position of the Group subsidiaries in Venezuela.

 

    Consequently, as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, the Group has used in the conversion of the financial statements of these foreign exchange rates amounting to 469 and 1,170 Venezuelan bolivars per euro, respectively. These exchanges rates have been calculated taking into account the estimated evolution of inflation in Venezuela at those dates (170% and 133.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016, respectively) by the Research Service of the Group (see Note 2.2.16 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements).

SELECTED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The historical financial information set forth below for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 has been selected from, and should be read together with, the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

For information concerning the preparation and presentation of the financial information contained herein, see “Presentation of Financial Information”.

 

4


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016      2015      Change
(%)
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Per Share/ADS Data
(In Euros))
 

Consolidated Statement of Income Data

        

Interest and similar income

     13,702         10,665         (28.5 %) 

Interest and similar expenses

     (5,338      (3,570      49.5

Net interest income

     8,365         7,096         17.9

Dividend income

     301         236         27.5

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

     1         195         (99.5 )% 

Fee and commission income

     3,313         2,801         18.3

Fee and commission expenses

     (963      (682      41.2

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (2)

     642         827         22.4

Net exchange differences

     533         620         (14.0 )% 

Other operating income

     715         546         31.0

Other operating expenses

     (1,186      (911      30.2

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     1,958         1,725         13.5

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     (1,446      (1,233      17.3

Gross income

     12,233         11,219         9.0

Administration costs

     (5,644      (4,927      14.6

Depreciation

     (689      (572      20.5

Provisions (net)

     (262      (392      (33.2 )% 

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (2,110      (2,137      (1.3 )% 

Net operating income

     3,528         3,191         10.6

Impairment losses on non-financial assets (net)

     (99      (128      (22.7 )% 

Gains (losses) on derecognized of non-financial assets and subsidiaries, net

     37         23         60.9

Negative goodwill

     —           22         n.m.  (1) 

Profit (loss) from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations

     (75      791         n.m.  (1) 

Operating profit before tax

     3,391         3,899         (13.0 )% 

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (920      (941      (2.2 )% 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,471         2,958         (16.5 )% 

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

     —           —           —     

Profit

     2,471         2,958         (16.5 )% 

Profit attributable to parent company

     1,832         2,759         (33.6 )% 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     639         200         219.5

Per share/ADS (3) Data

        

Profit from continuing operations

     2,471         2,958      

Diluted profit attributable to parent company (4)

     0.27         0.41      

Basic profit attributable to parent company

     0.27         0.41      

Dividends declared (In euros)

     0.08         0.08      

Dividends declared (In U.S. dollars)

     0.09         0.09      

Number of shares outstanding (at period end)

     6,480,357,925         6,305,238,012      

 

(1) Not meaningful
(2) Comprises the following income statement line items contained in the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements: “Gains or (-) losses on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net” and “Gains or (-) losses from hedge accounting, net”.

 

5


Table of Contents
(3) Each American Depositary Share (“ADS”) represents the right to receive one ordinary share.
(4) Calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of BBVA’s ordinary shares outstanding during the relevant period including the average number of estimated shares to be converted and, for comparative purposes, a correction factor to account for the capital increases carried out in January 2015, April 2015, October 2015 and April 2016, and excluding the weighted average number of treasury shares during the period (6,447 million and 6,264 million shares for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively). See Note 5 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

     As of and for
the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    As of and for
the Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for
the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2016     2015     2015  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

      

Total assets

     746,040        750,078        669,204   

Net assets

     55,962        55,439        50,997   

Common stock

     3,175        3,120        3,090   

Loans and receivables (net)

     470,543        471,828        405,108   

Customer deposits

     406,284        403,362        351,598   

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

     75,498        81,980        76,901   

Non-controlling interest

     8,527        8,149        1,728   

Stockholders’ equity

     55,962        55,439        50,997   

Consolidated ratios

      

Profitability ratios:

      

Net interest margin (1)

     2.25     2.27     2.15

Return on average total assets (2)

     0.7     0.5     0.8

Return on average equity (3)

     7.2     5.3     9.5

Credit quality data

      

Loan loss reserve (4)

     17,439        18,742        17,736   

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables (net)

     3.71     3.97     4.28

Non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio) (5)

     5.14     5.38     6.27

Impaired loans and advances to customers

     24,212        25,333        25,300   

Impaired contingent liabilities to customers (6)

     622        664        590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     24,834        25,997        25,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

     433,366        432,921        378,979   

Contingent liabilities to customers

     50,127        49,876        34,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     483,493        482,797        413,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average total assets. In order to calculate “Net interest margin” for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively, net interest income is annualized by multiplying the net interest income for the period by two.
(2) Represents profit as a percentage of average total assets. In order to calculate “Return on average total assets” for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively, profit is annualized by multiplying the profit for the period by two.
(3) Represents profit attributable to parent company as a percentage of average total equity, excluding “Non-controlling interest”. In order to calculate “Return on average equity” for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively, profit attributable to parent company is annualized by multiplying the profit attributable to parent company for the period by two.
(4) Represents impairment losses on loans and receivables to credit institutions and loans and advances to customers.

 

6


Table of Contents
(5) Represents the sum of impaired loans and advances to customers and impaired contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of loans and advances to customers and contingent liabilities to customers.
(6) We include contingent liabilities in the calculation of our non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio). We believe that impaired contingent liabilities should be included in the calculation of our NPA ratio where we have reason to know, as of the reporting date, that they are impaired. The credit risk associated with contingent liabilities (consisting mainly of financial guarantees provided to third-parties on behalf of our customers) is evaluated and provisioned according to the probability of default of our customers’ obligations. If impaired contingent liabilities were not included in the calculation of our NPA ratio, such ratio would generally be higher for the periods covered, amounting to approximately 5.6% as of June 30, 2016, 5.9% as of December 31, 2015 and 6.7% as of June 30, 2015.

Exchange Rates

Spain’s currency is the euro. Unless otherwise indicated, the amounts that have been converted to euro in this report on Form 6-K have been done so at the corresponding exchange rate published by the European Central Bank (“ECB”), at the end of each relevant period for purposes of the balance sheet, and the average exchange rate during the period for purposes of the income statement.

For convenience in the analysis of the information, the following tables describe, for the periods and dates indicated, information concerning the noon buying rate for euro, expressed in dollars per €1.00. The term “noon buying rate” refers to the rate of exchange for euros, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, in the City of New York for cable transfers payable in foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes.

 

Year ended December 31,

   Average (1)  

2011

     1.4002   

2012

     1.2908   

2013

     1.3303   

2014

     1.3210   

2015

     1.1032   

2016 (through September 16, 2016)

     1.1132   

 

(1) Calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

 

Month ended

   High      Low  

March 31, 2016

     1.1390         1.0845   

April 30, 2016

     1.1441         1.1239   

May 31, 2016

     1.1516         1.1140   

June 30, 2016

     1.1400         1.1024   

July 31, 2016

     1.1145         1.0968   

August 31, 2016

     1.1334         1.1078   

September 16, 2016 (through September 16, 2016)

     1.1271         1.1158   

The noon buying rate for euro from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, expressed in dollars per €1.00, on September 16, 2016, was $1.1160.

As of June 30, 2016, approximately 47% of our assets and approximately 46% of our liabilities were denominated in currencies other than euro. See Note 2.2.16 to our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

For a discussion of our foreign currency exposure, please see Note 7.4.2 to our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (“Market Risk—Structural Exchange Rate Risk”).

 

7


Table of Contents

Business Overview

BBVA is a highly diversified international financial group, with strengths in the traditional banking businesses of retail banking, asset management, private banking and wholesale banking. We also have investments in some of Spain’s leading companies.

Operating Segments

Set forth below are the Group’s current seven operating segments:

 

    Banking Activity in Spain

 

    Real Estate Activity in Spain

 

    Turkey

 

    Rest of Eurasia

 

    Mexico

 

    South America

 

    United States

In addition to the operating segments referred to above, the Group has a Corporate Center which includes those items that have not been allocated to an operating segment. It includes the Group’s general management functions, including costs from central units that have a strictly corporate function; management of structural exchange rate positions carried out by the Financial Planning unit; specific issues of capital instruments to ensure adequate management of the Group’s overall capital position; proprietary portfolios such as holdings in some of Spain’s leading companies and their corresponding results; certain tax assets and liabilities; provisions related to commitments with pensioners; and goodwill and other intangibles. With respect to the first six months of 2015, it also includes the following items: the capital gains resulting from the various sale transactions of an aggregate 6.34% stake in CNCB, the effect of the valuation at fair value of the 25.01% initial stake held by BBVA in Garanti, the impact of the sale of BBVA’s 29.68% stake in CIFH and the negative goodwill generated from the acquisition of Catalunya Banc.

The breakdown of the Group’s total assets by operating segments as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

     As of June 30, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Banking Activity in Spain

     345,640         339,775   

Real Estate Activity in Spain

     14,988         17,122   

United States

     86,614         86,454   

Turkey

     90,520         89,003   

Mexico

     93,097         99,594   

South America

     71,224         70,661   

Rest of Eurasia

     19,495         23,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal Assets of Operating Segments

     721,579         726,079   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate Center and other adjustments

     24,461         23,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets BBVA Group

     746,040         750,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating to the profit (loss) attributable to parent company by each of BBVA’s operating segments and Corporate Center for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015:

 

     Profit/(Loss)
Attributable to Parent
Company
     % of Profit/(Loss)
Attributable to Parent
Company
 
     Six months ended June 30,  
     2016      2015      2016      2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In Percentage)  

Banking Activity in Spain

     619         731         33.8         26.5   

Real Estate Activity in Spain

     (209      (301      (11.4      (10.9

Turkey (1)

     324         174         17.7         6.3   

Rest of Eurasia

     75         43         4.1         1.6   

Mexico

     968         1,045         52.8         37.9   

South America

     394         475         21.5         17.2   

United States

     178         276         9.7         10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Subtotal operating segments

     2,350         2,444         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Corporate Center

     (518      315         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Profit attributable to parent company

     1,832         2,759         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(1) The information for the six months ended June 30, 2015 is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti’s results were proportionally consolidated under the equity method based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti until July 2015, when the acquisition of an additional 14.89% stake in Garanti was completed and we started fully consolidating the Garanti group. See Note 3 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table sets forth information relating to the income of each operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and reconciles the income statement of the various operating segments to the consolidated income statement of the Group:

 

     Banking
Activity
in Spain
     Real
Estate
Activity
in Spain
    Turkey (1)      Rest of
Eurasia
     Mexico      South
America
     United
States
     Corporate
Center
    Total      Adjustments (2)     BBVA
Group
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

June 2016

                             

Net interest income

     1,943         42        1,606         86         2,556         1,441         938         (247     8,365         —          8,365   

Gross income

     3,293         11        2,154         281         3,309         1,999         1,330         (144     12,233         —          12,233   

Net operating income

     1,493         (56     1,321         111         2,112         1,078         424         (583     5,901         —          5,901   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

     897         (289     1,022         104         1,300         804         240         (686     3,391         —          3,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

     619         (209     324         75         968         394         178         (518     1,832         —          1,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 2015

                             

Net interest income

     1,980         (12     425         85         2,731         1,652         883         (224     7,521         (425     7,096   

 

9


Table of Contents

Gross income

     3,709         (64     510         265         3,565         2,296         1,321         (49     11,554         (335     11,219   

Net operating income

     2,088         (124     289         89         2,252         1,285         440         (482     5,836         (116     5,720   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

     1,041         (436     219         66         1,384         929         381         (538     3,046         853        3,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

     731         (301     174         43         1,045         475         276         315        2,759         —          2,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The information for the six months ended June 30, 2015 is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti’s results were proportionally consolidated under the equity method based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti until July 2015, when the acquisition of an additional 14.89% stake in Garanti was completed and we started fully consolidating 100% of the Garanti group. See Note 3 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Includes adjustments due to Garanti Group accounted for using the equity method and other inter-areas adjustments. See Note 2 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table sets forth information relating to the balance sheet of the main operating segments as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

As of June 30, 2016

   Banking
Activity
in Spain
     Turkey      Rest of
Eurasia
     Mexico      South
America
     United
States
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     345,640         90,520         19,495         93,097         71,224         86,614   

Loans and advances to customers

     193,324         60,587         15,019         47,776         46,565         60,148   

Of which:

                 

Residential mortgages

     83,756         6,629         2,509         8,591         10,667         12,434   

Consumer Finance

     6,567         15,122         289         11,198         9,454         7,257   

Loans

     5,009         9,685         275         6,571         6,966         6,704   

Credit cards

     1,559         5,437         14         4,627         2,488         553   

Loans to enterprises

     44,120         32,931         11,650         18,315         19,803         31,697   

Loans to public sector

     21,283         —           73         3,787         780         4,501   

Total Liabilities

     334,648         80,963         18,109         89,251         67,160         82,658   

Customer deposits

     183,906         52,112         13,426         50,477         43,485         62,484   

Of which:

                 

Current and savings accounts

     86,998         9,926         3,640         30,151         20,444         45,808   

Time deposits

     72,940         36,837         9,313         7,213         18,954         13,807   

Other customer funds

     11,659         —           394         6,905         4,598         —     

Total Equity

     10,992         9,557         1,386         3,846         4,064         3,957   

 

As of December 31, 2015

   Banking
Activity
in Spain
     Turkey      Rest of
Eurasia
     Mexico      South
America
     United
States
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     339,775         89,007         23,469         99,594         70,661         86,454   

Loans and advances to customers

     192,068         57,768         16,143         49,075         44,970         60,599   

Of which:

                 

 

10


Table of Contents

Residential mortgages

     85,002         6,215         2,614         9,099         9,810         13,182   

Consumer finance

     6,145         14,156         322         11,588         9,278         7,364   

Loans

     4,499         9,010         305         6,550         6,774         6,784   

Credit cards

     1,646         5,146         17         5,037         2,504         580   

Loans to enterprises

     43,763         31,918         12,619         18,160         19,896         31,882   

Loans to public sector

     20,975         —           216         4,197         630         4,442   

Total Liabilities

     329,195         83,246         22,319         93,413         66,287         82,413   

Customer deposits

     185,471         47,148         15,053         49,553         41,998         63,715   

Of which:

                 

Current and savings accounts

     81,218         9,697         5,031         32,165         21,011         45,717   

Time deposits

     78,403         33,695         9,319         7,049         16,990         14,456   

Other customer funds

     14,906         —           609         5,738         4,031         —     

Total Equity

     10,581         5,757         1,150         6,181         4,374         4,041   

Banking Activity in Spain

The Banking Activity in Spain operating segment includes all of BBVA’s banking and non-banking businesses in Spain, other than those included in the Corporate Center area and Real Estate Activity in Spain. The main business units included in this operating segment are:

 

    Spanish Retail Network: including individual customers, private banking, small companies and businesses in the domestic market;

 

    Corporate and Business Banking (CBB): which manages small and medium sized enterprises (“SMEs”), companies and corporations, public institutions and developer segments;

 

    Corporate and Investment Banking (C&IB): responsible for business with large corporations and multinational groups and the trading floor and distribution business in Spain; and

 

    Other units: which include the insurance business unit in Spain (BBVA Seguros), and the Asset Management unit, which manages Spanish mutual funds and pension funds.

In addition, Banking Activity in Spain includes certain loans and advances portfolios, finance and structural euro balance sheet positions.

The following table sets forth information relating to the activity of this operating segment as of June 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of June 30, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total assets

     345,640         339,775   

Loans and advances to customers

     193,324         192,068   

Customer deposits

     183,906         185,471   

Mutual funds

     30,561         31,484   

Pension funds

     22,772         22,897   

NPA ratio (%)

     6.0         6.6   

 

11


Table of Contents

Loans and advances to customers in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €193,324 million, a 0.7% increase from the €192,068 million recorded as of December 31, 2015.

Customer deposits in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €183,906 million, a 0.8% decrease from the €185,471 million recorded as of December 31, 2015.

Mutual funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €30,561 million, a 2.9 % decrease from the €31,484 million recorded as of December 31, 2015. Pension funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €22,772 million, a 0.5% decrease from the €22,897 million recorded as of December 31, 2015.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 6.0% as of June 30, 2016, from 6.6% as of December 31, 2015, mainly due to decreased impaired loans, particularly in the real estate and construction sectors. This operating segment’s non-performing assets coverage ratio increased to 60% as of June 30, 2016, from 59% as of December 31, 2015.

Real Estate Activity in Spain

This operating segment was set up with the aim of providing specialized and structured management of the real estate assets accumulated by the Group as a result of the economic crisis in Spain. It includes primarily lending to real estate developers and foreclosed real estate assets.

The Group’s exposure to the real estate sector in Spain, including loans and advances to customers and foreclosed assets, is declining. As of June 30, 2016 the balance stood at €11,404 million, 8.0% lower than as of December 31, 2015. Non-performing assets of this segment were 12.4% higher as of June 30, 2016 than at December 31, 2015. The coverage of non-performing and potential problem loans of this segment decreased to 60.6% as of June 30, 2016, compared with 63.3% of the total amount of real-estate assets in this operating segment.

The number of real estate assets sold amounted to 6,196 units for the six months ended June 30, 2016, 13.4% higher than in the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Turkey

This operating segment reflects BBVA’s stake in the Turkish bank Garanti. Following management criteria, assets and liabilities were proportionally consolidated under the equity method based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti until July 2015, when the acquisition of an additional 14.89% stake in Garanti was completed and we began to fully consolidate the Garanti group

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment as of June 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of June 30, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total assets

     90,520         89,003   

Loans and advances to customers

     60,587         57,768   

Customer deposits

     52,112         47,148   

Mutual funds

     1,253         1,243   

Pension funds

     2,666         2,378   

NPA ratio (%)

     2.7         2.8   

 

12


Table of Contents

The Turkish lira depreciated against the euro as of June 30, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015, negatively affecting the business activity of the Turkey operating segment as of June 30, 2016 expressed in euro. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Trends in Exchange Rates.”

Loans and advances to customers in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 increased 4.9% to €60,587 million from the €57,768 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, primarily supported by growth of loans in Turkish lira, a positive change in business banking loans, residential mortgages and general-purpose loans

Customer deposits in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 increased 7.8% to €52,112 million from the €47,148 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly as a result of a positive trend in current and savings accounts and term deposits.

Mutual funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 increased 0.8% to €1,253 million from the €1,243 million recorded as of December 31, 2015.

Pension funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 increased 12.1% to €2,666 million from the €2,378 million recorded as of December 31, 2015 as a result of a tax incentive implemented by the Spanish government on contributions to pension funds made by individuals.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio was 2.7% as of June 30, 2016 compared to 2.8% as of December 31, 2015. This operating segment’s non-performing assets coverage ratio decreased to 128% as of June 30, from 129% as of December 31, 2015.

Rest of Eurasia

This operating segment includes the retail and wholesale banking businesses carried out by the Group in Europe (primarily Portugal) and Asia, excluding Spain and Turkey.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of June 30, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total assets

     19,495         23,469   

Loans and advances to customers

     15,019         16,143   

Customer deposits

     13,426         15,053   

Pension funds

     379         331   

NPA ratio (%)

     2.7         2.5   

Loans and advances to customers in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €15,019 million, a 7.0% decrease from the €16,143 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly as a result of the lower branch office activity in Asia and Europe.

Customer deposits in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €13,426 million, a 10.8% decrease from the €15,053 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly as a result of decreased deposits in Europe, offsetting growth in Asia.

 

13


Table of Contents

Pension funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €379 million, a 14.5% increase from the €331 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly as a result of higher contributions and the appreciation of pension funds.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio increased to 2.7% as of June 30, 2016 from 2.5% as of December 31, 2015. This operating segment’s non-performing assets coverage ratio increased to 97% as of June 30, from 96% as of December 31, 2015.

Mexico

The Mexico operating segment comprises the banking and insurance businesses conducted in Mexico by the BBVA Bancomer financial group.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of June 30, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total assets

     93,097         99,594   

Loans and advances to customers

     47,776         49,075   

Customer deposits

     50,477         49,553   

Mutual funds

     17,436         17,894   

NPA ratio (%)

     2.5         2.6   

The Mexican peso depreciated 8.3% against the euro as of June 30, 2016 compared with December 31, 2015, negatively affecting the business activity of the Mexico operating segment as of June 30, 2016 expressed in euro. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Trends in Exchange Rates.”

Loans and advances to customers in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €47,776 million, a 2.6% decrease from the €49,075 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, primarily due to the depreciation of the Mexican peso against the euro, which offset an increase in lending in Mexican peso terms in both the wholesale and retail lending portfolios

Customer deposits in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €50,477 million, a 1.9% increase from the €49,553 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly as a result of the positive performance of both current and saving accounts and time deposits.

Mutual funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €17,436 million, a 2.6% decrease from the €17,894 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, primarily due to the depreciation of the Mexican peso against the euro.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 2.5% as of June 30, 2016, from 2.6% as of December 31, 2015. This operating segment’s non-performing assets coverage ratio increased to 121% as of June 30, from 120% as of December 31, 2015.

South America

The South America operating segment includes the BBVA Group’s banking and insurance businesses in the region.

 

14


Table of Contents

The business units included in the South America operating segment are:

 

    Retail and Corporate Banking: includes banks in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela.

 

    Insurance: includes insurance businesses in Argentina, Chile, Colombia and Venezuela.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of June 30, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total assets

     71,224         70,661   

Loans and advances to customers

     46,565         44,970   

Customer deposits

     43,485         41,998   

Mutual funds

     4,232         3,793   

Pension funds

     6,243         5,936   

NPA ratio (%)

     2.7         2.3   

The Venezuelan bolivar depreciated significantly against the euro in the six months ended June 30, 2016. Similarly, the Argentine peso depreciated against the euro during the same period. The effect of the devaluation of these two currencies more than offset the period-end appreciation of the currencies of other South American countries where we operate and negatively affecting the business activity of the South America operating segment as of June 30, 2016 expressed in Euro. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Loans and advances to customers in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €46,565 million, a 3.5% increase from the €44,970 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, as a result of increased activity, particularly in consumer loans (1.9% increase) and mortgages (8.7% increase).

Customer deposits in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €43,485 million, a 3.4% increase from the €41,998 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, primarily due to a positive growth in certain of our products, in particular saving accounts, which grew a 12.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2016, partially offset by the depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar and the Argentine peso.

Mutual funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €4,232 million, a 10.3% increase from the €3,793 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly due to the significant depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar, which was partially offset by a positive performance in Argentina, Colombia and Chile.

Pension funds in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €6,243 million, a 4.9% increase from the €5,936 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly as a result of the increased volumes in Bolivia.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio increased to 2.7% as of June 30, 2016, from 2.3% as of December 31, 2015. This operating segment non-performing assets coverage ratio decreased to 111% as of June 30, 2016, from 123% as of December 31, 2015, mainly due to the asset quality improvement attributable to the moderation of the economic environment.

 

15


Table of Contents

United States

This operating segment encompasses the Group’s business in the United States. BBVA Compass accounted for approximately 96% of the operating segment’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2016. Given its size in this segment, most of the comments below refer to BBVA Compass. This operating segment also includes the assets and liabilities of the BBVA office in New York, which specializes in transactions with large corporations.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of June 30, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total assets

     86,614         86,454   

Loans and advances to customers

     60,148         60,599   

Customer deposits

     62,484         63,715   

NPA ratio (%)

     1.6         0.9   

The U.S. dollar depreciated against the euro as of June 30, 2016 compared with December 31, 2015, negatively affecting the business activity of the United States operating segment as of June 30, 2016 expressed in Euro. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Loans and advances to customers in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €60,148 million a 0.7% decrease from the €60,599 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly due to the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Euro partially offset by increased loans and advances to enterprises and, to a lesser extent, the public sector.

Customer deposits in this operating segment as of June 30, 2016 amounted to €62,484 million, a 2.0 % decrease from the €63,715 million recorded as of December 31, 2015, mainly due to the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the euro, partially offset by an increase in the balance of current and saving accounts.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio as of June 30, 2016 was 1.6% compared with 0.9% as of December 31, 2015. This operating segment non-performing assets coverage ratio decreased to 90% as of June 30, 2016, from 151% as of December 31, 2015. Both changes are mainly as a result of an increase in the amount of impaired loans of some companies that operate in the energy, metal and mining sectors.

Selected Statistical Information

The following is a presentation of selected statistical information for the periods indicated. Where required under Industry Guide 3, we have provided such selected statistical information separately for our domestic and foreign activities, pursuant to our calculation that our foreign operations are significant according to Rule 9-05 of Regulation S-X.

Average Balances and Rates

The tables below set forth selected statistical information on our average balance sheets, which are based on the beginning and month-end balances in each period. We do not believe that monthly averages present trends materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages. Interest income figures, when used; include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent that cash payments have been received. Loan fees are included in the computation of interest revenue.

 

16


Table of Contents
     Average Balance Sheet - Assets and Interest from Earning Assets  
     Six Months ended June 30, 2016     Six Months ended June 30, 2015  
     Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Interest
Yield (1)
    Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Interest
Yield (1)
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Assets

                

Cash and balances with central banks and other demand deposits

     25,003         5         0.04     23,391         2         0.02

Securities portfolio and derivatives

     207,222         2,562         2.49     204,974         1,951         1.92

Loans and receivables

     457,080         11,010         0.08     387,315         8,620         0.07

Loans and advances to central banks

     17,215         99         1.15     7,084         62         1.77

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     27,865         163         1.18     26,839         120         0.90

Loans and advances to customers

     412,000         10,748         5.25     353,392         8,437         4.81

In euro (2)

     203,819         1,918         1.89     188,383         2,181         2.33

In other currencies (3)

     208,182         8,830         8.53     165,009         6,256         7.65

Other assets

     53,184         125         0.47     45,926         93         0.41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average assets

     742,490         13,702         3.71     661,606         10,665         3.25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Foreign activity represents 50.8% of the total average assets for the six months period ended June 30, 2016.

 

     Average Balance Sheet - Liabilities and Interest Paid on Interest
Bearing Liabilities
 
     Six Months ended June 30, 2016     Six Months ended June 30, 2015  
     Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield% (1)
    Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield % (1)
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Liabilities

                

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

     102,555         952         1.87     88,739         611         1.39

Customer deposits

     404,701         3,027         1.50     338,154         1,719         1.03

In euro

     203,558         420         0.41     174,434         566         0.65

In other currencies

     201,143         2,607         2.61     163,720         1,154         1.42

Debt securities issued

     89,982         876         1.96     84,612         837         2.00

Other liabilities

     90,117         483         1.08     97,085         403         0.84

Equity

     55,135         —           —          53,016         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average liabilities (2)

     742,490         5,338         1.44     661,606         3,570         1.09
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Foreign activity represents the 45.3% of the total average liabilities for the six months period ended June 30, 2016.

 

17


Table of Contents

Changes in Net Interest Income-Volume and Rate Analysis

The following tables allocate changes in our net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. Volume and rate variance have been calculated based on movements in average balances over the period and changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. The only out-of-period items and adjustments excluded from the following table are interest payments on loans which are made in a period other than the period in which they are due. Loan fees were included in the computation of interest income.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016/June 30, 2015  
     Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in  
     Volume (1)      Rate (1) (2)      Net Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Cash and balances with central banks and other demand deposits

     —           3         4   

Securities portfolio and derivatives

     27         584         611   

Loans and advances to central banks

     89         (53      37   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     5         38         43   

Loans and advances to customers

        

In euros

     185         (448      (263

In other currencies

     1,659         915         2,574   

Other assets

     15         17         32   

Interest income

           3,037   

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

     97         244         341   

Customer deposits

        

In euros

     96         (242      (146

In other currencies

     268         1,186         1,454   

Debt securities issued

     56         (17      38   

Other liabilities

     (28      108         80   

Interest expense

           1,768   
        

 

 

 

Net interest income

           1,269   
        

 

 

 

 

(1) The volume effect is calculated as the result of the average interest rate of the earlier period multiplied by the difference between the average balances of both periods.
(2) The rate effect is calculated as the result of the average balance of the earlier period multiplied by the difference between the average interest rates of both periods.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015/June 30, 2014  
     Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in  
     Volume (1)      Rate (1) (2)      Net Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Cash and balances with central banks and other demand deposits

     2         (2      —     

Securities portfolio and derivatives

     402         (631      (228

Loans and advances to central banks

     (63      15         (48

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     39         (69      (30

Loans and advances to customers

        

In euros

     226         (552      (326

In other currencies

     2,106         (1,838      268   

Other assets

     10         18         29   

Interest income

           (335

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

     71         (140      (68

Customer deposits

        

In euros

     192         (587      (394

 

18


Table of Contents

In other currencies

     349         (426      (77

Debt securities issued

     44         (153      (110

Other liabilities

     105         (161      (57

Interest expense

           (706
        

 

 

 

Net interest income

           371   
        

 

 

 

 

(1) The volume effect is calculated as the result of the average interest rate of the earlier period multiplied by the difference between the average balances of both periods.
(2) The rate effect is calculated as the result of the average balance of the earlier period multiplied by the difference between the average interest rates of both periods.

Interest Earning Assets—Margin and Spread

The following table analyzes the levels of our average earning assets and illustrates the comparative gross and net yields and spread obtained for each of the years indicated.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016 (*)     2015 (*)  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except
Percentages)
 

Average interest earning assets

     689,307        615,680   

Gross yield (1)

     3.99     3.47

Net yield (2)

     3.70     3.23

Net interest margin (3)

     2.43     2.31

Average effective rate paid on all interest-bearing liabilities

     1.79     1.40

Spread (4)

     2.19     2.07

 

(*) Ratios are annualized.
(1) Gross yield represents total interest income divided by average interest earning assets.
(2) Net yield represents total interest income divided by total average assets.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income as percentage of average interest earning assets.
(4) Spread is the difference between gross yield and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

ASSETS

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

As of June 30, 2016, interbank deposits (excluding deposits with central banks) represented 3.93% of our total assets. Of such interbank deposits, 24.5% were held outside of Spain and 75.5% in Spain. We believe that our deposits are generally placed with highly rated banks and have a lower risk than many loans we could make in Spain. However, such deposits are subject to the risk that the deposit banks may fail or the banking system of certain of the countries in which a portion of our deposits are made may face liquidity or other problems.

Securities Portfolio

As of June 30, 2016, our total securities portfolio (consisting of investment securities and loans and receivables) was carried on our consolidated balance sheet at a carrying amount (equivalent to its market or appraised value as of such date) of €147,886 million, representing 19.8% of our total assets. €47,453 million, or 32.1%, of our securities

 

19


Table of Contents

portfolio consisted of Spanish Treasury bonds and Treasury bills. The average yield for the six months ended June 30, 2016 on the investment securities that BBVA held was 4.0%, compared with an average yield of approximately 2.5% earned on loans and advances for the six months ended June 30, 2015. See Notes 10 and 12 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of our investments in affiliates, see Note 16 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of the manner in which we value our securities, see Notes 2.2.1 and 8 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and fair value of debt securities as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The trading portfolio is not included in the tables below because the amortized costs and fair values of these items are the same. See Note 10 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

     As of June 30, 2016  
     Amortized cost      Fair Value (1)      Unrealized Gains      Unrealized Losses  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic-

     31,934         33,151         1,248         (31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish Government and other government agencies debt securities

     29,102         30,226         1,135         (11

Other debt securities

     2,832         2,925         113         (20

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     1,357         1,419         63         —     

Issued by other institutions

     1,476         1,506         50         (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign-

     52,349         53,011         1,389         (727
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mexico

     11,577         11,706         279         (149

Mexican Government and other government agencies debt securities

     9,597         9,748         232         (80

Other debt securities

     1,980         1,958         47         (69

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     86         90         4         —     

Issued by other institutions

     1,894         1,867         43         (69

The United States

     14,952         14,895         125         (182

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

     1,288         1,296         12         (4

States and political subdivisions debt securities

     6,103         6,140         47         (10

Other debt securities

     7,562         7,459         65         (168

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     79         80         1         —     

Issued by other institutions

     7,483         7,379         64         (168

Turkey

     6,269         6,325         137         (81

Turkey Government and other government agencies debt securities

     5,732         5,788         130         (74

Other debt securities

     537         537         7         (7

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     475         476         6         (6

Issued by other institutions

     61         61         1         (1

Other countries

     19,551         20,085         848         (314

Other foreign governments and other government agencies debt securities

     7,121         7,588         551         (84

Other debt securities

     12,430         12,497         297         (230

Issued by Central Banks

     1,911         1,912         1         —     

Issued by credit institutions

     3,290         3,348         137         (78

 

20


Table of Contents

Issued by other institutions

     7,229         7,237         159         (151
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     84,283         86,162         2,637         (758
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic-

     9,899         10,051         152         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish Government and other government agencies debt securities

     9,227         9,377         150         —     

Other domestic debt securities

     672         674         2         —     

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     515         516         2         —     

Issued by other institutions

     157         158         1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign-

     9,396         9,590         194         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign government and other government agency debt securities

     8,358         8,536         178         —     

Other debt securities

     1,038         1,054         17         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

     19,295         19,641         346         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

     103,578         105,803         2,983         (758
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the period. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

21


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2015  
     Amortized cost      Fair Value (1)      Unrealized Gains      Unrealized Losses  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic-

     43,500         45,668         2,221         (53
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish Government and other government agencies debt securities

     38,763         40,799         2,078         (41

Other debt securities

     4,737         4,869         144         (11

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     2,702         2,795         94         —     

Issued by other institutions

     2,035         2,074         50         (11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign-

     62,734         62,641         1,132         (1,226
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mexico

     12,627         12,465         73         (235

Mexican Government and other government agencies debt securities

     10,284         10,193         70         (160

Other debt securities

     2,343         2,272         4         (75

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     260         254         1         (7

Issued by other institutions

     2,084         2,019         3         (68

The United States

     13,890         13,717         63         (236

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

     2,188         2,177         4         (15

States and political subdivisions debt securities

     4,629         4,612         9         (26

Other debt securities

     7,073         6,927         50         (195

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     71         75         5         (1

Issued by other institutions

     7,002         6,852         45         (194

Turkey

     13,414         13,265         116         (265

Turkey Government and other government agency debt securities

     11,801         11,682         111         (231

Other debt securities

     1,613         1,584         4         (34

Issued by Central Banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     1,452         1,425         3         (30

Issued by other institutions

     162         159         1         (4

Other countries

     22,803         23,194         881         (490

Other foreign governments and other government agencies debt securities

     9,778         10,356         653         (76

Other debt securities

     13,025         12,838         227         (414

Issued by Central Banks

     2,277         2,273         —           (4

Issued by credit institutions

     3,468         3,488         108         (88

Issued by other institutions

     7,280         7,077         119         (322
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     106,234         108,310         3,354         (1,278
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic-

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign-

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

     106,234         108,310         3,354         (1,278
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the period. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

22


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and fair value of our ownership of equity securities as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. See Note 10 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

     As of June 30, 2016  
     Amortized cost      Fair Value (1)      Unrealized Gains      Unrealized Losses  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic-

     3,457         2,396         9         (1,071

Equity listed

     3,390         2,323         2         (1,070

Equity unlisted

     67         73         7         (1

Foreign-

     1,788         2,081         345         (53

United States-

     589         611         24         (2

Equity listed

     45         60         18         (2

Equity unlisted

     544         550         6         —     

Other countries-

     1,199         1,471         321         (51

Equity listed

     1,058         1,294         282         (48

Equity unlisted

     141         177         39         (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     5,246         4,477         354         (1,123
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

     5,246         4,477         354         (1,123
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     108,824         109,972         3,109         (1,961
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the year. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

 

23


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2015  
     Amortized cost      Fair Value (1)      Unrealized Gains      Unrealized Losses  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic-

     3,476         2,939         22         (559

Equity listed

     3,402         2,862         17         (558

Equity unlisted

     74         78         5         (1

Foreign-

     1,728         2,177         501         (51

The United States-

     590         616         26         —     

Equity listed

     41         62         21         —     

Equity unlisted

     549         554         5         —     

Other countries-

     1,138         1,561         475         (51

Equity listed

     986         1,313         371         (44

Equity unlisted

     152         248         103         (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     5,204         5,116         522         (610
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

     5,204         5,116         522         (610
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     111,438         113,426         3,876         (1,888
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the year. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

The following table analyzes the maturities of our debt investment and fixed income securities, excluding trading portfolio, by type and geographical area as of June 30, 2016.

 

     Maturity at One Year
or Less
     Maturity After
One Year to Five
Years
     Maturity after
Five Years to 10
Years
     Maturity after 10
Years
     Total  
     Amount      Yield
% (1)
     Amount      Yield
% (1)
     Amount      Yield
% (1)
     Amount      Yield
% (1)
     Amount  
     (Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

DEBT SECURITIES

                          

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE PORTFOLIO

                          

Domestic

                          

Spanish government and other government agency debt securities

     4,480         4.38         4,293         3.54         15,963         3.47         5,490         4.79         30,226   

Other debt securities

     812         2.66         1,358         3.28         403         3.09         352         3.62         2,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic

     5,292         4.10         5,651         3.47         16,366         3.45         5,842         4.70         33,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International

                          

Mexico

     155         4.90         4,894         3.75         3,181         1.75         3,476         7.26         11,706   

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

     107         5.64         3,847         3.48         2,610         1.38         3,184         7.60         9,748   

Other debt securities

     48         3.26         1,047         4.66         571         3.49         292         5.29         1,958   

 

24


Table of Contents

United States

     822         0.41         1,772         3.76         2,990         3.20         9,311         1.67         14,895   

U.S. Treasury and other government agency debt securities

     736         0.03         219         1.40         341         1.28         —           —           1,296   

States and political subdivisions debt securities

     1         5.97         3         6.52         22         2.47         6,114         1.59         6,140   

Other debt securities

     85         3.30         1,550         4.06         2,627         3.43         3,197         1.85         7,459   

Turkey

     1,119         9.29         2,745         9.91         2,450         10.18         11         6.18         6,325   

Securities of other foreign governments

     1,058         9.24         2,360         10.73         2,359         10.39         11         6.18         5,788   

Other debt securities of other countries

     61         10.27         385         4.88         91         5.44         —           —           537   

Other countries

     3,493         10.48         7,835         4.38         4,917         3.81         3,840         3.77         20,085   

Securities of other foreign governments

     607         4.11         3,069         4.50         1,244         2.82         2,668         3.74         7,588   

Other debt securities of other countries

     2,886         11.52         4,766         4.30         3,673         4.17         1,172         3.87         12,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     5,589         8.68         17,246         5.05         13,538         4.40         16,638         3.39         53,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

     10,881         6.40         22,897         4.66         29,904         3.87         22,480         3.68         86,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD-TO-MATURITY PORTFOLIO

                          

Domestic

                          

Spanish government

     3,127         3.38         3,420         4.40         858         2.28         1,822         3.08         9,227   

Other debt securities

     342         3.52         330         3.53         —           —           —           —           672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic

     3,469         3.39         3,750         4.32         858         2.28         1,822         3.08         9,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     317         6.15         4,343         6.10         2,937         9.01         1,799         6.95         9,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD-TO-MATURITY

     3,786         3.58         8,093         5.28         3,795         7.48         3,621         5.03         19,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

     14,667         5.67         30,990         4.82         33,699         4.28         26,101         3.87         105,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Securities of other foreign Governments mainly include investments made by our subsidiaries in securities issued by the Governments of the countries where they operate.

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions

As of June 30, 2016, our total loans and advances to credit institutions including central banks amounted to €43,559 million, or 5.8% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and advances to credit institutions amounted to €43,603 million as of June 30, 2016, or 6.5% of our total assets.

Loans and Advances to Customers

As of June 30, 2016, our total loans and advances to customers amounted to €430,819 million, or 57.7% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and advances amounted to €415,872 million as of June 30, 2016, or 44.7% of our total assets. As of June 30, 2016 our loans and advances in Spain amounted to €189,416 million. Our foreign loans and advances amounted to €241,405 million as of June 30, 2016. For a discussion of certain mandatory ratios relating to our loan portfolio, see “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements” and “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Investment Ratio” in our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “2015 20-F”).

Loans by Geographic Area

The following table shows, by domicile of the customer, our net loans and advances as of the dates indicated:

 

25


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
     As of June 30,
2015
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

     189,416         194,536         200,202   

Foreign

        

Western Europe

     23,843         20,500         17,782   

Turkey

     56,752         53,461         —     

Mexico

     50,174         48,032         51,153   

South America

     49,014         52,173         48,008   

The United States

     57,915         57,553         56,145   

Other

     3,706         4,553         3,768   

Total foreign

     241,405         236,272         176,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and advances

     430,819         430,808         377,057   

Valuation adjustments (1)

     (14,948      (16,643      (15,966
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net lending

     415,872         414,166         361,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Valuation adjustments are made up of impairment losses, accrued interests and fees and hedging derivatives and others.

Loans by Type of Customer

The following table shows, by domicile and type of customer, our net loans and advances at each of the dates indicated. The classification by type of customer is based principally on regulatory authority requirements in each country.

 

     As of June 30,
2016
    As of December 31,
2015
    As of June 30,
2015
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

      

Government

     23,767        23,549        24,911   

Agriculture

     1,070        1,064        1,023   

Industrial

     14,270        15,079        14,745   

Real estate and construction

     16,252        18,621        19,479   

Commercial and financial

     12,113        11,557        12,913   

Loans to individuals (1)

     105,094        105,157        108,195   

Other

     18,124        17,200        17,985   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Domestic

     190,690        192,227        199,251   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign

      

Government

     14,487        15,062        14,861   

Agriculture

     3,093        3,251        2,702   

Industrial

     42,568        41,834        26,087   

Real estate and construction

     20,680        20,343        15,372   

Commercial and financial

     32,746        32,019        22,119   

Loans to individuals

     90,240        89,132        72,022   

Other

     38,763        38,989        26,389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Foreign

     242,577        240,630        179,553   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans and Advances

     433,267        432,856        378,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment losses

     (17,396     (18,691     (17,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net lending

     415,872        414,165        361,092   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes mortgage loans to households for the acquisition of housing.

 

26


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown, by currency, of our net loan portfolio as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015:

 

     As of June 30,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
     As of June 30,
2015
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

In euros

     205,175         204,549         199,587   

In other currencies

     210,697         209,616         161,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net lending

     415,872         414,165         361,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2016, loans by BBVA and its subsidiaries to associates and jointly controlled companies amounted to €471 million, compared with €710 million as of December 31, 2015. Loans outstanding to the Spanish government and its agencies amounted to €23,767 million, or 5.5% of our total loans and advances as of June 30, 2016, compared with €23,549 million, or 5.4% of our total loans and advances as of December 31, 2015. None of our loans to companies controlled by the Spanish government are guaranteed by the government and, accordingly, we apply normal credit criteria in extending credit to such entities. Moreover, we carefully monitor such loans because governmental policies necessarily affect such borrowers.

Diversification in our loan portfolio is our principal means of reducing the risk of loan losses. We also carefully monitor our loans to borrowers in sectors or countries experiencing liquidity problems. Our exposure to our five largest borrowers as of June 30, 2016, excluding government-related loans, amounted to €25,387 million or approximately 5.9% of our total outstanding loans and advances. As of June 30, 2016 there did not exist any concentration of loans exceeding 10% of our total outstanding loans and advances, other than by category as disclosed in the table above.

Maturity and Interest Sensitivity

The following table sets forth an analysis by maturity of our total loans and advances to customers by domicile of the office that issued the loan and the type of customer as of June 30, 2016. The determination of maturities is based on contract terms.

 

     Maturity         
     Due in One Year or
Less
     Due After One Year
Through Five Years
     Due After Five
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

           

Government

     11,242         7,703         4,822         23,767   

Agriculture

     399         444         227         1,070   

Industrial

     5,919         4,977         3,375         14,270   

Real estate and construction

     5,093         4,438         6,722         16,252   

Commercial and financial

     6,755         3,442         1,916         12,113   

Loans to individuals

     10,968         20,173         73,952         105,094   

Other

     6,673         6,261         5,190         18,124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic

     47,048         47,439         96,202         190,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign

              —     

Government

     1,831         1,999         10,657         14,487   

Agriculture

     1,681         893         519         3,093   

 

27


Table of Contents

Industrial

     15,621         17,158         9,788         42,568   

Real estate and construction

     6,918         9,395         4,367         20,680   

Commercial and financial

     19,863         10,038         2,844         32,746   

Loans to individuals

     18,669         23,149         48,422         90,240   

Other

     12,085         18,098         8,580         38,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Foreign

     76,669         80,731         85,178         242,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans and Advances (1)

     123,816         128,170         181,380         433,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes accrued interests and fees and hedging derivatives valuation adjustments.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our fixed and variable rate loans which had a maturity of one year or more as of June 30, 2016.

 

     Interest Sensitivity of Outstanding Loans and Advances
Maturing in One Year or More
 
     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Fixed rate

     15,251         87,664         102,916   

Variable rate

     128,390         78,244         206,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and advances

     143,642         165,908         309,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment Losses on Loans and Advances

For a discussion of loan loss reserves, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies—Impairment losses on financial assets” “ in the 2015 20-F and Note 2.2.1 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table provides information, by domicile of customer, regarding our loan loss reserve and movements of loan charge-offs and recoveries for periods indicated.

 

     As of and for the
Six Months
Ended June 30,
     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
     As of and for the
Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2016      2015      2015  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Loan loss reserve at beginning of period:

        

Domestic

     12,364         9,835         9,835   

Foreign

     6,378         4,439         4,439   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan loss reserve at beginning of period

     18,742         14,274         14,274   

Loans charged off:

        

Total domestic (1)

     (1,853      (3,318      (1,286

Total foreign (2)

     (1,178      (1,921      (996
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans charged off:

     (3,032      (5,239      (2,282

 

28


Table of Contents

Provision for possible loan losses:

      

Domestic (3)

     641        5,936        5,215   

Foreign (3)

     1,594        5,374        1,285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Provision for possible loan losses

     2,235        11,310        6,500   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (132     (862     (274

Other

     (374     (741     (482
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan loss reserve at end of period:

      

Domestic

     10,364        12,364        12,079   

Foreign

     7,075        6,378        5,657   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loan loss reserve at end of period

     17,439        18,742        17,736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

     3.71     4.10     4.44

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

     0.65     1.15     0.57

 

(1) Domestic loans charged off in the six months ended June 30, 2016 were mainly related to the real estate sector. Loans charged off in 2015 were also mainly related to the real estate sector.
(2) Foreign loans charged off in the six months ended June 30, 2016 include €993 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others and €118 million related to commercial and financial loans. Loans charged off in 2015 include €1,904 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others and €16 million related to commercial and financial loans.
(3) The above table includes amounts related to the acquisition of Garanti and Catalunya Banc. See Note 18 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered to be remote, this amount is removed from the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions taken by the consolidated entities in order to collect the amount until their rights extinguish in full through expiry, forgiveness or for other reasons.

The loans charged off amounted to €3,032 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared with €2,282 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Our loan loss reserves as a percentage of total loans and advances decreased to 3.7% as of June 30, 2016 from 4.1% as of December 31, 2015.

Impaired Loans

As described in Note 2.2.1 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements, loans are considered to be impaired loans when there are reasonable doubts that the loans will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed upon, taking into account the guarantees received by the consolidated entities to ensure (in part or in full) the performance of the loans.

Amounts collected in relation to impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the unpaid principal. The approximate amount of interest income on our impaired loans which was included in profit attributable to parent company for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was €130.9 million and €117.6 million, respectively.

 

29


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding our impaired loans, by domicile and type of customer, as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of June 30,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Impaired loans

     

Domestic

     17,641         19,481   

Public sector

     215         191   

Other resident sector

     17,425         19,290   

Foreign

     6,595         5,876   

Public sector

     18         21   

Other non-resident sector

     6,577         5,855   

Total impaired loans

     24,236         25,358   

Total loan loss reserve

     (17,439      (18,742

Impaired loans net of reserves

     6,797         6,616   

Our total impaired loans amounted to €24,236 million as of June 30, 2016, a 4.4% decrease compared with €25,358 million as of December 31, 2015. This decrease is mainly attributable to a decline in domestic impaired loans, particularly in the real estate and construction sectors.

As mentioned in Note 2.2.1 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements, our loan loss reserve includes loss reserve for impaired assets and loss reserve for unimpaired assets but which present an inherent loss. As of June 30, 2016, the loan loss reserve amounted to €17,439 million, a 6.9% decrease compared with €18,742 million as of December 31, 2015. This decrease in our loan loss reserve is mainly due to the improved performance in Spain.

The following table provides information, by domicile and type of customer, regarding our impaired loans and the loan loss reserves to customers taken for each impaired loan category, as of June 30, 2016.

 

     Impaired Loans      Loan Loss Reserve      Impaired Loans as a
Percentage of Loans by
Category
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic:

        

Government

     215         (45      0.91

Other sectors

     17,425         (8,323      10.44

Agriculture

     92         (32      8.59

Industrial

     1,394         (796      9.77

Real estate and construction

     6,757         (3,703      41.58

Commercial and other

financial

     1,195         (655      9.86

Loans to individuals

     6,042         (2,025      5.75

Other

     1,945         (1,110      10.73
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Domestic

     17,641         (8,368      9.25 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Foreign:

        

Government

     18         (9      0.12

 

30


Table of Contents

Other sectors

     6,577         (3,354      2.88

Agriculture

     112         (60      3.63

Industrial

     1,466         (572      3.44

Real estate and construction

     391         (182      1.89

Commercial and other financial

     566         (323      1.73

Loans to individuals

     2,835         (1,545      3.14

Other

     1,207         (672      3.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Foreign

     6,595         (3,364 )       2.72
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

General reserve

        (5,707   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total impaired loans

     24,236         (17,439      5.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Troubled Debt Restructurings

As of June 30, 2016, “troubled debt restructurings”, as described in Appendix X to our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements, totaling €9,970 million were not considered impaired loans.

Potential Problem Loans

The identification of “Potential problem loans” is based on the analysis of historical non-performing asset ratio trends, categorized by products/clients and geographical locations. This analysis is focused on the identification of portfolios with non-performing asset ratio higher than our average non-performing asset ratio. Once these portfolios are identified, we segregate such portfolios into groups with similar characteristics based on the activities to which they are related, geographical location, type of collateral, solvency of the client and loan to value ratio.

The non-performing asset ratio in our domestic real estate and construction portfolio was 41.6% as of June 30, 2016 (compared with 41.5% as of December 31, 2015), substantially higher than the average non-performing asset ratio for all of our domestic activities (9.3%) and the average non-performing asset ratio for all of our consolidated activities (6.0%). Within such portfolio, construction loans and property development loans (which exclude mainly infrastructure and civil construction) had a non-performing asset ratio of 48.9% as of such date (compared with 47.3% as of December 31, 2015). Given such non-performing asset ratio, we performed an analysis in order to define the level of loan provisions attributable to these loan portfolios (see Note 2.2.1 to our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements). The table below sets forth additional information on our domestic real estate and construction portfolio “Potential problem loans” as of June 30, 2016:

 

     Book Value      Allowance for Loan
Losses
     % of Loans in Each
Category to Total
Loans to Customers
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Domestic (1)

        

Doubtful Loans

     5,598         3,148         1.3

Substandard loans

     580         131         0.1

Of which:

        

Troubled debt restructurings

     85         5         0.0 % 
(1) Potential problem loans outside of Real Estate Activity in Spain as of June 30, 2016 were not significant.

 

31


Table of Contents

Foreign Country Outstandings

The following table sets forth, as of the dates indicated, the aggregate amounts of our cross-border outstandings (which consist of loans, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in a currency other than the home-country currency of the office where the item is booked) where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 1% of our total assets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Cross-border outstandings do not include loans in local currency made by our subsidiary banks to customers in other countries to the extent that such loans are funded in the local currency or hedged. As a result, they do not include the vast majority of the loans made by our subsidiaries in South America, Mexico and United States or other regions which are not listed below.

 

     As of June 30, 2016     As of December 31, 2015  
     Amount      % of total
assets
    Amount      % of total
assets
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except %)  

United Kingdom

     6,746         0.9     7,306         1.0

Mexico

     1,941         0.3     2,134         0.3

Other OECD

     10,594         1.5     10,098         1.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total OECD

     19,281         2.6     19,538         2.7

Central and South America

     3,958         0.5     3,434         0.5

Other

     4,673         0.6     4,888         0.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     27,912         3.7     27,860         3.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Bank of Spain requires that minimum reserves be maintained for cross-border risk arising with respect to loans and other outstandings to countries, or residents of countries, falling into certain categories established by the Bank of Spain on the basis of the level of perceived transfer risk. The category that a country falls into is determined by us, subject to review by the Bank of Spain.

The following table shows the minimum required reserves with respect to each category of country for BBVA’s level of coverage as of June 30, 2016.

 

Categories (1)

   Minimum Percentage of Coverage
(Outstandings Within Category)
 

Countries belonging to the OECD whose currencies are listed in the Spanish foreign exchange market

     0.0   

Countries with transitory difficulties (2)

     10.1   

Doubtful countries (2)

     22.8   

Very doubtful countries (2) (3)

     83.5   

Bankrupt countries (4)

     100.0   

 

(1) Any outstanding which is guaranteed may be treated, for the purposes of the foregoing, as if it were an obligation of the guarantor.
(2) Coverage for the aggregate of these three categories (countries with transitory difficulties, doubtful countries and very doubtful countries) must equal at least 35% of outstanding loans within the three categories. The Bank of Spain has recommended up to 50% aggregate coverage.
(3) Outstandings to very doubtful countries are treated as impaired under Bank of Spain regulations.
(4) Outstandings to bankrupt countries must be charged off immediately. As a result, no such outstandings are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing minimum required reserves, certain interbank outstandings with an original maturity of three months or less have minimum required reserves of 50%. We met or exceeded the minimum percentage of required coverage with respect to each of the foregoing categories.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our exposure to borrowers in countries with difficulties (the last four categories in the foregoing table), excluding our exposure to subsidiaries or companies we manage and trade-related debt, amounted to €148 million and €130 million as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. These figures do not reflect loan loss reserves of 26.4% and 29.2% respectively, of the relevant amounts outstanding at such dates. Deposits with or loans to borrowers in all such countries as of June 30, 2016 did not in the aggregate exceed 0.02% of our total assets.

The country-risk exposures described in the preceding paragraph as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 do not include exposures for which insurance policies have been taken out with third parties that include coverage of the risk of confiscation, expropriation, nationalization, non-transfer, non-convertibility and, if appropriate, war and political violence. The sums insured as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 amounted to $79 million and $81 million, respectively (approximately €71 million and €74 million, respectively, based on a euro/dollar exchange rate on June 30, 2016 of $1.00 = €0.90 and on December 31, 2015 of $1.00 = €0.92).

LIABILITIES

Deposits

The principal components of our customer deposits are domestic demand and savings deposits and foreign time deposits. The following tables provide information regarding our deposits by principal geographic area for the dates indicated.

 

     As of June 30, 2016  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain and
Other Central
Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Domestic

     164,739         26,522         8,959         200,220   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     37,808         101         38,093         76,002   

Mexico

     53,688         376         5,678         59,742   

South America

     39,403         2,408         6,803         48,614   

The United States

     45,865         270         3,799         49,934   

Turkey

     59,014         1680         1,366         62,060   

Other

     5,767         1,351         4,420         11,538   

Total Foreign

     241,545         6,186         60,159         307,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     406,284         32,709         69,118         508,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain and
Other Central
Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Domestic

     168,689         19,014         8,262         195,965   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     35,770         101         39,896         75,767   

Mexico

     51,422         11,254         1,643         64,319   

South America

     44,469         3,341         4,423         52,233   

The United States

     62,988         619         7,391         70,998   

Turkey

     36,036         4,348         1,786         42,170   

Other

     3,988         1,411         5,142         10,541   

Total Foreign

     234,673         21,073         60,281         316,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     403,362         40,087         68,543         511,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

For an analysis of our deposits, including non-interest bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, saving deposits and time deposits, see Note 22.1 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of June 30, 2016 the maturity of our time deposits (excluding interbank deposits) in denominations of $100,000 (approximately €89,658 considering the noon buying rate as of June 30, 2016) or greater was as follows:

 

     As of June 30, 2016  
     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

3 months or under

     5,491         43,931         49,422   

Over 3 to 6 months

     4,770         8,767         13,536   

Over 6 to 12 months

     7,335         10,151         17,487   

Over 12 months

     9,773         17,540         27,313   

Total

     27,369         80,389         107,758   

Time deposits from Spanish and foreign financial institutions amounted to €35,423 million as of June 30, 2016, substantially all of which were in excess of $100,000 (approximately €89,658 considering the noon buying rate as of June 30, 2016).

Large denomination deposits may be a less stable source of funds than demand and savings deposits because they are more sensitive to variations in interest rates. For a breakdown by currency of customer deposits as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, see Note 22.2 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

Short-term Borrowings

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and promissory notes issued by us constituted the only categories of short-term borrowings that equaled or exceeded 30% of stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015.

 

     As of and for the Six
Months Ended June 30,
2016
    As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
2015
    As of and for the Six
Months Ended June 30,
2015
 
     Amount      Average rate     Amount      Average rate     Amount      Average rate  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally Spanish Treasury bills)

               

As of end of period

     36,879         1.2     50,342         1.0     40,680         0.7

Average during period

     38,638         1.3     47,954         0.9     41,708         0.6

Maximum quarter-end balance

     40,396         —          50,342         —          44,380         —     

Bank promissory notes

               

As of end of period

     1,092         1.5     516         0.3     458         1.2

Average during period

     856         0.9     2,239         1.0     1,053         1.9

Maximum quarter-end balance

     1,092         —          3,354         —          1,667         —     

Bonds and Subordinated debt

               

As of end of period

     15,210         3.1     14,741         3.4     11,786         3.9

Average during period

     14,844         3.2     15,320         2.2     13,436         3.1

Maximum quarter-end balance

     15,210         —          15,693         —          13,734         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings as of end of period

     53,182         1.8     65,598         1.5     52,924         1.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Return Ratios

The following table sets out our return ratios:

 

     As of and for the
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2016
    As of and for the
year ended
December 31, 2015
    As of and for the
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2015
 
     (In Percentages)  

Return on equity (1)

     7.2     5.3     9.8

Return on assets (2)

     0.7     0.5     0.8

Equity to assets ratio (3)

     7.4     7.7     8.0

 

(1) Represents profit attributable to parent company for the period as a percentage of average stockholders’ equity for the period. For June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 data, profit attributable to parent company is annualized by multiplying the profit attributable to parent company for the period by two.
(2) Represents profit attributable to parent company as a percentage of average total assets for the period. For June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 data, profit attributable to parent company is annualized by multiplying the profit attributable to parent company for the period by two.
(3) Represents average stockholders´ equity over average total assets.

 

35


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Trends in Exchange Rates

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk in that our reporting currency is the euro, whereas certain of our subsidiaries and investees keep their accounts in other currencies, principally Mexican pesos, U.S. dollars, Turkish liras, Argentine pesos, Chilean pesos, Colombian pesos, Venezuelan bolivar and Peruvian new soles. For example, if Latin American currencies, the U.S. dollar or the Turkish lira depreciate against the euro, when the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies are included in our consolidated financial statements, the euro value of their results declines, even if, in local currency terms, their results of operations and financial condition have remained the same. By contrast, the appreciation of Latin American currencies, the U.S. dollar or the Turkish lira against the euro would have a positive impact on the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies when their results of operations are included in our consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may limit the ability of our results of operations, stated in euro, to fully show the performance in local currency terms of our subsidiaries.

The assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries which maintain their accounts in currencies other than the euro have been converted to the euro at the period-end exchange rates for inclusion in our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Income statement items have been converted at the average exchange rates for the period. The following table sets forth the exchange rates of several Latin American currencies, the U.S. dollar and the Turkish lira against the euro, expressed in local currency per €1.00 as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 according to the European Central Bank (“ECB”).

 

     Average Exchange Rates      Period-End Exchange Rates  
     For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2016
     For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2015
     As of June 30,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
 

Mexican peso

     20.1694         16.8845         20.6347         18.9147   

U.S. dollar

     1.1159         1.1155         1.1102         1.0887   

Argentine peso

     15.9880         9.8345         16.5467         14.1267   

Chilean peso

     769.2308         693.0007         734.2144         769.8229   

Colombian peso

     3,484.3206         2,770.0831         3,236.2460         3,424.6575   

Peruvian new sol

     3.7715         3.4576         3.6490         3.7092   

Venezuelan bolivar (*)

     1,170.9602         220.7506         1,170.9602         469.4836   

Turkish lira

     3.2589         2.8623         3.2060         3.1765   

 

(*) With respect to 2016, the Venezuelan government approved a new exchange rate agreement which sets two new mechanisms that regulate the purchase and sale of foreign currency and suspended the SIMADI exchange rate. With respect to 2015, the SIMADI exchange rate has been used, as reference.

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, all of the above currencies depreciated against the euro in average terms. In particular, the Venezuelan bolivar depreciated significantly. With respect to period-end exchange rates, there was a period-on-period depreciation of all of the above currencies against the euro, except for the Chilean peso, Colombian peso and Peruvian new sol, all of which slightly appreciated. The overall effect of changes in exchange rates was negative for the period-on-period comparisons of the Group’s income statement and balance sheet.

Consolidation of Garanti

On November 19, 2014, we signed agreements with Doğuş Holding A.Ş., Ferit Faik Şahenk, Dianne Şahenk and Defne Şahenk to acquire 62,538,000,000 additional shares of Garanti in the aggregate (equivalent to 14.89% of the capital of Garanti). Since the closing of this acquisition in July 2015, we hold 39.90% of Garanti’s share capital and consolidate Garanti’s results in our consolidated financial statements as we determined we were able to control such entity. This

 

36


Table of Contents

acquisition resulted in certain changes in our operating segments. In particular, since January 1, 2015, our former Eurasia segment has been broken down into the following two segments: Turkey, which consists of our stake in Garanti (25.01% until July 27, 2015 and 39.90% since July 27, 2015), and Rest of Eurasia, which includes the retail and wholesale businesses carried out in Europe and Asia, other than in Spain and Turkey.

Acquisition of Catalunya Banc

On April 24, 2015, once the necessary authorizations had been obtained and all the agreed conditions precedent had been fulfilled, we announced the acquisition of 1,947,166,809 shares of Catalunya Banc, S.A. (approximately 98.4% of its share capital) for a price of approximately €1,165 million. Previously, on July 21, 2014, the Management Commission of the FROB had accepted our bid in the competitive auction for the acquisition of Catalunya Banc. Such acquisition had an impact on the results of operations of the Banking Activity in Spain segment during 2015, affecting the comparability of the segment in 2015 with prior periods. As of June 30, 2016, Catalunya Banc had assets of approximately €38 billion, of which approximately €19 billion corresponded to loans and advances to customers. Financial liabilities at amortized cost amounted to approximately €33 billion as of such date. See Note 3 to our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Operating Environment

Our results of operations are dependent, to a large extent, on the level of demand for our products and services (primarily loans and deposits and financial intermediary services) in the countries in which we operate. Demand for our products and services in those countries is affected by the overall performance of their respective economies regarding activity, employment, inflation and, particularly, interest rates. The demand for loans and saving products correlates positively with income (which in turn is closely correlated with the evolution of Gross Domestic Product, GDP), employment and corporate profits. Moreover, interest rates have a direct impact on banking results given that our banking activity relies on the generation of positive interest margin. However, higher interest rates, all else being equal, reduce the demand for banking loans. The demand for our financial intermediary services also depends on the general economic environment, both domestic and global.

Global GDP growth slightly slowed in the first half of 2016 to an annualized quarterly rate of around 2.8% in the second quarter of 2016 according to BBVA Research estimates, nearly 0.3 percentage points below the annual growth in 2015. The global economy has experienced a period of slow growth in the first half of 2016 in the context of worries regarding China’s accumulated imbalances, the uncertainty on policies and the negotiating strategy of the UK government after the Brexit decision and geopolitical events.

Regarding the evolution of key economic areas for the Group, Eurozone GDP grew 0.5% quarter-on-quarter in the first quarter of 2016 and 0.3% in the second quarter as domestic demand decelerated in the area. The recovery of the Spanish economy has continued during the last quarters (growing, on average, 0.8% quarter-on-quarter in each of the last four completed quarters) as a result of both external factors such as stimulus measures by the European Central Bank, tourism demand and low oil prices, and domestic factors in Spain such as an expansionary fiscal policy, investment resilience against the backdrop of economic reforms and improved credit conditions.

The Mexican economy was close to stagnation in the first half of 2016 due to sluggish domestic demand, the weakness of U.S. manufacturing and the low oil price environment. Inflation has remained in line with targets established by the Bank of Mexico. Moreover, stable inflation expectations and weakened demand offset the positive effects of a weaker Mexican peso on the prices of domestic goods.

Turkey’s GDP growth in the first and second quarters of 2016 (4.7% and 3.1% year-on-year, respectively) shows the resilience of the domestic demand in spite of the negative effects from lower demand in the tourism sector.

South America’s growth remained subdued in the first half of 2016 due to the combined impact of low commodity prices and the continued slowdown of Chinese demand. The Federal Reserve’s softened tone with respect to interest rate increases has been a supportive factor for regional funding conditions. The aggregate GDP of South America’s main economies (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Peru and Venezuela) fell by 1.6% year-on-year in the second quarter 2016 accordingly BBVA Research estimates, with very heterogeneous performances across countries.

 

37


Table of Contents

U.S. GDP growth remains subdued and slowed down in the first half of 2016 (on average annualized 0.9% quarter-on-quarter compared to 1.5% in the second half of 2015. Strong consumer spending supported by labor market improvements were offset by weak business investment and exports, against the background of a strong U.S. dollar and weak foreign demand.

BBVA Group Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015

The table below shows the Group’s consolidated income statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015.

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
        
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Interest and similar income

     13,702         10,665         28.5   

Interest and similar expenses

     (5,338      (3,570      49.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

     8,365         7,096         17.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Dividend income

     301         236         27.5   

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

     1         195         (99.5

Fee and commission income

     3,313         2,801         18.3   

Fee and commission expenses

     (963      (682      41.2   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (2)

     642         827         (22.4

Net exchange differences

     533         620         (14.0

Other operating income

     715         546         31.0

Other operating expenses

     (1,186      (911      30.2

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     1,958         1,725         13.5

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     (1,446      (1,233      17.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     12,233         11,219         9.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (5,644      (4,927      14.6   

Personnel expenses

     (3,324      (2,888      15.1   

General and administrative expenses

     (2,319      (2,039      13.7   

Depreciation

     (689      (572      20.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Provisions (net)

     (262      (392      (33.2

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (2,110      (2,137      (1.3

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

     (99      (128      (22.7

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

     37         23         60.9   

Negative goodwill

     —           22         n.m.  (1) 

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

     (75      791         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit before tax

     3,391         3,899         (13.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations (5)

     (920      (941      (2.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

     2,471         2,958         (16.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

     2,471         2,958         (16.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

     1,832         2,759         (33.6

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     639         200         219.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.
(2) Comprises the following income statement line items contained in the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements: “Gains or (-) losses on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net” and “Gains or (-) losses from hedge accounting, net”.

 

38


Table of Contents

Net interest income

The following table summarizes the principal components of net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015.

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
        
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Interest and similar income

     13,702         10,665         28.5   

Interest and similar expenses

     (5,338      (3,570      49.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     8,365         7,096         17.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €8,365 million, a 17.9% increase compared with the €7,096 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the following factors:

 

    in the Banking Activity in Spain, the acquisition of Catalunya Banc contributed positively to net interest income, which was more than offset by the negative effect of declining yield on loans and a lower volume of loans and advances originated to customers;

 

    in Turkey, the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and, to a lesser extent, increased volumes of loans resulting from new loan production in most portfolios especially mortgage loans, and loans in the energy and service sectors, contributed positively to net interest income, which was partially offset by the negative exchange rate effect of the declining Turkish lira against the euro;

 

    in Mexico, economic growth has led to increased activity, especially in loans and advances to customers, which was offset by the negative exchange rate effect of the declining Mexican peso against the euro;

 

    in South America, increased activity and growing customer spreads contributed positively to net interest income, which was more than offset by the negative exchange rate effect of the declining currencies of the region against the euro, in particular the Venezuelan bolivar and the Argentine peso; and

 

    in United States, as a result of the growth in activity mainly attributable to the growth in loans and advances to customers, the stable cost of deposits and growth of the yield on new loan production, all contributed positively to net interest income. There is not an impact of the U.S. dollar against the euro, which experienced little change in the six months ended June 30, 2015.

For further information regarding the contribution of our operating segments to our consolidated net interest income, see “—Results of Operations by Operating Segment for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015.”

Dividend income

Dividend income for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €301 million, a 27.5% increase compared with the €236 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Dividend income for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was mainly attributable to the collection of dividends from our investments in Telefonica S.A. and CNCB.

 

39


Table of Contents

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €1 million, compared with the €195 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, due to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti from the equity method to full consolidation.

Fee and commission income

The breakdown of fee and commission income for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 is as follows below. Beginning January 1, 2016, we have modified the sub-captions included in fee and commission income. As a result, the breakdown shown below is not directly comparable with the sub-captions included in the 2015 20-F under fee and commission income:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Bills receivables

     27         38         (28.9

Demand accounts

     224         176         27.3   

Credit and debit cards

     1,293         937         38.0   

Checks

     100         115         (13.0

Transfers and others payment orders

     278         187         48.7   

Insurance product commissions

     88         61         44.3   

Commitment fees

     121         84         44.0   

Contingent risks

     201         154         30.5   

Asset management

     415         416         (0.2

Securities fees

     171         143         19.6   

Custody securities

     60         67         (10.4

Other

     335         424         (21.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     3,313         2,801         18.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission income increased by 18.3% to €3,313 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, from €2,801 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti, and to a lesser extent, increased collection and payment services income, particularly transfers, fees and commissions from credit cards in Mexico and South America, the greater contribution of Catalunya Banc in fees and commissions from mutual funds.

Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of fee and commission expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 is as follows. Beginning January 1, 2016, we have modified the sub-captions included in fee and commission expenses. As a result, the breakdown shown below is not directly comparable with the sub-captions included in the 2015 20-F under fee and commission expenses:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Commissions for selling insurance

     30         37         (18.9

Credit and debit cards

     613         414         48.1   

Transfers and others payment orders

     51         39         30.8   

Other fees and commissions

     269         192         40.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     963         682         41.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

40


Table of Contents

Fee and commission expenses increased by 41.2% to €963 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, from €682 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily due to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti, and to a lesser extent, the contribution of Catalunya Banc and due to higher revenues from insurance and credit and debit cards commissions

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities decreased by 18.8% to €1,175 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, from €1,447 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to lower ALCO (Assets and Liabilities Committee) portfolio sales in Spain, and to a lesser extent, negative exchange differences.

The table below provides a breakdown of net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. Beginning January 1, 2016, we have modified the sub-captions included in net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences. As a result, the breakdown shown below is not directly comparable with the sub-captions included in the 2015 20-F under net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences:

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
        
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Gains or losses on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

     683         649         5.2   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     469         613         (23.5

Loans and receivables

     77         37         108.9   

Other

     137         (1      n.m.  (1) 

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net

     24         17         40.8   

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net

     106         161         (33.7

Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net

     (171      —           n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

     642         827         (22.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net exchange differences decreased 14.0% from €620 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to €533 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 due primarily to the evolution of foreign currencies and exchange rate management, including hedging arrangements.

Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income amounted to €715 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, a 31.0% increase compared to €546 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, due mainly to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and dividends received from CNCB.

Other operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €1,186 million, a 30.2% increase compared to the €911 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, due primarily to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and adverse effects of high inflation in Turkey and Argentina, and the contribution to the new SRF (the aggregate of the national resolution funds), compared with the contribution made in 2015 to the FROB, which was recorded in the fourth quarter of the year. These factors were partially offset by lower contributions to deposit guarantee funds in other countries in which the BBVA Group operates.

 

41


Table of Contents

Income and expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €1,958 million, a 13.5% increase compared with the €1,725 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the performance of BBVA Seguros in Spain and the change in the consolidation method of Garanti.

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €1,446 million, a 17.3% increase compared with the €1,233 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Mexican peso and other currencies in South America against the Euro, increased claims in Spain as a result of greater activity and the change in the consolidation method of Garanti.

Administration costs

Administration costs for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €5,644 million, a 14.6% increase compared with the €4,927 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and the higher contribution of Catalunya Banc, partially offset by the effect of exchange rates in Mexico and South America.

The table below provides a breakdown of personnel expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015. Beginning January 1, 2016, we have modified the sub-captions included in administration costs. As a result, the breakdown shown below is not directly comparable with the sub-captions included in the 2015 20-F under administration costs.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Wages and salary

     2,587         2,221         16.5   

Social security costs

     403         348         15.8   

Defined contribution plan expense

     45         44         2.3   

Defined benefit plan expense

     34         33         3.0   

Other personnel expenses

     255         242         5.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Personnel expenses

     3,324         2,888         15.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Wages and salary expenses increased 16.5% from €2,221 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to €2,587 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti.

The table below provides a breakdown of general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Technology and systems

     333         293         13.6   

Communications

     151         122         24.2   

Advertising

     205         170         20.9   

Property, fixtures and materials

     547         468         16.9   

Of which:

        

Rent expenses

     313         271         15.5   

Taxes other than income tax

     228         203         12.1   

Other expenses

     855         783         9.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

General and administrative expenses

     2,319         2,039         13.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

42


Table of Contents

Technology and systems expenses increased 13.7% from €293 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to €333 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, mainly due to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and higher investments in technology. Property, fixtures and materials expenses increased from €468 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 to €547 million mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and the higher contribution of Catalunya Banc.

Depreciation

Depreciation for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €689 million, a 20.5% increase compared with the €572 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and the higher contribution of Catalunya Banc, and to a lesser extent, the amortization of software and hardware.

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net) for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €262 million, a 33.2% decrease compared with the €392 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, largely as a result of a decrease in the costs related to early retirements and contributions to pension funds.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €2,110 million, a 1.3% decrease compared with the €2,137 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly as a result of lower additions to non-performing assets in Spain, higher recovery of written-off assets of the Real Estate Activity in Spain segment and the impact of the depreciation of the majority of our operating currencies against the euro. These effects were partially offset by the change in the consolidation method of Garanti, and to a lesser extent, increased losses in the United States following downgrades in the energy and metals and mining sectors and increased provisions in Garanti’s subsidiary in Romania. The Group’s non-performing asset ratio was 6.1% as of June 30, 2016, compared to 5.8% as of December 31, 2015.

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

Impairment losses on other assets (net) for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €99 million, a 22.7% decrease compared to the €128 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, due to lower impairments losses on real estate investment properties in Spain.

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to a gain of €37 million, a 60.9% increase compared to a gain of €23 million recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of disposal of investments in subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, losses from the sale of certain assets of Unnim in 2015.

Negative goodwill

Negative goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was nil, compared to a negative goodwill of €22 million recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Negative goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was attributable to the acquisition of Catalunya Banc in April 2015.

 

43


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to a loss of €75 million, compared to a gain of €791 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. The gains in the first six months of 2015 were mainly attributable to the sale of a 6.4% stake in CNCB.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, operating profit before tax for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €3,391 million, a 13.0% decrease from the €3,899 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €920 million, compared with an expense of €941 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, due mainly to the lower operating profit before tax.

Profit from continuing operations

As a result of the foregoing, profit from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €2,471 million, a 16.5% decrease from the €2,958 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

There was no profit from discontinued operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 or June 30, 2015.

Profit

As a result of the foregoing, profit for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €2,471 million, a 16.5% decrease from the €2,958 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Profit attributable to parent company

Profit attributable to parent company for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €1,832 million, a 33.6% decrease from the €2,759 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €639 million, a 219.5% increase compared with the €200 million registered for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and, to a lesser extent, stronger performance of our Peruvian and Argentinian operations where there are minority shareholders, partially offset by the depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar.

 

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Operating Segment

The information contained in this section is presented under management criteria.

The tables set forth below reconcile the income statement of our operating segments presented in this section to the consolidated income statement of the Group. The “Adjustments” column reflects the differences between the Group income statement and the income statement calculated in accordance with management operating segment reporting criteria, which are the following:

 

    The treatment of Garanti: Since July 2015, we hold 39.90% of Garanti’s share capital, and we have fully consolidated Garanti’s results in our consolidated financial statements. Information from January 1 through June 30, 2015 has been calculated and is presented under management criteria according to which the assets, liabilities and income statement of Garanti are included in every line item of the balance sheet and the income statement based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti during such period. For purposes of the Group financial statements the participation in Garanti was accounted under “Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method” during such period.

 

    The creation of a line item on the income statement called “Profit from corporate operations” which is in place of “Profit from discontinued operations” that includes the gains from the sale of our 6.43% participation in CNCB during the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

45


Table of Contents
     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016  
     Banking
Activity in
Spain
    Real
Estate
Activity in
Spain
    Turkey     Rest of
Eurasia
    Mexico     South
America
    United
States
    Corporate
Center
    Total     Adjustments      Group
Income
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Net interest income

     1,943        42        1,606        86        2,556        1,441        938        (247     8,365        —           8,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net fees and commissions

     771        2        392        92        556        299        306        (68     2,350        —           2,350   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     390        —          128        60        97        319        93        88        1,175        —           1,175   

Other operating income and expenses (net) (1)

     189        (33     28        42        101        (59     (8     82        343        —           343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross income

     3,293        11        2,154        281        3,309        1,999        1,330        (144     12,233        —           12,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Administration costs

     (1,642     (53     (745     (164     (1,077     (874     (811     (278     (5,644     —           (5,644

Depreciation

     (158     (14     (88     (6     (121     (47     (94     (161     (689     —           (689
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net margin before provisions

     1,493        (56     1,321        111        2,112        1,078        424        (583     5,900        —           5,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (509     (85     (301     (9     (788     (245     (149     (26     (2,110     —           (2,110

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (87     (148     1        2        (24     (29     (35     (78     (399     —           (399
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit/ (loss) before tax

     897        (289     1,022        104        1,300        804        240        (686     3,391        —           3,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (276     80        (203     (28     (331     (271     (62     172        (920     —           (920
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     621        (209     819        74        968        533        178        (515     2,471        —           2,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operations /Profit from corporate operations (net) (2)

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit

     621        (209     819        74        968        533        178        (515     2,471        —           2,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     (2     —          (495     —          —          (139     —          (3     (639     —           (639
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit attributable to parent company

     619        (209     324        74        968        394        178        (518     1,832        —           1,832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Comprises the following income statement line items contained in the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements: “Gains or (-) losses on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net” and “Gains or (-) losses from hedge accounting, net” and “exchange differences, net”.
(2) Includes “share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method”; “income on insurance and reinsurance contracts” and “expenses on insurance and reinsurance”.
(3) For Group Income (derived from the Group income statement) this line represents “Profit from discontinued operations” and for operating segments (presented in accordance with management criteria) it represents “Profit from corporate operations”.

 

46


Table of Contents
     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015  
     Banking
Activity in
Spain
    Real
Estate
Activity in
Spain
    Turkey     Rest of
Eurasia
    Mexico     South
America
    United
States
    Corporate
Center
    Total     Adjustments     Group
Income
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Net interest income

     1,980        (12     425        85        2,731        1,652        883        (224     7,521        (425     7,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fees and commissions

     810        1        98        90        605        360        316        (64     2,216        (97     2,119   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences (1)

     674        1        (22     89        110        306        107        159        1,425        21        1,446   

Other operating income and expenses (net) (2)

     244        (54     9        —          119        (22     16        80        392        166        558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross income

     3,709        (64     510        265        3,565        2,296        1,321        (49     11,554        (335     11,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Administration costs

     (1,452     (49     (203     (168     (1,205     (958     (777     (314     (5,128     203        (4,927

Depreciation

     (169     (12     (19     (7     (108     (53     (104     (118     (590     18        (572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net margin before provisions

     2,088        (124     289        89        2,252        1,285        440        (482     5,836        (116     5,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (775     (116     (71     (28     (852     (310     (62     5        (2,208     71        (2,137

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (272     (196     1        5        (16     (45     3        (61     (581     897        316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit/ (loss) before tax

     1,041        (436     219        66        1,384        929        381        (538     3,046        853        3,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (308     135        (44     (23     (338     (272     (105     141        (815     (126     (941
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     733        (301     174        43        1,045        657        276        (397     2,231        727        2,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operations /Profit from corporate operations (net) (3)

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          727        727        (727     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

     733        (301     174        43        1,045        657        276        330        2,958        —          2,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     (2     —          —          —          —          (182     —          (15     (200     —          (200
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to parent company

     731        (301     174        43        1,045        475        276        315        2,759        —          2,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Comprises the following income statement line items contained in the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements: “Gains or (-) losses on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net”; “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net” and “Gains or (-) losses from hedge accounting, net” and “exchange differences, net”.
(2) Includes “share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method”; “income on insurance and reinsurance contracts” and “expenses on insurance and reinsurance”.
(3) For Group Income (derived from the Group income statement) this line represents “Profit from discontinued operations” and for operating segments (presented in accordance with management criteria) it represents “Profit from corporate operations”.

 

47


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Operating Segment for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015

BANKING ACTIVITY IN SPAIN

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Net interest income

     1,943         1,980         (1.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     771         810         (4.8

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     390         674         (42.1

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (20      81         n.m.  (1) 

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     209         163         28.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     3,293         3,709         (11.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (1,642      (1,452      13.0   

Depreciation

     (158      (169      (6.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     1,493         2,088         (28.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (509      (775      (34.4

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (87      (272      (67.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     897         1,041         (13.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (276      (308      (10.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

     621         733         (15.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

     621         733         (15.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     (2      (2      3.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

     619         731         (15.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

The acquisition of Catalunya Banc in the second quarter of 2015 affects the comparability of our results for the periods discussed herein. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Conditions.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €1,943 million, a 1.9% decrease compared with the €1,980 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of declining yields on loans, which was partially offset by an increase in loan origination. The decline in net interest income was despite the fact that we consolidated Catalunya Banc for the full period in the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared with three months during the prior period.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €771 million, a 4.8% decrease compared with the €810 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily due to the lower contribution from fees and commissions arising from securities services, including investment banking.

 

48


Table of Contents

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €390 million, a 42.1% decrease compared with the €674 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as a result of lower ALCO portfolio sales, in the context of difficult market conditions, partially offset with the positive net exchange differences and the sale of our stake in VISA Europe Ltd. to Visa Inc., which generated €138 million gain.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this agreement segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €20 million compared with the €81 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly as a result of the annual contribution to the Single Resolution Fund, which had a negative effect of €107 million in this operating segment. The 2015 contribution to the FROB was made in the fourth quarter of that year.

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €209 million, a 28.1% increase compared with the €163 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €1,642 million, a 13.0% increase compared with the €1,452 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the acquisition of Catalunya Banc and its integration costs.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €509 million, a 34.4% decrease from the €775 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, which is mainly attributable to the improvement of the credit risk quality in Spain. Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment recorded higher provisions for the six months ended June 30, 2015 than in the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2015 were a loss of €87 million, a 68.0% decrease compared with the €272 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to the lower contingencies related to Catalunya Banc.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €897 million, down 13.8% from an operating profit before tax of €1,041 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €276 million, a 10.4% decrease compared with a €308 million expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily as a result of the lower operating profit before tax.

 

49


Table of Contents

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €619 million, a 15.3% decrease from the €731 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

REAL ESTATE ACTIVITY IN SPAIN

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Net interest income

     42         (12      n.m.   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     2         1         79.2   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     —           1         n.m.  (1) 

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (33      (54      (39.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     11         (64      n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (53      (49      7.9   

Depreciation

     (14      (12      15.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     (56      (124      (55.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (85      (116      (26.8

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (148      (196      (24.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     (289      (436      (33.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     80         135         (41.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

     (209      (301      (30.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss)

     (209      (301      (30.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss) attributable to parent company

     (209      (301      (30.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €42 million, compared with €12 million of net interest expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of lower provisions in the asset portfolios and lower financed volumes as a result of reduced exposure.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to €2 million, compared with the €1 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were nil, compared with a €1 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

50


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €33 million, a 39.8% decrease compared with the €45 million expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of lower costs related to the administration and sale of properties.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €53 million, a 7.9% increase compared with the €49 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily as a result of increased general expenses due to higher volume of technical reports and real estate valuations.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €85 million, a 26.8% decrease compared with the €116 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly attributable to higher recovery of written-off assets as well as lower losses from real estate asset collateral.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other losses of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €148 million, a 24.5% decrease compared with the €196 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as a result of lower needs for loan-loss and real estate provisions as a result of improved asset quality.

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating loss before tax of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €289 million, a 33.9% decrease compared with the €436 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 amounted to a benefit of €80 million, a 41.0% decrease compared with the €135 million benefit recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily as a result of the lower operating loss before tax.

Profit / (loss) attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, loss attributable to parent company of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €209 million, a 30.6% decrease compared with the €300 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

TURKEY

In accordance with IFRS 8, information for the Turkey operating segment is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti’s information has been proportionally consolidated based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti during the six-month period ended June 30, 2015. Since July 2015, we hold 39.90% of Garanti’s share capital and we have fully consolidated Garanti’s results in our consolidated financial statements. Information from January 1 through June 30, 2015 is presented under management criteria according to which the assets, liabilities and income statement of Garanti are included in every line item of the balance sheet and the income statement based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti during such period.

 

51


Table of Contents
     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Net interest income

     1,606         425         277.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     392         98         300.0   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     128         (22      n.m.  (1) 

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (6      2         n.m.  (1) 

Income and expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     34         7         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     2,154         510         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (745      (203      267.5   

Depreciation

     (88      (19      n.m.  (1). 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     1,321         289         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (301      (71      n.m.  (1) 

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     1         1         n.m  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     1,022         219         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (203      (44      n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

     819         174         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

     819         174         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     (495      —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

     324         174         85.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

As indicated above, during the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, Garanti was fully consolidated by us following the acquisition of an additional 14.89% stake in Garanti in July 2015, whereas it was proportionally consolidated by us based on our 25.01% interest during the prior period. Such consolidation affects the comparability of our results for the periods discussed herein for all the accounting lines items of the income statement. Additionally, during the six months ended June 30, 2016, the Turkish lira depreciated against the Euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for the six months ended June 30, 2016. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Trends in Exchange Rates.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €1,606 million, a 277.8% increase compared to the €425 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti, which more than offset the adverse impact of exchange rates, as well as volumes and yields on loans and decreased cost of deposits.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €392 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, a 300.0% increase from the €98 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti, which more than offset the negative effect of the temporary suspension of account maintenance and administration fees (which was ordered by the Turkish Council of State in January 2016) and the depreciation of the Turkish lira. In particular, there was an increase in fees for payment and collection services as a result of the implementation of improvements in payment systems.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €128 million compared to the €22 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as a result of capital gains from the divestment ALCO portfolios, €87 million gross of tax received in connection with the purchase of VISA Europe Ltd. by VISA Inc. in November 2015 and gains on financial assets due to the performance of the Global Markets unit.

 

52


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €6 million, compared with the €2 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Turkish lira on cost headings denominated in that currency, the high inflation rate and the investments made in the upgrading, modernization and digitalization of traditional channels

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €34 million, compared with the €7 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly attributable to the change in the consolidation method of Garanti.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €745 million, a 267.5% increase from the €203 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and, to a lesser extent, the high level of inflation and the 30% increase in the minimum wage since January 2016. This increase was partially offset by the depreciation of the Turkish lira.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €301 million, compared to a €71 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti, which was partially offset by the depreciation of the Turkish lira and, to a lesser extent, increased provisions related to the subsidiary in Romania. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio was 2.7% as of June 30, 2016, compared to 2.8% as of December 31, 2015.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €1,022 million, compared to €219 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015. A significant portion of our operating profit for this operating segment is attributable to our 100% consolidation of Garanti, but as we hold only 39.90% of this entity, the majority of its operating profit is allocable to its other shareholders and is recorded under “Profit attributable to non-controlling interests”.

 

53


Table of Contents

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €203 million, compared with a €44 million expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the change in the consolidation method of Garanti and the resulting increase in operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €324 million, an 85.8% increase from the €174 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015. A significant portion of our operating profit for this operating segment is attributable to our 100% consolidation of Garanti, but as we hold only 39.90% of this entity, the majority of its operating profit is allocable to its other shareholders and is recorded under “Profit attributable to non-controlling interests”.

REST OF EURASIA

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     86         85         1.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     92         90         1.6   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     60         89         (32.5

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     42         —           n.m.   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     281         265         5.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (164      (169      (2.9

Depreciation

     (6      (7      (14.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     111         89         24.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (9      (28      (68.9

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     2         5         (67.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     104         66         56.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense or (-) income related to profit or loss from continuing operation

     (28      (23      22.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

     75         43         72.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

     75         43         72.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

     75         43         72.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €86 million, a 1.1% increase compared to the €85 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

54


Table of Contents

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €92 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, a 1.6% increase from the €90 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €60 million, a 32.5% decrease compared to the €89 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as a result of the lower contribution from trading income.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was income of €42 million, compared no other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2015. This increase is due to the dividend received from CNCB.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €164 million, a 2.9% decrease from the €169 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as a result of lower personnel expenses.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €9 million, a 68.9% decrease from the €28 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of higher impairment losses in Portugal related to mortgage loans. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 2.7% as of June 30, 2016, from 2.6% as of December 31, 2015.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €104 million, a 56.6% increase from the €66 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €28 million, a 22.6% increase compared with a €23 million expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily as a result of the increased operating profit before tax and higher income subject to zero or low tax rates.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €75 million, a 74.7% increase from the €43 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

55


Table of Contents

MEXICO

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
        
     2016      2015     

Change

(In %)

 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Net interest income

     2,556         2,731         (6.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     556         605         (8.1

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     97         110         (11.6

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (114      (126      (10.0

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     214         245         (12.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     3,309         3,565         (7.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (1,077      (1,205      (10.7

Depreciation

     (121      (108      12.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     2,112         2,252         (6.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (788      (852      (7.5

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (24      (16      47.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     1,300         1,384         (6.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (331      (338      (2.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

     968         1,045         (7.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

     968         1,045         (7.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

     968         1,045         (7.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

In the six months ended June 30, 2016, the Mexican peso depreciated against the euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for the six months ended June 30, 2015. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Trends in Exchange Rates.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €2,556 million, a 6.4% decrease compared to the €2,731 million recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to the impact of the depreciation of the Mexican peso, which more than offset the higher volumes in lending and fund gathering.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €556 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, an 8.1% decrease from the €605 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the depreciation of the Mexican peso, which more than offset the increase in fees from credit cards (mainly from cash advances), fees from securities services and maintenance and administration fees for current accounts.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016, was a gain of €97 million, an 11.6% decrease compared to the €110 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Mexican peso, which more than offset the higher contribution from trading income, in particular in our Global Markets unit, and due to an increase in the volume of exchange rate operations with customers.

 

56


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €114 million, a 10.0% decrease compared with the €126 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly as a result of the depreciation of the Mexican peso and the contribution to the local deposit guarantee fund (IPAB).

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €214 million, a 12.8% decrease compared with the €245 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily as a result of the depreciation of the Mexican peso.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €1,077 million, a 10.7% decrease from the €1,205 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Mexican peso, which more than offset an increase in wages, due to inflation , and general expenses, mainly as a result of the change of headquarters and the ongoing renovation and remodeling of branch offices.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €788 million, a 7.5% decrease from the €852 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Mexican peso, which more than offset a higher growth activity. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 2.5% as of June 30, 2016, from 2.6% as of December 31, 2015.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €1,300 million, a 6.1% decrease from the €1,384 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €331 million, a 2.2% decrease compared with a €338 million expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the decreased operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €968 million, a 7.4% decrease from the €1,045 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

57


Table of Contents

SOUTH AMERICA

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     1,441         1,652         (12.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     299         360         (17.0

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     319         306         4.3   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (127      (106      20.1   

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     67         84         (19.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     1,999         2,296         (12.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (874      (958      (8.8

Depreciation

     (47      (53      (11.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     1,078         1,285         (16.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (245      (310      (20.9

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (29      (45      (36.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     804         929         (13.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (271      (272      (0.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

     533         657         (18.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

     533         657         (18.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     (139      (182      (23.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

     394         475         (17.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

In the six months ended June 30, 2016 all the currencies of this region depreciated in period-average terms against the euro compared to the six months ended June 30, 2015 with the Venezuelan bolivar experiencing particularly large declines against the euro. This resulted in a negative impact on the results of operations of the South America operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 expressed in euro. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Trends in Exchange Rates”.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €1,441 million, a 12.8% decrease compared to the €1,652 million recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar and Argentine peso, which more than offset the impact of the increased activity and growing customer spreads.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €299 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016, a 17.0% decrease from the €360 million recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar and Argentine peso, which more than offset the increase in fees related to bills, receivables, checks and credit cards, particularly in Argentina, Colombia and Venezuela.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €319 million, a 4.3% increase compared to the €306 million gain recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily due to the performance in Argentina, following the removal of foreign exchange controls in the country, and to a lesser extent the impact of the depreciation of the Argentine peso.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €127 million, compared with the €106 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly as a result of increased operating expenses resulting from the high rate of inflation in some countries in the region, the adverse impact of cost units denominated in U.S. dollars, as a result of the dollar’s appreciation against euro, and certain investments in the region, which more than offset the impact of the depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar, the Argentine peso and other currencies in the region.

 

58


Table of Contents

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts

Income and expenses (net) on insurance and reinsurance contracts of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €67 million, a 19.4% decrease compared with the €84 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar, the Argentine peso and other currencies in the region against the euro.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €874 million, an 8.8% decrease from the €958 million recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the impact of the depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar and Argentine peso, which more than offset the impact of inflation in certain countries in the region and higher personnel and general expenses as denominated in local currencies.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €245 million, a 20.9% decrease from the €310 million recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the depreciation of all the currencies of this region, especially the Venezuelan bolivar and, a lesser extent, a decrease in provisions, particularly in Colombia and Chile. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio was 2.7% as of June 30, 2016, compared to 2.3% as of December 31, 2015.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €804 million, a 13.5% decrease from the €929 million recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €271 million, a 3.1% decrease compared with a €272 million expense recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of lower operating profit before tax, the effect of hyperinflation in Venezuela and higher tax expense in Colombia.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment in the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €394 million, a 17.1% decrease from the €475 million recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2015.

UNITED STATES

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,         
     2016      2015      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     938         883         6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     306         316         (3.2

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     93         107         (12.8

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (8      16         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     1,330         1,321         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (811      (777      4.4   

Depreciation

     (94      (104      (9.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     424         440         (3.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (149      (62      137.9   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (35      3         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     240         381         (37.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     (62      (105      (41.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

     178         276         (35.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

     178         276         (35.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

     178         276         (35.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

 

59


Table of Contents

In the six months ended June 30, 2016, the U.S. dollar depreciated against the euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Trends in Exchange Rates”.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €938 million, a 6.3% increase compared to the €883 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as a result of the increased activity and stable cost of deposits while the yield on new loan production grew.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €306 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, a 3.2% decrease from the €316 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as a result of the lower commissions from securities services and, to a lesser extent, lower commissions in the Global Markets unit, partially offset by higher commissions from mutual funds.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €93 million, a 12.8% decrease compared to the €107 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the difficult situation in the markets and lower sales of ALCO portfolios.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €8 million, compared to the €16 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of lower income as a result of the sale of Capital Investment Counsel and lower dividends from the Federal Reserve System.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €811 million, a 4.4% increase from the €777 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the increase in headcount as a result of certain acquisitions.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €149 million, a 137.9% increase from the €62 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly as a result of the growth in activity, and particularly to the rise in provisions following the rating downgrades on some companies that operate in energy, metal and mining sectors. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio was 1.6% as of June 30, 2016, compared to 0.9% as of December 31, 2015.

 

60


Table of Contents

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €240 million, a 37.1% decrease from the €381 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €62 million, a 41.1% decrease compared with a €105 million expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to the lower operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was €178 million, a 35.5% increase from the €276 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

CORPORATE CENTER

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
        
     2016      2015      Change
(In %)
 
     (In Millions of Euros)     

Net interest income

     (247      (224      10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

     (68      (64      6.1   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

     88         (159      (44.7

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     82         80         3.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     (144      (49      191.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (278      (314      (11.5

Depreciation

     (161      (118      35.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

     (583      (482      20.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (26      5         n.m.  (1) 

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (78      (61      27.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

     (686      (538      27.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations

     172         141         22.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

     (515      (397      29.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss) from corporate operations (net)

     —           727         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss)

     (515      330         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     (3      (15      (81.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit/(loss) attributable to parent company

     (518      315         n.m.  (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was an expense of €247 million, a 10.0% increase compared to the €224 million expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily as a result of higher funding cost due to the increased stake in Garanti

 

61


Table of Contents

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to an expense of €68 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to an expense of €64 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to lower fees and commissions in funds.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a gain of €88 million compared to the €159 million gain recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, when there were capital gains from sales of our holdings in industrial and financial companies booked in this operating segment.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was income of €82 million, a 3.4% increase compared to the €80 million of income recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were €278 million, an 11.5% decrease from the €314 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to lower restructuring costs.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €26 million, compared to the gain of €5 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015. This change was primarily a result of higher impairment of debt securities and higher country risk loan-loss provisions.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a €78 million loss, an increase of 27.9% compared to the loss of €61 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to higher provisions for early retirements.

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating loss before tax of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €686 million, a 27.7% increase from the €538 million loss recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operation

Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operation of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a benefit of €172 million, a 22.0% increase compared with a €141 million benefit recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015. We recorded income related to profit in both periods in this operating segment as a result of its operating loss before tax during such periods.

Profit from corporate operations (net)

There was no profit from corporate operations for this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to €727 million gain for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Profit from corporate operations gains for the six months ended June 30, 2015 resulted from the sale of the 6.43% stake in CNCB.

 

62


Table of Contents

Profit / (loss) attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a loss of €518 million, compared to a profit of €315 million recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity risk management and controls are explained in Note 7.5 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, information on encumbered assets is provided in Note 7.6 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and information on outstanding contractual maturities of assets and liabilities is provided in Note 7.7 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. For information concerning our short-term borrowing, see “Selected Statistical Information—Liabilities—Short-term Borrowings”.

Liquidity and finance management of the BBVA Group’s balance sheet seeks to fund the growth of the banking business at suitable maturities and costs, using a wide range of instruments that provide access to a large number of alternative sources of finance.

A core principle in the BBVA Group’s liquidity and finance management is the financial independence of its banking subsidiaries. This aims to ensure that the cost of liquidity is correctly reflected in price formation. Accordingly, we maintain a liquidity pool at an individual entity level at each of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and our banking subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, BBVA Bancomer and our Latin American subsidiaries. The only exception to this principle are Garanti, which is not included in such pool yet, and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Portugal), S.A., which is funded by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Portugal), S.A. represented 0.64% of our total consolidated assets and 0.54% of our total consolidated liabilities as of June 30, 2016.

The table below shows the composition of the liquidity pool of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and each of our significant subsidiaries as of June 30, 2016:

 

     BBVA
Eurozone (1)
     BBVA
Bancomer
     BBVA
Compass
     Garanti
Bank
     Others  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Cash and balances with central banks

     5,118         5,887         2,825         6,091         5,791   

Assets for credit operations with central banks

     53,773         7,012         2,.522         7,090         5,080   

Central governments issues

     33,855         5,051         9,775         7,090         5,004   

Of Which: Spanish government securities

     30,601         —           —           —           —     

Other issues

     19,917         1,960         181         —           76   

Loans

     —           —           14,566         —           —     

Other non-eligible liquid assets

     6,798         888         452         1,662         801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated available balance

     65,689         13,787         27,799         14,842         11,672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average balance (2)

     67,887         13,385         26,908         13,679         11,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Portugal), S.A.
(2) Average balance for the six months ended June 30, 2016, based on the beginning and the day-end balances during each period.

As indicated above, BBVA Group’s liquidity and finance management is based on the principle of the financial autonomy of the entities that make it up. This approach helps limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s

 

63


Table of Contents

vulnerability in periods of high risk. The decentralized management helps avoid possible contagion in the event of a crisis that initially affecting only one or various BBVA Group entities; such entities must cover their liquidity needs independently in the markets where they operate. Liquidity Management Units (“LMUs”) have been set up for this reason in the geographical areas within the Eurozone where our main foreign subsidiaries and the parent company of the Group (Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.) operate to manage BBVA Portugal and the recent Catalunya Banc acquisition, among others.

The Finance Division, through balance sheet management, manages the BBVA Group’s liquidity and funding. It plans and executes the funding of the long-term structural gap of each LMU and proposes to the ALCO the actions to adopt in this regard in accordance with the policies and limits established by the Standing Committee.

The Bank manages liquidity and funding risk by using the Loan-to-Stable-Customer-Deposits (“LtSCD”) ratio. The aim is to preserve a stable funding structure in the medium term for each LMU with the goal of maintaining an adequate volume of stable customer funds at each LMU to achieve a sound liquidity profile. Such stable funds in each LMU are calculated by analyzing the behavior of the balance sheets of the different customer segments identified as likely to provide stability to the funding structure, and by prioritizing established relationships and reducing funding lines of less stable customers.

For the purpose of establishing the (maximum) target levels for LtSCD in each LMU and providing an optimal funding structure reference in terms of risk appetite, the Structural Risk team (which is part of our Global Risk Management) identifies and assesses the economic and financial variables that condition the funding structures in the various geographical areas. The behavior of LtSCD in each LMU reflects that the funding structure remained robust in 2016, given that all of our LMUs maintained levels of self-funding with stable customer funds which were higher than required levels.

The second core element in liquidity and funding risk management is to achieve proper diversification of the funding structure, avoiding excessive reliance on short-term funding and establishing a maximum level of short-term borrowing comprising both wholesale funding as well as less stable funds from non-retail customers.

The third element promotes the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile, making sure that each LMU has sufficient collateral to address the risk of wholesale markets closing. “Basic Capacity” is a short-term liquidity risk management and control metric that is defined as the relationship between the available explicit assets and the maturities of wholesale liabilities and volatile funds, at different terms, with special relevance being given to 30-day maturities.

Our principal source of funds is our customer deposit base, which consists primarily of demand, savings and time deposits. In addition to relying on our customer deposits, we also access the interbank market (overnight and time deposits) and domestic Spanish and international capital markets for our additional liquidity requirements. To access the capital markets, we have in place a series of domestic Spanish and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium- and long-term debt. Another source of liquidity is the generation of cash flow from our operations. Finally, we supplement our funding requirements with borrowings from the Bank of Spain and from the ECB or the respective central banks of the countries where our subsidiaries are located. See Note 9 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for information on our borrowings from central banks.

The following table shows the balances as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 of our principal sources of funds (including accrued interest, hedge transactions and issue expenses):

 

     As of June 30,      As of December 31,  
     2016      2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Deposits from central banks

     32,709         40,087   

Deposits from credit institutions

     69,118         68,543   

Customer deposits

     406,284         403,362   

Debt certificates

     75,498         81,980   

Other financial liabilities

     14,137         12,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     597,746         606,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Customer deposits

Customer deposits amounted to €406,284 million as of June 30, 2016, compared to €403,362 million as of December 31, 2015. The increase from December 31, 2015 to June 30, 2016 was primarily due to the acquisition of the additional stake in Garanti and Catalunya Banc.

Our customer deposits, excluding assets sold under repurchase agreements amounted to €387,643 million as of June 30, 2016 compared to €380,095 million as of December 31, 2015.

Amounts due to credit institutions

Amounts due to credit institutions, including central banks, amounted to €101,827 million as of June 30, 2016, compared to €108,630 million as of December 31, 2015. The decrease as of June 30, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 was mainly related to the lower volume of deposits from central banks.

 

     As of June 30,      As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2016      2015      2015  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Deposits from credit institutions

     69,118         68,543         54,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks

     32,709         40,087         36,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deposits from credit institutions

     101,827         108,630         90,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital markets

We make debt issuances in the domestic and international capital markets in order to finance our activities and as of June 30, 2016, we had €58,614 million of senior debt outstanding, comprising €57,270 million in bonds and debentures and €1,345 million in promissory notes and other securities, compared to €66,165 million, €65,517 million and €648 million outstanding as of December 31, 2015, respectively. See Note 22.3 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, we had a total of €15,460 million in subordinated debt and €962 million in preferred securities outstanding as of June 30, 2016, compared to €14,324 million and €974 million as of December 31, 2015, respectively.

The breakdown of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities by entity issuer, maturity, interest rate and currency is disclosed in Appendix VI of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following is a breakdown as of June 30, 2016, of the maturities of our deposits from credit institutions and subordinated liabilities, disregarding any valuation adjustments and accrued interest (regulatory equity instruments have been classified according to their contractual maturity):

 

     Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     182         1,117         774         6,220         32,459         16,423         57,175   

Subordinated liabilities

     105         —           2         395         3,434         12,494         16,429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     287         1,117         776         6,615         35,893         28,917         73,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Generation of cash flow

We operate in Spain, Mexico, the United States and over 30 other countries, mainly in Europe, Latin America, and Asia. Our banking subsidiaries around the world, including BBVA Compass, are subject to supervision and regulation by a variety of regulatory bodies relating to, among other things, the satisfaction of minimum capital requirements. The obligation to satisfy such capital requirements may affect the ability of our banking subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, to transfer funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, under the laws of the various jurisdictions where our subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, are incorporated, dividends may only be paid out of funds legally available. For example, BBVA Compass is incorporated in Alabama and under Alabama law it is not able to pay any dividends without the prior approval of the Superintendent of Banking of Alabama if the dividend would exceed the total net earnings for the year combined with the bank’s retained net earnings of the preceding two years.

Even where minimum capital requirements are met and funds are legally available therefore, the relevant regulator could advise against the transfer of funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, for prudence reasons or otherwise.

There is no assurance that in the future other similar restrictions will not be adopted or that, if adopted, they will not negatively affect our liquidity. The geographic diversification of our businesses, however, may help to limit the effect on the Group that any restrictions could have, which could be adopted in any given country.

We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements and to pursue our planned business strategies.

See Note 51 of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Capital

The capital data shown below as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 has been calculated in accordance with regulation applicable as of June 30, 2016 on the basis of minimum capital base requirements for Spanish credit institutions—both as individual entities and as consolidated groups.

The minimum capital base requirements established by current regulation are calculated based on the Group’s exposure to credit and dilution risk, counterparty and liquidity risk relating to the trading portfolio, exchange rate risk and operational risk. In addition, the Group must fulfill the risk concentration limits established in said regulation and the Corporate Governance requirements set forth internally.

The European Central Bank (ECB), following the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) conducted in 2015, has required that the BBVA Group maintain a CET1 phased-in ratio of 9.5% at both an individual and consolidated levels.

According to such decision, the required CET1 ratio of 9.5% includes:

 

    the minimum CET1 ratio required by Pillar 1. For these purposes, Pillar 1 corresponds to the minimum CET1 ratio required by Article 92(1)(a) of the CRR;

 

    the ratio required by Pillar 2, which corresponds to the CET1 ratio required in excess of the minimum CET1 ratio, in accordance with Article 16(2)(a) of the SSM Regulation; and

 

    the capital conservation buffer which has been required since January 1, 2016 by Article 44 of Law 10/2014 and its implementing regulations.

Additionally, given that BBVA was included in 2014 on the list of global systemically important financial institutions, starting in 2016 BBVA is applying, at the consolidated level, a G-SIB buffer of 0.25%, bringing the total minimum requirement for phased-in CET1 in 2016 at the consolidated level to 9.75%.

 

66


Table of Contents

However, given that BBVA was excluded from the list of global systemically important financial institutions in 2015 (which is updated every year by the Financial Stability Board (FSB)), as of January 1, 2017, the G-SIB buffer will only apply to BBVA in 2016, notwithstanding the possibility that the FSB or the supervisor may include BBVA on the list of global systemically important financial institutions in the future.

Moreover, the supervisor has informed BBVA that it has been included on the list of other systemically important financial institutions, and a D-SIB buffer of 0.5% of the fully-loaded ratio applies at the consolidated level. It will be implemented gradually over the period from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019 by an increase of 0.125% annually. However, BBVA will not have to meet the D-SIB buffer in 2016, due to the fact that the capital requirement for 2016 under the G-SIB buffer is greater than that for the D-SIB buffer. As such, the D-SIB buffer only applies beginning on January 1, 2017.

Our consolidated ratios as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

     As of June 30,
2016
    As of December 31,
2015
    % Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)        

Ordinary TIER 1 Capital

     54,860        54,829        0.1   

Adjustments

     (7,301     (6,275     16.4   

Mandatory convertible bonds

     —          —          —     

CORE CAPITAL (a)

     47,559        48,554        (2.0

Preferred securities

     6,179        5,302        16.5   

Adjustments

     (3,374     (5,302     (36.4

CAPITAL (TIER I) (b)

     50,364        48,554        3.7   

OTHER ELIGIBLE CAPITAL (TIER II) (c)

     11,742        11,646        0.8   

CAPITAL BASE (TIER I + TIER II) (d)

     62,106        60,200        3.2   

Minimum capital requirement (BIS III Regulations)

     31,637        32,102        (1.4

CAPITAL SURPLUS

     30,469        28,097        8.4   

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS (RWA) (e)

     395,460        401,285        (1.5

BIS RATIO (d)/(e)

     15.7     15.0  

CORE CAPITAL (a)/(e)

     12.0     12.1  

TIER I (b)/(e)

     12.7     12.1  

The minimum capital requirements under CRD IV (8% RWA) decreased to €31,637 million as of June 30, 2016 from €32,102 million at December 31, 2015.

Variations in the amount of core capital in the above table are mainly explained by the organic generation of capital in the first half of the year and the efficient management and allocation of capital in line with the strategic objectives of the Group. Additionally, there is a negative effect on regulatory adjustments (mainly on minority interests and deductions) due to the regulatory phase-in calendar of 60% in 2016 compared with 40% in 2015.

Tier 1 increased to 12.7% as of June 30, 2016 from 12.1% as of December 31, 2015, mainly due to the issuance of perpetual securities eventually convertible into shares, classified as additional Tier 1 equity instruments under the solvency rules.

As a result of the factors discussed above, the total capital ratio is 15.7% as of June 30, 2016.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In addition to loans, we had the following off-balance sheet arrangements outstanding as of at the dates indicated:

 

     As of June 30,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Bank guarantees

     39,419         39,971   

Letters of credit

     10,054         9,367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     49,473         49,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

In addition to the off-balance sheet arrangements described above, the following tables set forth information regarding commitments to extend credit and assets under management as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of June 30,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Commitments to extend credit

     

Credit institutions

     852         921   

Government and other government agencies

     2,400         2,570   

Other resident sectors

     27,345         27,334   

Non-resident sector

     78,162         92,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     108,759         123,620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of June 30,
2016
     As of December 31,
2015
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Assets under management

     

Mutual funds

     53,487         54,419   

Pension funds

     32,061         31,542   

Customer portfolios

     41,198         42,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     126,746         128,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 33 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information with respect to our off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

68


Table of Contents

LOGO

Interim Report

June - 2016

Unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements ended June 30, 2016


Table of Contents

Contents

 

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   

Consolidated balance sheet

     F-3   

Consolidated income statement

     F-6   

Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses

     F-8   

Consolidated statements of changes in equity

     F-9   

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-11   

NOTES TO THE ACCOMPANYING CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

1.           Introduction, basis for the presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements, internal control of financial information and other information

     F-13   

2.           Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

     F-16   

3.          BBVA Group

     F-40   

4.          Shareholder remuneration system

     F-44   

5.          Earnings per share

     F-45   

6.          Operating segment reporting

     F-46   

7.          Risk management

     F-49   

8.          Fair value

     F-92   

9.          Cash and cash balances at centrals and banks and other demands deposits

     F-101   

10.        Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

     F-101   

11.        Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     F-105   

12.        Available-for-sale financial assets

     F-105   

13.        Loans and receivables

     F-110   

14.        Held-to-maturity investments

     F-113   

15.         Derivatives hedge accounting and fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk

     F-115   

16.        Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

     F-118   

17.        Tangible assets

     F-120   

18.        Intangible assets

     F-121   

19.        Tax assets and liabilities

     F-123   

20.        Other assets and liabilities

     F-127   

21.        Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale

     F-128   

22.        Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     F-128   

23.        Liabilities under reinsurance and insurance contracts

     F-133   

24.        Provisions

     F-135   

25.        Post-employment commitments and others

     F-136   

26.        Common stock

     F-144   

27.        Share premium

     F-145   

28.        Retained earnings, revaluation reserves and other reserves

     F-146   

29.        Treasury shares

     F-148   

30.        Accumulated other comprehensive income

     F-149   

31.        Non-controlling interests

     F-149   

32.        Capital base and capital management

     F-150   

33.        Commitments and guarantees given

     F-153   

34.        Other contingent assets and liabilities

     F-153   

35.        Purchase and sale commitments and future payment obligations

     F-154   

36.        Transactions on behalf of third parties

     F-154   

37.        Interest income and expense

     F-155   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

38.        Dividend income

    F-158   

39.        Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

    F-158   

40.        Fee and commission income

    F-158   

41.        Fee and commission expenses

    F-159   

42.        Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)

    F-159   

43.         Other operating income and expenses and insurance and reinsurance contracts incomes and expenses

    F-160   

44.        Administration costs

    F-161   

45.        Depreciation

    F-165   

46.        Provisions or reversal of provisions

    F-165   

47.         Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or
loss

    F-165   

48.        Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets

    F-166   

49.        Gains (losses) on derecognized of non financial assets and subsidiaries, net

    F-166   

50.         Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations

    F-167   

51.        Consolidated statements of cash flows

    F-167   

52.        Accountant fees and services

    F-168   

53.        Related-party transactions

    F-168   

54.         Remuneration and other benefits received by the Board of Directors and members of the Bank’s Senior Management

    F-170   

55.        Other information

    F-174   

56.        Subsequent events

    F-176   

APPENDIX I       Additional information on consolidated subsidiaries and consolidated structured entities composing the BBVA Group

    A-1   

APPENDIX II           Additional information on investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in the BBVA Group

    A-11   

APPENDIX III      Changes and notification of investments and divestments in the BBVA Group in the six month ended June 30, 2016

    A-12   

APPENDIX IV          Fully consolidated subsidiaries with more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of June 30, 2016

    A-15   

APPENDIX V     BBVA Group’s structured entities. Securitization funds

    A-16   

APPENDIX VI          Details of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities issued by the Bank or entities in the Group consolidated as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

    A-17   

APPENDIX VII         Consolidated balance sheets held in foreign currency as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015              

    A-21   

APPENDIX VIII       Information on data derived from the special accounting registry

    A-22   

APPENDIX IX          Quantitative information on refinancing and restructuring operations and other requirement under Bank of Spain Circular 6/2012

    A-28   

APPENDIX X     Additional information on Sovereign Risk

    A-37   

APPENDIX XI    Additional information on Risk Concentration

    A-40   

APPENDIX XII – Reconciliation of Financial Statements

    A-48   
GLOSSARY  


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

    
   

 

ASSETS

 

  Notes   

      June      

      2016      

 

    December    

    2015    

   
    CASH, CASH BALANCES AT CENTRAL BANKS AND OTHER DEMAND DEPOSITS   9   25,127    29,282     
    FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING   10   84,532    78,326     
   

Derivatives

    46,579    40,902     
   

Equity instruments

    3,804    4,534     
   

Debt securities

    34,051    32,825     
   

Loans and advances to central banks

         
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

         
   

Loans and advances to customers

    98    65     
    FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS   11   2,148    2,311     
   

Equity instruments

    1,988    2,075     
   

Debt securities

    161    173     
   

Loans and advances to central banks

         
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

      62     
   

Loans and advances to customers

         
    AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS   12   90,638    113,426     
   

Equity instruments

    4,477    5,116     
   

Debt securities

    86,161    108,310     
    LOANS AND RECEIVABLES   13   470,543    471,828     
   

Debt securities

    11,068    10,516     
   

Loans and advances to central banks

    14,313    17,830     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    29,290    29,317     
   

Loans and advances to customers

    415,872    414,165     
    HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS   14   19,295       
    HEDGING DERIVATIVES   15   3,628    3,538     
    FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK   15   83    45     
    INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES   16   1,131    879     
   

Joint ventures

    201    243     
   

Associates

    929    636     
    INSURANCE OR REINSURANCE ASSETS   23   489    511     
    TANGIBLE ASSETS   17   9,617    9,944     
   

Property, plants and equipment

    8,300    8,477     
   

For own use

    7,595    8,021     
   

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

    705    456     
   

Investment properties

    1,317    1,467     
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS   18   9,936    10,275     
   

Goodwill

    6,674    6,811     
   

Other intangible assets

    3,262    3,464     
    TAX ASSETS   19   17,332    17,779     
   

Current

    1,164    1,901     
   

Deferred

    16,168    15,878     
    OTHER ASSETS   20   8,388    8,566     
   

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

         
   

Inventories

    3,868    4,303     
   

Rest

    4,520    4,263     
    NON-CURRENT ASSETS AND DISPOSAL GROUPS HELD FOR SALE   21   3,152    3,369     
    TOTAL ASSETS       746,040    750,078     
   
                     

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated balance sheets as June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

    
   

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

  Notes     
 
    June    
  2016  
  
  
 

    December    

  2015  

   
    FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING   10     58,753       55,203     
   

Trading derivatives

      46,609       42,149     
   

Short positions

      12,145       13,053     
   

Deposits from central banks

              
   

Deposits from credit institutions

              
   

Customer deposits

              
   

Debt certificates

              
   

Other financial liabilities

              
    FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS   11     2,501       2,649     
   

Deposits from central banks

              
   

Deposits from credit institutions

              
   

Customer deposits

              
   

Debt certificates

              
   

Other financial liabilities

      2,501       2,649     
   

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST

  22     597,745       606,113     
   

Deposits from central banks

      32,709       40,087     
   

Deposits from credit institutions

      69,118       68,543     
   

Customer deposits

      406,284       403,362     
   

Debt certificates

      75,498       81,980     
   

Other financial liabilities

      14,137       12,141     
   

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

  15     3,280       2,726     
    FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK   15     352       358     
   

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE CONTRACTS

  23     9,335       9,407     
   

PROVISIONS

  24     8,875       8,852     
   

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

  25     6,243       6,299     
   

Other long term employee benefits

              
   

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

      595       616     
   

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

      921       714     
   

Other provisions

      1,116       1,223     
   

TAX LIABILITIES

  19     4,249       4,721     
   

Current

      664       1,238     
   

Deferred

      3,585       3,483     
   

OTHER LIABILITIES

  20     4,988       4,610     
    LIABILITIES INCLUDED IN DISPOSAL GROUPS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE                 
   

TOTAL LIABILITIES

        690,078       694,638     
   
                         

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

               

 

Millions of Euros

   

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (Continued)

 

  Notes   

    June    

2016

  

    December    

2015

   
    STOCKHOLDERS’ FUNDS        51,761     50,639     
   

Capital

  26    3,175     3,120     
   

Paid up capital

       3,175     3,120     
   

Unpaid capital which has been called up

             
   

Share premium

  27    23,992     23,992     
   

Equity instruments issued other than capital

             
   

Other equity

  44.1.1    21     35     
   

Retained earnings

  28    23,797     22,588     
   

Revaluation reserves

  28    21     22     
   

Other reserves

  28    (133)     (98)     
   

Reserves or accumulated losses of investments in subsidaries, joint ventures and associates

       (133)     (98)     
   

Other

             
   

Less: Treasury shares

  29    (166)     (309)     
   

Profit or loss attributable to owners of the parent

       1,832     2,642     
   

Less: Interim dividends

  4    (777)     (1,352)     
    ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME   30    (4,327)     (3,349)     
   

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

       (943)     (859)     
   

Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans

       (943)     (859)     
   

Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale

             
   

ventures and associates

             
   

Other adjustments

             
   

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

       (3,384)     (2,490)     
   

Hedge of net investments in foreign operations [effective portion]

       (338)     (274)     
   

Foreign currency translation

       (4,776)     (3,905)     
   

Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges [effective portion]

       62     (49)     
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

       1,686     1,674     
   

Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale

             
   

ventures and associates

       (18)     64     
    MINORITY INTERESTS (NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST)   31    8,527     8,149     
   

Valuation adjustments

       (1,371)     (1,346)     
   

Rest

       9,898     9,495     
    TOTAL EQUITY        55,962     55,439     
    TOTAL EQUITY AND TOTAL LIABILITIES        746,040     750,078     
             

 

Millions of Euros

   

 

MEMORANDUM ITEM (OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES)

 

  Notes   

June

2016

  

December

2015

   
    Financial guarantees given   33    50,127     49,876     
    Contingent commitments   33    125,444     135,733     
               
                       

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated income statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

         
             Millions of Euros         
         

 

  Notes  

 

      June    
2016
        June    
2015
        
    INTEREST INCOME   37     13,702         10,665         
    INTEREST EXPENSES   37     (5,338)         (3,570)         
    NET INTEREST INCOME       8,365         7,096         
    DIVIDEND INCOME   38     301         236         
    SHARE OF PROFIT OR LOSS OF ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD   39            195         
    FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME   40     3,313         2,801         
    FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSES   41     (963)         (682)         
    GAINS OR (-) LOSSES ON DERECOGNITION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES NOT MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS, NET   42     683         649         
    GAINS OR (-) LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS, NET   42     24         17         
    GAINS OR (-) LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING, NET   42     106         161         
    GAINS OR (-) LOSSES FROM HEDGE ACCOUNTING, NET   42     (171)                
    EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (NET)       533         620         
    OTHER OPERATING INCOME   43     715         546         
    OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES   43     (1,186)         (911)         
    INCOME ON INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS   43     1,958         1,725         
    EXPENSES ON INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS   43     (1,446)         (1,233)         
    GROSS INCOME       12,233         11,219         
    ADMINISTRATION COSTS   44     (5,644)         (4,927)         
   

Personnel expenses

      (3,324)         (2,888)         
   

Other administrative expenses

      (2,319)         (2,039)         
    DEPRECIATION   45     (689)         (572)         
    PROVISIONS OR (-) REVERSAL OF PROVISIONS   46     (262)         (392)         
    IMPAIRMENT OR (-) REVERSAL OF IMPAIRMENT ON FINANCIAL ASSETS NOT MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS   47     (2,110)         (2,137)         
   

Financial assets measured at cost

                    
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

      (133)         (3)         
   

Loans and receivables

      (1,977)         (2,134)         
   

Held to maturity investments

                    
    NET OPERATING INCOME       3,528         3,192         
   
                                  

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated income statement corresponding to the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated income statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

                                    
               

 

Millions of Euros     

       
   

 

(Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes 

 

 

  

 

    
 
    June    
2016
  
  
    
 
    June    
2015
  
  
    
    NET OPERATING INCOME        3,528         3,192        
    IMPAIRMENT OR (-) REVERSAL OF IMPAIRMENT OF INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES        -         -        
    IMPAIRMENT OR (-) REVERSAL OF IMPAIRMENT ON NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS     48         (99)         (128)        
   

Tangible assets

       (19)         (25)        
   

Intangible assets

       -         (3)        
   

Other assets

       (80)         (100)        
    GAINS (LOSSES) ON DERECOGNIZED OF NON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND SUBSIDIARIES, NET     49         37         23        
   

Of which: Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

       29         (25)        
    NEGATIVE GOODWILL RECOGNISED IN PROFIT OR LOSS     18         -         22        
    PROFIT OR (-) LOSS FROM NON-CURRENT ASSETS AND DISPOSAL GROUPS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE NOT QUALIFYING AS DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS     50         (75)         791        
    OPERATING PROFIT BEFORE TAX        3,391         3,899        
    TAX EXPENSE OR (-) INCOME RELATED TO PROFIT OR LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATION     20         (920)         (941)        
    PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS        2,471         2,958        
    PROFIT FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (NET)     50         -         -        
    PROFIT              2,471         2,958        
   

Attributable to minority interest [non-controlling interests]

    31         639         200        
   

Attributable to owners of the parent

       1,832         2,759        
   
                Euros             
       

 

 

 

 

Notes

 

 

  

 

    

 

June

2016

  

  

    

 

June

2015

  

  

    
    EARNINGS PER SHARE     5         0.27         0.41        
   

Basic earnings per share from continued operations

       0.27         0.41        
   

Diluted earnings per share from continued operations

       0.27         0.41        
   

Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations

       -         -        
   

Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

       -         -        
                
                
                                    

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated income statement corresponding to the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

       
    

 

    

 

      June    
2016
  June
    2015 (*)     
      
    PROFIT RECOGNIZED IN INCOME STATEMENT   2,471    2,958      
    OTHER RECOGNIZED INCOME (EXPENSES)   (1,003)    (3,390)      
    ITEMS NOT SUBJECT TO RECLASSIFICATION TO INCOME STATEMENT   (84)        
   

Actuarial gains and losses from defined benefit pension plans

  (117)        
   

Non-current assets available for sale

        
   

Entities under the equity method of accounting

        
   

Income tax related to items not subject to reclassification to income statement

  33    (2)      
    ITEMS SUBJECT TO RECLASSIFICATION TO INCOME STATEMENT   (919)    (3,393)      
   

Hedge of net investments in foreign operations [effective portion]

  (53)    (104)      
   

Valuation gains or (-) losses taken to equity

  (53)    (104)      
   

Transferred to profit or loss

        
   

Other reclassifications

        
   

Foreign currency translation

  (932)    (1,252)      
   

Valuation gains or (-) losses taken to equity

  (932)    (1,253)      
   

Transferred to profit or loss

        
   

Other reclassifications

        
   

Cash flow hedges [effective portion]

  138    (83)      
   

Valuation gains or (-) losses taken to equity

  158    (60)      
   

Transferred to profit or loss

  (20)    (23)      
   

Transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

        
   

Other reclassifications

        
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

  82    (2,297)      
   

Valuation gains or (-) losses taken to equity

  551    (1,093)      
   

Transferred to profit or loss

  (469)    (1,211)      
   

Other reclassifications

        
   

Non-current assets held for sale

        
   

Valuation gains or (-) losses taken to equity

        
   

Transferred to profit or loss

        
   

Other reclassifications

        
   

Entities accounted for using the equity method

  (82)    (319)      
   

Income tax

  (72)    662      
    TOTAL RECOGNIZED INCOME/EXPENSES   1,468    (431)      
   

Attributable to minority interest [non-controlling interests]

  614    (630)      
   

Attributable to the parent company

  854    199      
                  
                      

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of recognized income and expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated statements of changes in equity for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

       
        

Millions of euros

      
        

Capital

(Note 26)

    Share
Premium
(Note 27)
   

Equity
instruments
issued other

than capital

    Other Equity     Retained
earnings
    Revaluation
reserves
    Other
reserves
   

(-) Treasury

shares

   

Profit or loss
attributable to

owners of the
parent

   

Interim

dividends

   

Accumulated
other

comprehensive
income

   

Non-controlling

interest

    Total       
     JUNE 2016                         Valuation
adjustments
    Rest         
    Balances as of January 1, 2016     3,120        23,992        -        35        22,588        22        (98)        (309)        2,642        (1,352)        (3,349)        (1,346)        9,495        55,439       
    Total income/expense recognized     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        1,832        -        (978)        (25)        639        1,468       
    Other changes in equity     56        -        -        (14)        1,209        (1)        (35)        142        (2,642)        576        -        -        (236)        (946)       
   

Issuances of common shares

    56        -        -        -        (56)        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Issuances of preferred shares

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Issuance of other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Period or maturity of other issued equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Conversion of debt on equity

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Common Stock reduction

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Dividend distribution

    -        -        -        -        19        -        (19)        -        -        (630)        -        -        (232)        (862)       
   

Purchase of treasury shares

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (1,012)        -        -        -        -        -        (1,012)       
   

Sale or cancellation of treasury shares

    -        -        -        -        (34)        -        -        1,154        -        -        -        -        -        1,120       
   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Transfers between total equity entries

    -        -        -        -        1,304        (1)        (13)        -        (2,642)        1,352        -        -        -        -       
   

Increase/Reduction of equity due to business combinations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Share based payments

    -        -        -        (25)        5        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (20)       
   

Other increases or (-) decreases in equity

    -        -        -        11        (30)        -        (2)        -        -        (147)        -        -        (4)        (172)       
    Balances as of June 30, 2016     3,175        23,992        -        21        23,797        21        (133)        (166)        1,832        (777)        (4,327)        (1,371)        9,898        55,962       
                                                                                                                         

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the total consolidated statement of changes in equity for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated statements of changes in equity for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 (continued).

 

       
        

Millions of euros

      
        

Capital

(Note 26)

    Share
Premium
(Note 27)
   

Equity
instruments
issued other

than capital

    Other Equity     Retained
earnings
    Revaluation
reserves
    Other
reserves
   

(-) Treasury

shares

   

Profit or loss
attributable to

owners of the
parent

   

Interim

dividends

   

Accumulated
other

comprehensive
income

   

Non-controlling

interest

    Total       
     JUNE 2015                         Valuation
adjustments
    Rest         
    Balances as of January 1, 2015     3,024        23,992        -        66        20,281        23        633        (350)        2,618        (841)        (348)        (53)        2,564        51,609       
    Total income/expense recognized     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        2,759        -        (2,559)        (829)        200        (431)       
    Other changes in equity     66        -        -        (41)        1,323        (1)        301        275        (2,618)        666        -        -        (153)        (182)       
   

Issuances of common shares

    66        -        -        -        (66)        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Issuances of preferred shares

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Issuance of other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Period or maturity of other issued equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Conversion of debt on equity

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Common Stock reduction

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Dividend distribution

    -        -        -        -        81        -        (81)        -        -        (97)        -        -        (139)        (236)       
   

Purchase of treasury shares

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (1,793)        -        -        -        -        -        (1,793)       
   

Sale or cancellation of treasury shares

    -        -        -        -        2        -        -        2,068        -        -        -        -        -        2,070       
   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Transfers between total equity entries

    -        -        -        -        1,396        (1)        382        -        (2,618)        841        -        -        -        -       
   

Increase/Reduction of equity due to business combinations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Share based payments

    -        -        -        (48)        11        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (37)       
   

Other increases or (-) decreases in equity

    -        -        -        7        (101)        -        -        -        -        (78)        -        -        (14)        (186)       
    Balances as of June 30, 2015     3,090        23,992        -        26        21,603        23        934        (75)        2,759        (175)        (2,907)        (882)        2,610        50,997       
                                                                                                                         

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the total consolidated statement of changes in equity for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

               

 

Millions of Euros

 
   

 

    

 

     Notes       

June

2016

    

June

2015

 
  A) CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES (1)      51         (5,449)          2,086    
  1. Profit for the year         2,471          2,958    
  2. Adjustments to obtain the cash flow from operating activities:         2,576          1,789    
 

Depreciation and amortization

        689          572    
 

Other adjustments

        1,887          1,217    
  3. Net increase/decrease in operating assets         (13,584)              (7,718)    
 

Financial assets held for trading

        (7,853)          1,516    
 

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        (1)          (158)    
 

Available-for-sale financial assets

        4,787          334    
 

Loans and receivables

        (10,279)          (8,946)    
 

Other operating assets

        (238)          (464)    
  4. Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities         4,008          5,998    
 

Financial liabilities held for trading

        4,110          (623)    
 

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

        16          62    
 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

        (1,195)          5,983    
 

Other operating liabilities

        1,077          576    
  5. Collection/Payments for income tax         (920)          (941)    
  B) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES (2)      51         (1,703)          (1,867)    
  1. Investment         (2,189)          (2,177)    
 

Tangible assets

        (178)          (563)    
 

Intangible assets

        (182)          (154)    
 

Investments in joint ventures and associates

                (158)    
 

Subsidiaries and other business units

        (77)          (1,302)    
 

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

                  
 

Held-to-maturity investments

        (1,752)            
 

Other settlements related to investing activities

                  
  2. Divestments         486          310    
 

Tangible assets

        57          86    
 

Intangible assets

                  
 

Investments in joint ventures and associates

        69            
 

Subsidiaries and other business units

                  
 

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

        360          133    
 

Held-to-maturity investments

                  
 

Other collections related to investing activities

                88    
          

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

            

 

Millions of Euros

        
   

 

(Continued)

 

    Notes      June
2016
     June
2015
        
  C) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)   51      53          1,215             
  1. Investment        (2,052)          (3,325)       
 

Dividends

       (812)          (286)       
 

Subordinated liabilities

               (1,113)       
 

Treasury stock amortization

                    
 

Treasury stock acquisition

       (1,012)              (1,787)       
 

Other items relating to financing activities

       (228)          (139)       
  2. Divestments        2,105          4,540      
 

Subordinated liabilities

       1,000          2,477       
 

Treasury stock increase

                    
 

Treasury stock disposal

       1,105          2,063       
 

Other items relating to financing activities

                    
  D) EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES (4)        (1,119)          (4,988)       
  E) NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS        (8,218)          (3,554)       
  F) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR        43,466          31,430       
  G) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE PERIOD (E+F)        35,248          27,876       
             Millions of Euros         
   

 

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND EQUIVALENT AT END OF THE YEAR

 

  Notes    June
2016
    

June

2015

        
  Cash        6,261          5,107       
  Balance of cash equivalent in central banks (**)        28,987          22,769       
  Other financial assets                     
  Less: Bank overdraft refundable on demand                     
  TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE PERIOD   9,13      35,248          27,876       
                          

 

  (*)

“Balance of cash equivalent in central banks” include short term deposits in central banks in the heading “Loans and receivables” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements (see Note 13).

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 56 and Appendix I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Notes to the interim consolidated financial statements

 

1.

Introduction, basis for the presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements, internal control of financial information and other information.

1.1          Introduction

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (hereinafter “the Bank” or “BBVA”) is a private-law entity subject to the laws and regulations governing banking entities operating in Spain. It carries out its activity through branches and agencies across the country and abroad.

The Bylaws and other public information are available for inspection at the Bank’s registered address (Plaza San Nicolás, 4 Bilbao) as on its web site (www.bbva.com).

In addition to the activities it carries out directly, the Bank heads a group of subsidiaries, joint venture and associates which perform a wide range of activities and which together with the Bank constitute the Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group (hereinafter, “the Group” or “the BBVA Group”). In addition to its own separate financial statements, the Bank is therefore required to prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As of June 30, 2016, the BBVA Group had 370 consolidated entities and 97 entities accounted for using the equity method (see Notes 3 and 16 Appendix I to V).

The consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group for the year ended December 31, 2015 were approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meetings (“AGM”) on March 11, 2016.

 

1.2          Basis for the presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements

The BBVA Group’s interim consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards endorsed by the European Union applicable as of June 30, 2016, considering the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, of 22 December (and as amended thereafter), and with any other legislation governing financial reporting applicable to the Group and incompliance with IFRS-IASB.

The BBVA Group’s accompanying interim consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016, and their corresponding notes, were prepared by the Group’s Directors (through the Board of Directors held on July 28, 2016) by applying the principles of consolidation, accounting policies and valuation criteria described in Note 2, so that they present fairly the Group’s total consolidated equity and financial position as of June 30, 2016, together with the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows generated during the six months ended June 30, 2016.

These interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and each of the other entities in the Group. Moreover, they include the adjustments and reclassifications required to harmonize the accounting policies and valuation criteria used by the Group (see Note 2.2).

All effective accounting standards and valuation criteria with a significant effect in the consolidated financial statements were applied in their preparation.

The amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in millions of euros, unless it is more appropriate to use smaller units. Some items that appear without a total in these consolidated financial statements do so because of how the units are expressed. Also, in presenting amounts in millions of euros, the accounting balances have been rounded up or down. It is therefore possible that the totals appearing in some tables are not the exact arithmetical sum of their component figures.

The percentage changes in amounts have been calculated using figures expressed in thousands of euros.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

1.3          Comparative information

As of June 2016, the consolidated financial statements of BBVA Group are prepared in accordance with the presentation models required by Circular 5/2015 of the Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores. The aim is to adapt the content of the public financial information from the credit institutions and formats of the financial statements established mandatory by the European Union regulation for the credit institution.

The information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the explanatory notes referring to December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015 are presented exclusively for the purpose of comparison with the information for June 30, 2016. In order to facility the comparison, the financial statements and the information referred of those dates of 2015, has been restated according to the new models mentioned in the previous paragraph. As shown in Annex XII attached, the presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with these new formats has no significant impact on the financial statements included in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In the first six months ended June 30, 2016, the BBVA Group operating segments have not been significant changes with regard to the existing structure in 2015 (Note 6). The information related to operating segments as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015 has been restated for comparability purposes, as required by IFRS 8 “Operating segments”.

1.4          Seasonal nature of income and expenses

The nature of the most significant activities carried out by the BBVA Group’s entities is mainly related to traditional activities carried out by financial institutions, which are not significantly affected by seasonal factors within the same year.

1.5          Responsibility for the information and for the estimates made

The information contained in the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of the Group’s Directors.

Estimates have to be made at times when preparing these interim consolidated financial statements in order to calculate the recorded amount of some assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

 

 

Impairment on certain financial assets (see Notes 7, 12, 13,14 and 16).

 

 

The assumptions used to quantify certain provisions (see Notes 24 and 25) and for the actuarial calculation of post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments (see Note 25).

 

 

The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets (see Notes 17, 18, 20 and 21).

 

 

The valuation of goodwill and price allocation of business combinations (see Note 18).

 

 

The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities (see Notes 7, 8, 10, 11 and 12).

 

 

The recoverability of deferred tax assets (See Note 19).

 

 

The Exchange rate and the inflation rate of Venezuela (see Notes 2.2.16 and 2.2.20).

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available as of June 30, 2016 on the events analyzed, future events may make it necessary to modify them (either up or down) over the coming years. This would be done prospectively in accordance with applicable standards, recognizing the effects of changes in the estimates in the corresponding consolidated income statement.

1.6          BBVA Group’s Internal Control over financial reporting

The financial information prepared by the BBVA Group is subject to an Internal Control Financial Reporting (hereinafter “ICFR”), which provides reasonable assurance with respect to its reliability and integrity of the consolidated financial information and to ensure that the transactions are processed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The ICFR was developed by the BBVA Group’s management in accordance with framework established by the “Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission” (hereinafter, “COSO”). The COSO framework stipulates five components that must form the basis of the effectiveness and efficiency of systems of internal control:

 

 

Establishment of an appropriate control framework to monitor these activities.

 

 

Assessment of the risks that could arise during the preparation of financial information.

 

 

Design the necessary controls to mitigate the most critical risks.

 

 

Establishment of an appropriate system of information flows to detect and report system weaknesses or flaws.

 

 

Monitoring of the controls to ensure they perform correctly and are effective over time.

The ICFR is a dynamic framework that evolves continuously over time to reflect the reality of the BBVA Group’s business and processes at any time, together with the risks affecting it and the controls designed to mitigate these risks. It is subject to continuous evaluation by the internal control units located in the BBVA Group’s different entities.

These internal control units are integrated into the framework of the BBVA Group’s internal control model which is based in two pillars:

 

 

A control system with three lines of defense:

 

 

The first line is made up of the Group’s business units, which are responsible for identifying risks associated with their processes and for executing any measures established by higher management levels.

 

 

The second line consists of the specialized control units (Legal Compliance, Global Accounting & Information Management/Internal Financial Control, Internal Risk Control, IT Risk, Fraud & Security, and Operations Control). This line defines the models and control policies for their areas of responsibility and monitor the design, the correct implementation and effectiveness of controls

 

 

The third line is the Internal Audit unit, which conducts an independent review of the model, verifying the compliance and effectiveness of the model.

 

 

A committee structure called Corporate Assurance that streamlines the communication to the management and the management of internal control issues at a Group level and also in each of the geographies where the Group operates.

The internal control units comply with a common and standard methodology established at Group level, as set out in the following diagram:

 

LOGO

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The Internal Control Units, ICFR Model is subject to annual evaluations by the Group’s Internal Audit Unit and external auditors. It is also supervised by the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors.

The BBVA Group also complies with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (hereafter “SOX”) for consolidated financial statements as a listed company in the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The main senior executives of the Group take part in the design, compliance and implementation of the internal control model to make it efficient and to ensure quality and accuracy of the financial information.

1.7          Mortgage market policies and procedures

The information on “Mortgage market policies and procedures” (for the granting of mortgage loans and for debt issues secured by such mortgage loans) required by Bank of Spain Circular 5/2011, applying Royal Decree 716/2009, dated April 24 (which developed certain aspects of Act 2/1981, dated March 25, on the regulation of the mortgage market and other mortgage and financial market regulations), can be found in Appendix IX.

 

2.

Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

The Glossary includes the definition of some of the financial and economic terms used in Note 2 and subsequent Notes.

2.1          Principles of consolidation

In terms of its consolidation, in accordance with the criteria established by the IFRS, the BBVA Group is made up of four types of entities: subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and structured entities, defined as follows:

 

 

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group (for definition of the criterion for control, see Glossary).The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. The share of non-controlling interests from subsidiaries in the Group’s consolidated total equity is presented under the heading “Non-controlling interests” in the consolidated balance sheet. Their share in the profit or loss for the period or year is presented under the heading “Attributable to minority interest” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 31).

Note 3 includes information related to the main subsidiaries in the Group as of June 30, 2016. Appendix I includes other significant information on these entities.

 

 

Joint ventures

Joint ventures are those entities over which there is a joint arrangement to joint control with third parties other than the Group (for definitions of joint arrangement, joint control and joint venture, refer to Glossary).

The investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (see Note 16). Appendix II shows the main figures for joint ventures accounted for using the equity method.

 

 

Associates

Associates are entities in which the Group is able to exercise significant influence (for definition of significant influence, see Glossary). Significant influence is deemed to exist when the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights of an investee directly or indirectly, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case.

However, certain entities in which the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights are not included as Group associates, since the Group does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over these entities. Investments in these entities, which do not represent material amounts for the Group, are classified as “Available-for-sale financial assets”.

In contrast, some investments in entities in which the Group holds less than 20% of the voting rights are accounted for as Group associates, as the Group is considered to have the ability to exercise significant influence over these entities. As of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016, these entities are not significant in the Group.

Appendix II shows the most significant information related to the associates (see Note 16), which are accounted for using the equity method.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
 

Structured Entities

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when the voting rights relate to administrative matters only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements (see Glossary).

In those cases where the Group sets up entities or has a holding in such entities, in order to allow its customers access to certain investments, to transfer risks or for other purposes, in accordance with internal criteria and procedures and with applicable regulations, the Group determines whether control over the entity in question actually exists and therefore whether it should be subject to consolidation.

Such methods and procedures determine whether there is control by the Group, considering how the decisions are made about the relevant activities, assesses whether the Group has all power over the relevant elements, exposure, or rights, to variable returns from involvement with the investee and the ability to use power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

 

  -

Structured entities subject to consolidation

To determine if a structured entity is controlled by the Group, and therefore should be consolidated into the Group, the existing contractual rights (different from the voting rights) are analyzed. For this reason, an analysis of the structure and purpose of each investee is performed and, among others, the following factors will be considered:

 

  -  

Evidence of the current ability to manage the relevant activities of the investee according to the specific business needs (including any decisions that may arise only in particular circumstances).

 

  -  

Potential existence of a special relationship with the investee.

 

  -  

Implicit or explicit Group commitments to support the investee.

 

  -  

The ability to use the Group´s power over the investee to affect the amount of the Group’s returns.

There are cases where the Group has a high exposure to variable returns and retains decision-making power over the investee, either directly or through an agent.

The main structured entities of the Group are the so-called asset securitization funds, to which the BBVA Group transferred loans and receivables portfolios, and other vehicles, which allow the Group’s customers to gain access to certain investments or to allow for the transfer of risks and other purposes (See Appendix I and V). The BBVA Group maintains the decision-making power over the relevant activities of these vehicles and financial support through securitized market standard contractual. The most common ones are: investment positions in equity note tranches, funding through subordinated debt, credit enhancements through derivative instruments or liquidity lines, management rights of defaulted securitized assets, “clean-up” call derivatives, and asset repurchase clauses by the grantor.

For these reasons, the loans and receivable portfolios related to the vast majority of the securitizations carried out by the Bank or Group subsidiaries are not deregistered in the books of said entity and the issuances of the related debt securities are registered as liabilities within the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

  -

Non-consolidated structured entities

The Group owns other vehicles also for the purpose of allowing access to customers to certain investment, transfer risks, and other purposes, but without the Group having control of the vehicles and are not consolidated in accordance with IFRS 10. The balance of assets and liabilities of these vehicles is not material in relation to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As of June 30, 2016, there was no material financial support from the Bank or subsidiaries to unconsolidated structured entities.

The Group does not consolidate any of the mutual funds it managed since the necessary control conditions are not met (see definition of control in the Glossary). Particularly, the BBVA Group does not act as arranger but as agent since it operates the mutual funds on behalf and for the benefit of investors or parties (arranger of arrangers) and, for this reason it does not control the mutual funds when exercising its authority for decision making.

On the other hand, the mutual funds managed by the Group are not considered structured entities (generally, retail funds without corporate identity over which investors have participations which gives them ownership of said managed equity). These funds are not dependent on a capital structure that could prevent them to carry out activities without additional financial support, being in any case insufficient as far as the activities themselves are concerned. Additionally, the risk of the investment is absorbed by the fund participants, and the Group is only exposed when it becomes a participant, and as such, there is no other risk for the Group.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In all cases, results of equity method investees acquired by the BBVA Group in a particular period are included taking into account only the period from the date of acquisition to the financial statements date. Similarly, the results of entities disposed of during any year are included taking into account only the period from the start of the year to the date of disposal.

The financial statements of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group relate to the same date of presentation than the consolidated financial statements. If financial statements at those same dates are not available, the most recent will be used, as long as these are not older than three months, and adjusting to take into account the most significant transactions. As of June 30, 2016, save for the case of the financial statements of 5 non-material associates and joint-ventures for which the financial statements were as of April, 2016, all of the financial statements of all Group entities were available.

Our banking subsidiaries, associates and joint venture around the world, are subject to supervision and regulation from a variety of regulatory bodies in relation to, among other aspects, the satisfaction of minimum capital requirements. The obligation to satisfy such capital requirements may affect the ability of such entities to transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, under the laws of the various jurisdictions where such entities are incorporated, dividends may only be paid out through funds legally available for such purpose. Even when the minimum capital requirements are met and funds are legally available, the relevant regulator or other public administrations could discourage or delay the transfer of funds to the Group in the form of cash, dividends, loans or advances for prudential reasons.

2.2          Accounting policies and valuation criteria applied

The accounting standards and policies and the valuation criteria applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements may differ from those used by some of the entities within the BBVA Group. For this reason, necessary adjustments and reclassifications have been made in the consolidation process to standardize these principles and criteria and comply with the EU-IFRS.

The accounting standards and policies and valuation criteria used in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2.2.1          Financial instruments

Measurement of financial instruments and recognition of changes in subsequent fair value

All financial instruments are initially accounted for at fair value which, unless there is evidence to the contrary, shall be the transaction price.

Excluding all the financial assets held for trading and trading derivatives, all the changes in the fair value of the financial instruments arising from the accrual of interests and similar items are recognized under the headings “Interest income” or “Interest expenses”, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the change occurred (see Note 37). The dividends received from other entities, other than associate entities and joint venture entities, are recognized under the heading “Dividend income” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the right to receive them arises (see Note 38).

The changes in fair value after the initial recognition, for reasons other than those mentioned in the preceding paragraph, are treated as described below, according to the categories of financial assets and liabilities.

“Financial assets held for trading” and “Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss”

The assets and liabilities recognized under these headings of the consolidated balance sheets are measured upon acquisition at fair value and changes in the fair value (gains or losses) are recognized as their net value under the heading “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 42). Except those interests derivatives designated as economic hedges on interest rate are registered in interest income or expense (Note 37), depending on where the result of the hedging instrument. However, changes in fair value resulting from variations in foreign exchange rates are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

“Available-for-sale financial assets”

Assets recognized under this heading in the consolidated balance sheets are measured at their fair value. Subsequent changes in fair value (gains or losses) are recognized temporarily for their amount net of tax effect, under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income- Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Changes in the value of non-monetary items resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates are recognized temporarily under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income- Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Changes in foreign exchange rates resulting from monetary items are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

The amounts recognized under the headings “Accumulated other comprehensive income- Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Accumulated other comprehensive income- Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences” continue to form part of the Group’s consolidated equity until the corresponding asset is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet or until an impairment loss is recognized in the corresponding financial instrument. If these assets are sold, these amounts are derecognized and included under the headings “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)” or “Exchange differences (net)”, as appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they are derecognized.

The net impairment losses in “Available-for-sale financial assets” over the year are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 47) in the consolidated income statements for that period.

“Loans and receivables”, “Held-to-maturity investments” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured once acquired at “amortized cost” using the “effective interest rate” method. This is because the consolidated entities generally intend to hold such financial instruments to maturity.

Net impairment losses of assets recognized under these headings arising in each period are recognized under the heading “Impairment or (-) reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss – loans and receivables”, “Impairment or (-) reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss - held to maturity investments” or “Impairment or (-) reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss – financial assets measured at cost” (see note 47) in the consolidated income statement for that period.

“Derivatives-Hedge Accounting” and “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured at fair value.

Changes occurring subsequent to the designation of the hedging relationship in the measurement of financial instruments designated as hedged items as well as financial instruments designated as hedge accounting instruments are recognized as follows:

 

In fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized under the heading “Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net” in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding item under the headings where hedging items (“Hedging derivatives”) and the hedged items are recognized, as applicable. Almost all of the hedges used by the Group are for interest-rate risks. Therefore, the valuation changes are recognized under the headings “Interest income” or “Interest expenses”, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 37).

 

In fair value hedges of interest rate risk of a portfolio of financial instruments (portfolio-hedges), the gains or losses that arise in the measurement of the hedging instrument are recognized in the consolidated income statement, and the gains or losses that arise from the change in the fair value of the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) are also recognized in the consolidated income statement (in both cases under the heading “Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net”, using, as a balancing item, the headings “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” in the consolidated balance sheets, as applicable.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

In cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the hedging instruments relating to the effective portion are recognized temporarily under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges” in the consolidated balance sheets, with a balancing entry under the heading “Hedging derivatives” of the Assets or Liabilities of the Consolidated Financial Statements as applicable. These differences are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement at the time when the gain or loss in the hedged instrument affects profit or loss, when the forecast transaction is executed or at the maturity date of the hedged item (See Note 37).

 

Differences in the measurement of the hedging items corresponding to the ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are recognized directly in the heading “Gains or (-) losses from hedge accounting, net” in the consolidated income statement (See Note 42).

 

In the hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the differences attributable to the effective portions of hedging items are recognized temporarily under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Hedging of net investments in foreign transactions” in the consolidated balance sheets with a balancing entry under the heading “Hedging derivatives” of the Assets or Liabilities of the Consolidated Financial Statements as applicable. These differences in valuation are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statement when the investment in a foreign operation is disposed of or derecognized.

Other financial instruments

The following exceptions are applicable with respect to the above general criteria:

 

Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying asset and are settled by delivery of those instruments are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at acquisition cost; this may be adjusted, where appropriate, for any impairment loss (see Note 8).

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income arising from financial instruments classified at the consolidated balance sheet date as “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” are recognized with the corresponding entry under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income- Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment losses on financial assets

Definition of impaired financial assets carried at amortized cost

A financial asset is considered impaired – and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of impairment – when there is objective evidence that events have occurred, which:

 

In the case of debt instruments (loans and advances and debt securities), reduce the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the instruments were acquired. So they are considered impaired when there are reasonable doubts that the carrying amounts will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed.

 

In the case of equity instruments, it means that their carrying amount may not be fully recovered.

As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial assets is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes known. The recoveries of previously recognized impairment losses are reflected, if appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment is reversed or reduced.

In general, amounts collected on impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the unpaid principal.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered remote, such amount is written-off on the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions that may be taken in order to collect the amount until the rights extinguish in full either because it is time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

According to the Group’s established policy, the recovery of a recognized amount is considered remote and, therefore, derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet in the following cases:

 

Any loan (except for those carrying an sufficient guarantee) to a debtor in bankruptcy and/or in the last phases of a “concurso de acreedores” (the Spanish equivalent of a Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding), and

 

Financial assets (bonds, debentures, etc.) whose issuer’s solvency had undergone a notable and irreversible deterioration.

Additionally, loans and advances classified as impaired secured loans are written off in the balance sheet within a maximum period of four years of their classification as impaired (non-guaranteed amount), while impaired unsecured loans (such as certain commercial and consumer loans, credit cards, etc.) in the non-guaranteed amount are written off within two years of their classification as impaired.

Impairment on financial assets

The impairment on financial assets is determined by type of instrument and other circumstances that could affect it, taking into account the guarantees received by the owners of the financial instruments to assure (in part or in full) the performance of the financial assets. The BBVA Group recognizes impairment charges directly against the impaired financial asset when the likelihood of recovery is deemed remote, and uses an offsetting or allowance account when it recognizes non-performing loan provisions for the estimated losses.

Impairment of debt securities measured at amortized cost

With regard to impairment losses arising from insolvency risk of the obligors (credit risk), a debt instrument, mainly Loans and receivables, is impaired due to insolvency when a deterioration in the ability to pay by the obligor is evidenced, either due to past due status or for other reasons.

The BBVA Group has developed policies, methods and procedures to estimate incurred losses on outstanding credit risk. These policies, methods and procedures are applied in the study, approval and execution of debt instruments and Commitments and guarantees given; as well as in identifying the impairment and, where appropriate, in calculating the amounts necessary to cover estimated losses.

The amount of impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost is calculated based on whether the impairment losses are determined individually or collectively. First it is determined whether there is objective evidence of impairment individually for individually significant debt instrument, and collectively for debt instrument that are not individually significant. In the case where the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment in the case of debt instrument analyzed individually will be included in a group of debt instrument with similar risk characteristics and collectively impaired is analyzed.

In determining whether there is objective evidence of impairment the Group uses observable data on the following aspects:

 

Significant financial difficulties of the obligors.

 

Ongoing delays in the payment of interest or principal.

 

Refinancing of credit conditions by the obligors.

 

Bankruptcy or reorganization / liquidation are considered likely.

 

Disappearance of the active market for a financial asset because of financial difficulties.

 

Observable data indicating a reduction in future cash flows from the initial recognition such as adverse changes in the payment status of the counterparty (delays in payments, reaching credit cards limits, etc.)

 

National or local economic conditions that are linked to “defaults” (unemployment, falling property prices, etc.).

Impairment losses on financial assets individually evaluated for impairment

The amount of the impairment losses incurred on financial assets represents the excess of their respective carrying amounts over the present values of their expected future cash flows. These cash flows are discounted using the original effective interest rate. If a financial asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective rate determined under the contract.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following is to be taken into consideration when estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments:

 

All the amounts that are expected to be recovered over the remaining life of the debt instrument; including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collateral and other credit enhancements provided for the debt instrument (after deducting the costs required for foreclosure and subsequent sale). Impairment losses include an estimate for the possibility of collecting accrued, past-due and uncollected interest.

 

The various types of risk to which each debt instrument is subject.

 

The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.

Impairment losses on financial assets collectively evaluated for impairment

Impairment losses on financial assets collectively evaluated for impairment are calculated by using statistical procedures, and they are deemed equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific asset. The BBVA Group estimates impairment losses through statistical processes that apply historical data and other specific parameters that, although having been generated as of closing date for these consolidated financial statements, have arisen on an individual basis following the reporting date.

With respect to financial assets that have no objective evidence of impairment, the Group applies statistical methods using historical experience and other specific information to estimate the losses that the Group has incurred as a result of events that have occurred as of the date of preparation of the consolidated financial statements but have not been known and will be apparent, individually after the date of submission of the information. This calculation is an intermediate step until these losses are identified on an individual level, at which these financial instruments will be segregated from the portfolio of financial assets without objective evidence of impairment.

The incurred loss is calculated taking into account three key factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

 

Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

 

Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The PD is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction. In addition, the PD calculation includes the following parameters:

The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty (subjective doubtful assets).

 

Loss given default (LGD) is the estimate of the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty, and the valuation of the guarantees or collateral associated with the asset.

In order to calculate the LGD at each balance sheet date, the Group evaluates the whole amount expected to be obtained over the remaining life of the financial asset, including the estimated cash flows from the sale of the collateral by estimating its sale price (in the case of real estate collateral, the Group takes into account declines in property values which could affect the value of such collateral) and its estimated cost of sale.

In the event of a default, the group becomes contractually entitled to the property at the end of the foreclosure process or properties purchased from borrowers in distress, and is recognized in the financial statements. After the initial recognition of these assets classified as “Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale and liabilities included in these groups” (see note 2.2.4) or “Other assets - Inventories” (see Note 2.2.6), they are valued at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less their estimated selling price.

In addition, to identify the possible incurred but not reported losses (IBNR) in the unimpaired portfolio, an additional parameter called “LIP” (loss identification period) has to be introduced. The LIP parameter is the period between the time at which the event that generates a given loss occurs and the time when the loss is identified at an individual level. The analysis of the LIPs is carried out on the basis of uniform risk portfolios.

As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, as well as December 31, 2015, the Group’s internal incurred losses model for credit risk shows no material differences when compared to the provisions calculation using Bank of Spain requirements.

Impairment of other debt instruments classified as financial assets available for sale

The impairment losses on other debt instruments included in the “Available-for-sale financial asset” portfolio are equal to the excess of their acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment), after deducting any impairment loss previously recognized in the consolidated income statement over their fair value.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

When there is objective evidence that the negative differences arising on measurement of these debt instruments are due to impairment, they are no longer considered as “Accumulated other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Available-for-sale financial assets” and are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

If all, or part of the impairment losses are subsequently recovered, the amount is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the recovery occurred, up to the amount previously recognized in the income statement.

Impairment of equity instruments

The amount of the impairment in the equity instruments is determined by the category where they are recognized:

 

Equity instruments classified as available for sale: When there is objective evidence that the negative differences arising on measurement of these equity instruments are due to impairment, they are no longer registered as “Accumulated other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Available-for-sale financial assets” and are recognized in the consolidated income statement. In general, the Group considers that there is objective evidence of impairment on equity instruments classified as available-for-sale when significant unrealized losses have existed over a sustained period of time due to a price reduction of at least 40% or over a period of more than 18 months.

When applying this evidence of impairment, the Group takes into account the volatility in the price of each individual equity instrument to determine whether it is a percentage that can be recovered through its sale on the market; other different thresholds may exist for certain equity instruments or specific sectors.

In addition, for individually significant investments, the Group compares the valuation of the most significant equity instruments against valuations performed by independent experts.

Any recovery of previously recognized impairment losses for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available for sale is not recognized in the consolidated income statement, but under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 30).

 

Equity instruments measured at cost: The impairment losses on equity instruments measured at acquisition cost are equal to the excess of their carrying amount over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the market rate of return for similar equity instruments. In order to determine these impairment losses, save for better evidence, an assessment of the equity of the investee is carried out (excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income due to cash flow hedges) based on the last approved (consolidated) balance sheet, adjusted by the unrealized gains at measurement date.

Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they arise as a direct reduction of the cost of the instrument. These impairment losses may only be recovered subsequently in the event of the sale of these assets.

2.2.2           Transfers and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets is determined by the form in which risks and benefits associated with the financial assets involved are transferred to third parties. Thus the financial assets are only derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash flows that they generate are extinguished, when their implicit risks and benefits have been substantially transferred to third parties or when the control of financial asset is transferred even with no physical transfer or substantial retention of such assets. In the latter case, the financial asset transferred is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, and any right or obligation retained or created as a result of the transfer is simultaneously recognized.

The Group is considered to have transferred substantially all the risks and benefits if such risks and benefits account for the majority of the risks and benefits involved in ownership of the transferred financial assets. If substantially all the risks and benefits associated with the transferred financial asset are retained:

 

The transferred financial asset is not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and continues to be measured using the same criteria as those used before the transfer.

 

A financial liability is recognized at the amount equal to the amount received, which is subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value with changes in the income statement, whichever the case.

 

Both the income generated on the transferred (but not derecognized) financial asset and the expenses of the new financial liability continue to be recognized.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

2.2.3           Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are considered to be those contracts that require their issuer to make specific payments to reimburse the holder of the financial guarantee for a loss incurred when a specific borrower breaches its payment obligations on the terms – whether original or subsequently modified – of a debt instrument, irrespective of the legal form it may take. Financial guarantees may take the form of a deposit, bank guarantee, insurance contract or credit derivative, among others.

In their initial recognition, financial guarantees are recognized as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and the Group simultaneously recognize a corresponding asset in the consolidated balance sheet for the amount of the fees and commissions received at the inception of the transactions and the amounts receivable at the present value of the fees, commissions and interest outstanding.

Financial guarantees, irrespective of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required for them. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost (see Note 2.2.1).

The provisions recognized for financial guarantees considered impaired are recognized under the heading “Provisions - Provisions for contingent risks and commitments” on the liability side in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 24). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively; to “Provisions or reversal of provision” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 46).

Income from financial guarantees is recorded under the heading “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee (see Note 40).

2.2.4       Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale and liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale

The heading “Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale and liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheets includes the carrying amount of assets that are not part of the BBVA Group’s operating activities. The recovery of this carrying amount is expected to take place through the price obtained on its disposal (see Note 21).

This heading includes individual items and groups of items (“disposal groups”) and disposal groups that form part of a major operating segment and are being held for sale as part of a disposal plan (“discontinued operations”). The individual items include the assets received by the subsidiaries from their debtors, in full or partial settlement of the debtors’ payment obligations (assets foreclosed or donated in repayment of debt and recovery of lease finance transactions), unless the Group has decided to make continued use of these assets. The BBVA Group has units that specialize in real estate management and the sale of this type of asset.

Symmetrically, the heading “Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the balances payable arising from disposal groups and discontinued operations.

Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are generally measured, at the acquisition date and at any later date deemed necessary, at either their carrying amount or the fair value of the property (less costs to sell), whichever is lower. The book value at acquisition date of the Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale from foreclosures or recoveries is defined as the balance pending collection on those assets that originated said purchases (net of provisions). Fair value of non-current assets and disposable instruments held for sale from foreclosures or recoveries is based, mainly, in appraisals or valuations made by independent experts on a yearly based or less should there be evidence of impairment. Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are not depreciated while included under this heading.

Gains and losses generated on the disposal of assets and liabilities classified as non-current held for sale, and liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale as well as impairment losses and, where pertinent, the related recoveries, are recognized in “Profit or (-) loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement (see note 50). The remaining income and expense items associated with these assets and liabilities are classified within the relevant consolidated income statement headings.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Income and expenses for discontinued operations, whatever their nature, generated during the year, even if they have occurred before their classification as discontinued operations, are presented net of the tax effect as a single amount under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement, whether the business remains on the balance sheet or is derecognized from the balance sheet. As long as an asset remains in this category, it will not be amortized. This heading includes the earnings from their sale or other disposal.

2.2.5        Tangible assets

Property, plant and equipment for own use

This heading includes the assets under ownership or acquired under lease finance, intended for future or current use by the BBVA Group and that it expects to hold for more than one year. It also includes tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or partial settlement of financial assets representing receivables from third parties and those assets expected to be held for continuing use.

Property, plant and equipment for own use are presented in the consolidated balance sheets at acquisition cost, less any accumulated depreciation and, where appropriate, any estimated impairment losses resulting from comparing this net carrying amount of each item with its corresponding recoverable amount.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value; the land on which the buildings and other structures stand is considered to have an indefinite life and is therefore not depreciated.

The tangible asset depreciation charges are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation” (see Note 45) and are based on the application of the following depreciation rates (determined on the basis of the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):

 

                         
         Type of Assets                   Annual Percentage                          
                  
                      
      Building for own use     1% - 4%      
      Furniture     8% - 10%      
      Fixtures     6% - 12%      
      Office supplies and hardware     8% - 25%      
                         

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets, in particular buildings for own use, is based on independent appraisals that are no more than 3-5 years old at most, unless there are indications of impairment.

At each reporting date, the Group entities analyze whether there are internal or external indicators that a tangible asset may be impaired. When there is evidence of impairment, the Group analyzes whether this impairment actually exists by comparing the asset’s net carrying amount with its recoverable amount (as the higher between its recoverable amount less disposal costs and its value in use). When the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount, the carrying amount is written down to the recoverable amount and depreciation charges going forward are adjusted to reflect the asset’s remaining useful life.

Similarly, if there is any indication that the value of a tangible asset has been recovered, the consolidated entities will estimate the recoverable amounts of the asset and recognize it in the consolidated income statement, recording the reversal of the impairment loss registered in previous years and thus adjusting future depreciation charges. Under no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.

Running and maintenance expenses relating to tangible assets held for own use are recognized as an expense in the year they are incurred and recognized in the consolidated income statements under the heading “Administration costs - Other administrative expenses - Property, fixtures and equipment” (see Note 44.2).

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to recognize the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets for own use.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Investment properties

The heading “Tangible assets - Investment properties” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the net values (purchase cost minus the corresponding accumulated depreciation and, if appropriate, estimated impairment losses) of the land, buildings and other structures that are held either to earn rentals or for capital appreciation through sale and that are neither expected to be sold off in the ordinary course of business nor are destined for own use (see Note 17).

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment properties, calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and recognize the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets held for own use.

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets is based on independent appraisals that are no more than one year old at most, unless there are indications of impairment.

2.2.6        Inventories

The balance under the heading “Other assets - Inventories” in the consolidated balance sheets mainly includes the land and other properties that the BBVA Group’s real estate entities hold for development and sale as part of their real estate development activities (see Note 20).

The cost of inventories includes those costs incurred in during their acquisition and development, as well as other direct and indirect costs incurred in getting them to their current condition and location.

In the case of the cost of real-estate assets accounted for as inventories, the cost is comprised of: the acquisition cost of the land, the cost of urban planning and construction, non-recoverable taxes and costs corresponding to construction supervision, coordination and management. Borrowing cost incurred during the year form part of cost, provided that the inventories require more than a year to be in a condition to be sold.

Properties purchased from customers in distress, which the Group manages for sale, are measured at the acquisition date and any subsequent time, at either their related carrying amount or the fair value of the property (less costs to sell), whichever is lower. The carrying amount at acquisition date of these properties is defined as the balance pending collection on those assets that originated said purchases (net of provisions).

Impairment

The amount of any subsequent adjustment due to inventory valuation for reasons such as damage, obsolescence, reduction in sale price to its net realizable value, as well as losses for other reasons and, if appropriate, subsequent recoveries of value up to the limit of the initial cost value, are registered under the heading “Impairment or (-) reversal of impairment on non-financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 48) for the year in which they are incurred.

In the case of real-Estate assets above mentioned, if the fair value less costs to sell is lower than the carrying amount of the loan recognized in the consolidated balance sheet, a loss is recognized under the heading “Impairment or (-) reversal of impairment on non-financial assets” in the consolidated income statement for the period (see Note 48). In the case of real-estate assets accounted for as inventories, the BBVA Group’s criterion for determining their net realizable value is mainly based on independent appraisals no more than one year old, or less if there are indications of impairment.

Inventory sales

In sale transactions, the carrying amount of inventories is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and recognized as an expense under the income statement heading “Other operating expenses – Changes in inventories” in the year in which the income from its sale is recognized. This income is recognized under the heading “Other operating income – Financial income from non-financial services” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 43).

2.2.7        Business combinations

A business combination is a transaction, or any other deal, by which the Group obtains control of one or more businesses. It is accounted for by applying the acquisition method.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

According to this method, the acquirer has to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed, including those that the acquired entity had not recognized in the accounts. The method involves the measurement of the consideration received for the business combination and its allocation to the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities measured according to their fair value, at the purchase date, as well as the recognition of any non-controlling participation (minority interests) that may arise from the transaction.

In a business combination achieved in stages, the acquirer shall remeasure its previously held equity interest in the acquiree at its acquisition-date fair value and recognize the resulting gain or loss, if any, in profit or loss under the heading “Gains (losses) on derecognized of non-financial assets and subsidiaries, net” of the Consolidated Income Statements. In prior reporting periods, the acquirer may have recognized changes in the value of its equity interest in the acquiree in other comprehensive income. If so, the amount that was recognized in other comprehensive income shall be recognized on the same basis as would be required if the acquirer had disposed directly of the previously held equity interest.

In addition, the acquirer shall recognize an asset in the consolidated balance sheet under the heading “Intangible asset - Goodwill” if on the acquisition date there is a positive difference between:

 

the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of stock previously held in the acquired business; and

 

the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

If this difference is negative, it shall be recognized directly in the income statement under the heading “Gain on Bargain Purchase in business combinations”.

Non-controlling interests in the acquired entity may be measured in two ways: either at their fair value; or at the proportional percentage of net assets identified in the acquired entity. The method of valuing non-controlling interest may be elected in each business combination. So far, the BBVA Group has always elected for the second method.

2.2.8        Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents a portion of consideration transferred in advance by the acquiring entity for the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is never amortized. It is subject periodically to an impairment analysis, and is written off if it is clear that there has been impairment.

Goodwill is assigned to one or more cash-generating units that expect to be the beneficiaries of the synergies derived from the business combinations. The cash-generating units represent the Group’s smallest identifiable asset groups that generate cash flows for the Group and that are largely independent of the flows generated from the Group’s other assets or groups of assets. Each unit or units to which goodwill is allocated:

 

is the lowest level at which the entity manages goodwill internally;

 

is not larger than an operating segment.

The cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment (including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount). This analysis is performed at least annually or more frequently if there is any indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a cash-generating unit to which a part of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that cash-generating unit, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests, in the event they are not valued at fair value, is compared with its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit is equal to the fair value less sale costs and its value in use, whichever is greater. Value in use is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections that the unit’s management estimates and is based on the latest budgets approved for the coming years. The main assumptions used in its calculation are: a sustainable growth rate to extrapolate the cash flows indefinitely, and the discount rate used to discount the cash flows, which is equal to the cost of the capital assigned to each cash-generating unit, and equivalent to the sum of the risk-free rate plus a risk premium inherent to the cash-generating unit being evaluated for impairment.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

If the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds the related recoverable amount, the Group recognizes an impairment loss; the resulting loss is apportioned by reducing, first, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, second, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the remainder of the assets. This is done by allocating the remaining loss in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the unit. In the event the non-controlling interests are measured at fair value, the deterioration of goodwill attributable to non-controlling interests will be recognized. In any case, an impairment loss recognized for goodwill shall not be reversed in a subsequent period.

They are recognized under the heading “Impairment or (-) reversal of impairment on non-financial assets – Intangible assets” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 48).

Other intangible assets

These assets may have an indefinite useful life if, based on an analysis of all relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the consolidated entities. In all other cases they have a finite useful life.

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized according to the duration of this useful life, using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets. The defined useful time intangible asset is made up mainly of IT applications acquisition costs which have a useful life of 3 to 5 years. The depreciation charge of these assets is recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation” (see Note 45).

The consolidated entities recognize any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with charge to the heading “Impairment or (-) reversal of impairment on non - financial assets- Intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see note 48). The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the recovery of impairment losses recognized in prior years, are similar to those used for tangible assets.

2.2.9       Insurance and reinsurance contracts

The assets of the BBVA Group’s insurance subsidiaries are recognized according to their nature under the corresponding headings of the consolidated balance sheets and the initial recognition and valuation is carried out according to the criteria set out in IFRS 4.

The heading “Reinsurance assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amounts that the consolidated insurance subsidiaries are entitled to receive under the reinsurance contracts entered into by them with third parties and, more specifically, the share of the reinsurer in the technical provisions recognized by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries.

The heading “Liabilities under insurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the technical provisions for direct insurance and inward reinsurance recognized by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at period-end (see Note 23).

The income or expenses reported by the BBVA Group’s consolidated insurance subsidiaries on their insurance activities is recognized, in accordance with their nature, in the corresponding items of the consolidated income statements.

The consolidated insurance entities of the BBVA Group recognize the amounts of the premiums written to the income statement and a charge for the estimated cost of the claims that will be incurred at their final settlement to their consolidated income statements. At the close of each year the amounts collected and unpaid, as well as the costs incurred and unpaid, are accrued.

The most significant provisions registered by consolidated insurance entities with respect to insurance policies issued by them are set out by their nature in Note 23.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

According to the type of product, the provisions may be as follows:

 

Life insurance provisions:

Represents the value of the net obligations undertaken with the life insurance policyholder. These provisions include:

 

  -  

Provisions for unearned premiums. These are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums received until the closing date that has to be allocated to the period from the closing date to the end of the insurance policy period.

 

  -  

Mathematical reserves: Represents the value of the life insurance obligations of the insurance entities at year-end, net of the policyholder’s obligations, arising from life insurance contracted.

 

Non-life insurance provisions:

 

  -  

Provisions for unearned premiums. These provisions are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums received until year-end that has to be allocated to the period between the year-end and the end of the policy period.

 

  -  

Provisions for unexpired risks: The provision for unexpired risks supplements the provision for unearned premiums by the amount by which that provision is not sufficient to reflect the assessed risks and expenses to be covered by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries in the policy period not elapsed at year-end.

 

Provision for claims:

This reflects the total amount of the outstanding obligations arising from claims incurred prior to year-end. Insurance subsidiaries calculate this provision as the difference between the total estimated or certain cost of the claims not yet reported, settled or paid, and the total amounts already paid in relation to these claims.

 

Provision for bonuses and rebates:

This provision includes the amount of the bonuses accruing to policyholders, insurees or beneficiaries and the premiums to be returned to policyholders or insurees, as the case may be, based on the behavior of the risk insured, to the extent that such amounts have not been individually assigned to each of them.

 

Technical provisions for reinsurance ceded:

Calculated by applying the criteria indicated above for direct insurance, taking account of the assignment conditions established in the reinsurance contracts in force.

 

Other technical provisions:

Insurance entities have recognized provisions to cover the probable mismatches in the market reinvestment interest rates with respect to those used in the valuation of the technical provisions.

The BBVA Group controls and monitors the exposure of the insurance subsidiaries to financial risk and, to this end, uses internal methods and tools that enable it to measure credit risk and market risk and to establish the limits for these risks.

2.2.10     Tax assets and liabilities

Expenses on corporate income tax applicable to the BBVA Group’s Spanish entities and on similar income taxes applicable to consolidated foreign entities are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when they result from transactions on which the profits or losses are recognized directly in equity, in which case the related tax effect is also recognized in equity. The total corporate income tax expense is calculated by aggregating the current tax arising from the application of the corresponding tax rate to the tax for the year (after deducting the tax credits or discounts allowable for tax purposes) and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, defined as the amounts to be payable or recoverable in future years arising from the differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax bases (the “tax value”), and tax loss and tax credit or discount carry forwards. (see Note 19).

The “Tax Assets” line item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the assets of a tax nature, and distinguishes between: “Current” (amounts recoverable by tax in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (which includes the amount of tax to be recovered in future years, including those arising from tax losses or credits for deductions or rebates that can be compensated). The “Tax Liabilities” line item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the liabilities of a tax nature, except for provisions for taxes, broken down into: “Current” (income tax payable on taxable profit for the year and other taxes payable in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (the amount of corporate tax payable in subsequent years).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Deferred tax liabilities attributable to taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint venture entities are recognized as such, except where the Group can control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is unlikely that it will reverse in the future. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient taxable profits in the future against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized and are not from the initial recognition (except in the case of a business combination) of other assets or liabilities in a transaction that does not affect the fiscal outcome or the accounting result.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed by the consolidated entities at each balance sheet date in order to ascertain whether they are still current, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed. In those circumstances in which it is unclear how a specific requirement of the tax law applies to a particular transaction or circumstance, and the acceptability of the definitive tax treatment depends on the decisions taken by the relevant taxation authority in future, the entity recognizes current and deferred tax liabilities and assets considering whether it is probable or not that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. Thus, if the entity concludes that it is not probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the entity uses the amount expected to be paid to (recovered from) the taxation authorities.

The income and expenses directly recognized in equity that do not increase or decrease taxable income are accounted for as temporary differences.

2.2.11     Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities

The heading “Provisions” in the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts recognized to cover the BBVA Group’s current obligations arising as a result of past events. These are certain in terms of nature but uncertain in terms of amount and/or settlement date. The settlement of these obligations is deemed likely to entail an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits (see Note 24). The obligations may arise in connection with legal or contractual provisions, valid expectations formed by Group entities relative to third parties in relation to the assumption of certain responsibilities or through virtually certain developments of particular aspects of the regulations applicable to the operation of the entities; and, specifically, future legislation to which the Group will certainly be subject. The provisions are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets when each and every one of the following requirements is met:

 

They represent a current obligation that has arisen from a past event;

 

At the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements, there is more probability that the obligation will have to be met than that it will not;

 

It is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and

 

The amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated.

Among other items, these provisions include the commitments made to employees by some of the Group entities (mentioned in section 2.2.12), as well as provisions for tax and legal litigation.

Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of events beyond the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement; however, they will be disclosed, should they exist, in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations of the Group that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events beyond the control of the Group. They also include the existing obligations of the Group when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them; or when, in extremely rare cases, their amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or the income statement (excluding contingent liabilities from business combination) but are reported in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

2.2.12     Pensions and other post-employment commitments

Below is a description of the most significant accounting criteria relating to the commitments to employees, in terms of post-employment benefits and other long-term commitments, of certain BBVA Group entities in Spain and abroad (see Note 25).

Commitments valuation: assumptions and actuarial gains/losses recognition

The present values of these commitments are quantified based on an individual member data. Current employee costs are calculated using the projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit/commitment and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

The actuarial assumptions should take into account that:

 

They are unbiased, in that they are not unduly aggressive or excessively conservative.

 

They are compatible with each other and adequately reflect the existing economic relations between factors such as inflation, foreseeable wage increases, discount rates and the expected return on plan assets, etc. The future levels of wages and benefits are based on market expectations at the consolidated balance sheet date for the period over which the obligations are to be settled.

 

The rate used to discount the commitments is determined by reference to market yields at the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements on high quality bonds.

The BBVA Group recognizes actuarial gains or losses originating in the commitments assumed with staff taking early retirement, benefits awarded for seniority and other similar items under the heading “Provisions or reversal of provisions” of the consolidated income statement for the period in which these differences occur (see Note 46). The BBVA Group recognizes the actuarial gains or losses arising on all other defined-benefit post-employment commitments directly under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income – Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss - Other adjustments” of equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 30).

Post-employment benefit commitments

Pensions

The BBVA Group’s post-employment benefit commitments are either defined-contribution or defined-benefit.

 

Defined-contribution commitments: The amounts of these commitments are established as a percentage of certain remuneration items and/or as a fixed pre-established amount. The contributions made in each period by the BBVA Group’s entities for these commitments are recognized with a charge to the heading “Administration costs - Personnel expenses - Defined-contribution plan expense” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 44.1).

 

Defined-benefit commitments: Some of the BBVA Group’s entities have defined-benefit commitments for the permanent disability and death of certain current employees and early retirees, as well as defined-benefit retirement commitments applicable only to certain groups of current employees, or employees taking early retirement and retired employees. These commitments are either funded by insurance contracts or recognized as provisions.

The amounts recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” are the differences, at the date of the consolidated financial statements, between the present values of the commitments for defined-benefit commitments and the fair value of plan assets (see Note 25).

Payments made by the Group’s entities for defined-benefit commitments covering current employees are charged to the heading “Administration cost - Personnel expenses - Defined benefit plan expense” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 44.1).

Early retirement

The BBVA Group has offered certain employees in Spain the option of taking early retirement (that is earlier than the age stipulated in the collective labor agreement in force) and has recognized the corresponding provisions to cover the cost of the commitments related to this item. The present values of early retirement obligations are quantified based on an individual member data and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The early retirement commitments in Spain include the compensation and indemnities and contributions to external pension funds payable during the period of early retirement. The commitments relating to this group of employees after they have reached normal retirement age are dealt with in the same way as pension commitments as mentioned in the previous section.

Other post-employment welfare benefits

Some of the BBVA Group’s entities have welfare benefit commitments whose effects extend beyond the date of retirement of the employees entitled to the benefits. These commitments relate to certain current employees and retirees, depending upon the employee group to which they belong.

The present values of post-employment welfare benefits are quantified based on an individual member data and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

Other commitments to employees

Some of the BBVA Group’s entities are obliged to deliver goods and services to groups of employees. The most significant of these, in terms of the type of compensation and the event giving rise to the commitments, are as follows: loans to employees, life insurance, study assistance and long-service awards.

Some of these commitments are measured using actuarial studies, so that the present values of the vested obligations for commitments with personnel are quantified based on an individual member data. They are recognized under the heading “Provisions” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 24).

The cost of these benefits provided by Spanish entities in the BBVA Group to active employees are recognized under the heading “Administration costs - personnel expenses - Other personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 44.1).

Other commitments for current employees accrue and are settled on a yearly basis, so it is not necessary to register a provision in this regard.

2.2.13     Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Provided they constitute the delivery of such equity instruments following the completion of a specific period of services, equity-settled share-based payment transactions are recognized as an expense for services being provided by employees, by way of a balancing entry under the heading “Stockholders’ equity – Other equity” in the consolidated balance sheet. These services are measured at fair value for the employees services received, unless such fair value cannot be calculated reliably. In such case, they are measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted, taking into account the date on which the commitments were granted and the terms and other conditions included in the commitments.

When the initial compensation agreement includes what may be considered market conditions among its terms, any changes in these conditions will not be reflected in the consolidated income statement, as these have already been accounted for in calculating the initial fair value of the equity instruments. Non-market vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating the initial fair value of equity instruments, but they are taken into account when determining the number of equity instruments to be issued. This will be recognized on the consolidated income statement with the corresponding increase in total equity.

2.2.14     Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized in the accounts when the BBVA Group agrees to terminate employment contracts with its employees and has established a detailed plan or has raised a valid expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement that plan or announcing its main features to those affected by it.

2.2.15     Treasury stock

The value of common stock issued by the BBVA Group’s entities and held by them - basically, shares and derivatives on the Bank’s shares held by some consolidated entities that comply with the requirements to be recognized as equity instruments - are recognized as a decrease to net equity, under the heading “Stockholders’ funds - Treasury stock” in the consolidated balance sheets (see 29).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

These financial assets are recognized at acquisition cost, and the gains or losses arising on their disposal are credited or debited, as appropriate, to the heading “Stockholders’ funds - Retained earnings” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 28).

2.2.16     Foreign-currency transactions and exchange differences

The BBVA Group’s functional currency, and thus the currency in which the consolidated financial statements are presented, is the euro. Thus, all balances and transactions denominated in currencies other than the euro are deemed to be denominated in “foreign currency”.

Conversion to euros of the balances held in foreign currency is performed in two consecutive stages:

 

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the entity operates); and

 

Conversion to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of the entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies carried out by the consolidated entities (or accounted for using the equity method) are initially accounted for in their respective currencies. Subsequently, the monetary balances in foreign currencies are converted to their respective functional currencies using the exchange rate at the close of the financial year. In addition,

 

Non-monetary items valued at their historical cost are converted to the functional currency at the exchange rate in force on the purchase date.

 

Non-monetary items valued at their fair value are converted at the exchange rate in force on the date on which such fair value was determined.

 

Income and expenses are converted at the period’s average exchange rates for all the operations carried out during the period. When applying this criterion the BBVA Group considers whether significant variations have taken place in exchange rates during the financial year which, owing to their impact on the statements as a whole, require the application of exchange rates as of the date of the transaction instead of such average exchange rates.

The exchange differences produced when converting the balances in foreign currency to the functional currency of the consolidated entities are generally recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statements. However, the exchange differences in non-monetary items, measured at fair value, are recognized temporarily in equity under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income - - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Conversion of functional currencies to euros

The balances in the financial statements of consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are converted to euros as follows:

 

Assets and liabilities: at the average spot exchange rates as of the date of each of the consolidated financial statements.

 

Income and expenses and cash flows are converted by applying the exchange rate in force on the date of the transaction, and the average exchange rate for the financial year may be used, unless it has undergone significant variations.

 

Equity items: at the historical exchange rates.

The exchange differences arising from the conversion to euros of balances in the functional currencies of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are recognized under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheets. Meanwhile, the differences arising from the conversion to euros of the financial statements of entities accounted for by the equity method are recognized under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Entities accounted for using the equity method” until the item to which they relate is derecognized, at which time they are recognized in the income statement.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The breakdown of the main consolidated balances in foreign currencies as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, with reference to the most significant foreign currencies, is set forth in Appendix VII.

Venezuela

Local financial statements of the Group subsidiaries in Venezuela are expressed in Venezuelan Bolivar, and converted into euros for the consolidated financial statements, as indicated below, since Venezuela is a country with strong exchange restrictions and has different rates officially published:

 

On February 10, 2015, the Venezuelan government announced the creation of a new foreign-currency system called SIMADI.

 

The Group used the SIMADI exchange rate from March 2015 for the conversion of the financial statements of the Group companies located in Venezuela for their consolidated financial statements. The SIMADI exchange rate started to reflect the exchange rate of actual transactions increasing rapidly to approximately 200 Venezuelan bolivars per U,S. dollar (approximately 218 Venezuelan bolivars per euro), however, from May, and during the second half of 2015 the trend was confirmed, the SIMADI exchange rate had hardly fluctuated, reaching as of December 31, 2015 216.3 Venezuelan bolivars per euro, which could be considered unrepresentative of the convertibility of the Venezuelan currency.

 

In February 2016, the Venezuelan government approved a new exchange rate agreement which sets two new mechanisms that regulate the purchase and sale of foreign currency and the suspension of the SIMADI exchange rate.

 

As of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, the Board of Directors considers that the use of the new exchanges rates and, previously, SIMADI for converting bolivars into euros in preparing the consolidated financial statements does not reflect the true picture of the financial statements of the Group and the financial position of the Group subsidiaries in Venezuela.

 

Consequently, as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, the Group has used in the conversion of the financial statements of these foreign exchange rates amounting to 469 and 1,170 Venezuelan bolivars per euro, respectively. These exchanges rates have been calculated taking into account the estimated evolution of inflation in Venezuela at those dates (170% and 133.6%, respectively) by the Research Service of the Group (see Note 2.2.20).

2.2.17     Recognition of income and expenses

The most significant criteria used by the BBVA Group to recognize its income and expenses are as follows.

 

Interest income and expenses and similar items:

As a general rule, interest income and expenses and similar items are recognized on the basis of their period of accrual using the effective interest rate method. The financial fees and commissions that arise on the arrangement of loans and advances (basically origination and analysis fees) are deferred and recognized in the income statement over the expected life of the loan. The direct costs incurred in originating these loans and advances can be deducted from the amount of financial fees and commissions recognized. These fees are part of the effective interest rate for the loans and advances. Also dividends received from other entities are recognized as income when the consolidated entities’ right to receive them arises.

However, when a loan is deemed to be impaired individually or is included in the category of instruments that are impaired because their recovery is considered to be remote, the recognition of accrued interest in the consolidated income statement is discontinued. This interest is recognized for accounting purposes as income, as soon as it is received.

 

 

Commissions, fees and similar items.

 

 

Income and expenses relating to commissions and similar fees are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to the nature of such items. The most significant items in this connection are:

 

  -  

Those relating to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized when collected/paid.

 

  -  

Those arising from transactions or services that are provided over a period of time, which are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.

 

  -  

Those relating to single acts, which are recognized when this single act is carried out.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
 

Non-financial income and expenses:

These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.

 

 

Deferred collections and payments:

These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.

2.2.18     Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services

The heading “Other operating income” in the consolidated income statements includes the proceeds of the sales of assets and income from the services provided by the Group entities that are not financial institutions. In the case of the Group, these entities are mainly real estate and service entities (see Note 43).

2.2.19     Leases

Lease contracts are classified as finance leases from the inception of the transaction, if they substantially transfer all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset forming the subject-matter of the contract. Leases other than finance leases are classified as operating leases.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessor of an asset in finance leases, the aggregate present values of the lease payments receivable from the lessee plus the guaranteed residual value (normally the exercise price of the lessee’s purchase option on expiration of the lease agreement) are recognized as financing provided to third parties and, therefore, are included under the heading “Loans and receivables” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

When the consolidated entities act as lessors of an asset in operating leases, the acquisition cost of the leased assets is recognized under “Tangible assets – Property, plant and equipment – Other assets leased out under an operating lease” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 17). These assets are depreciated in line with the criteria adopted for items of tangible assets for own use, while the income arising from the lease arrangements is recognized in the consolidated income statements on a straight-line basis within “Other operating expenses” (see Note 43).

If a fair value sale and leaseback results in an operating lease, the profit or loss generated from the sale is recognized in the consolidated income statement at the time of sale. If such a transaction gives rise to a finance lease, the corresponding gains or losses are accrued over the lease period.

The assets leased out under operating lease contracts to other entities in the Group are treated in the consolidated financial statements as for own use, and thus rental expense and income is eliminated and the corresponding depreciation is recognized.

2.2.20     Entities and branches located in countries with hyperinflationary economies

In order to assess whether an economy is under hyperinflation, the country’s economic environment is evaluated, analyzing whether certain circumstances exist, such as:

 

 

The country’s population prefers to keep its wealth or savings in non-monetary assets or in a relatively stable foreign currency;

 

 

Prices may be quoted in a relatively stable foreign currency;

 

 

Interest rates, wages and prices are linked to a price index;

 

 

The cumulative inflation rate over three years is approaching, or exceeds, 100%.

The fact that any of these circumstances is present will not be a decisive factor in considering an economy hyperinflationary, but it does provide some reasons to consider it as such.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Since 2009, the economy of Venezuela can be considered hyperinflationary under the above criteria. As a result, the financial statements of the BBVA Group’s entities located in Venezuela have therefore been adjusted to correct for the effects of inflation in accordance with IAS 29 “ Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies“.

The breakdown of the General Price Index and the inflation index used as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 for the inflation restatement of the financial statements of the Group companies located in Venezuela is as follows:

 

                                    
    

 

General Price Index

 

      

 

June 2016 (**)  

 

    

 

December 2015 (*)  

 

        
    GPI               2,357.90        
    Average GPI               1,460.50        
    Inflation of the period          133.6%         170.0%        
                                    

 

  (*)

At the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements in 2015, the Venezuelan government had not released the official inflation figures. The Group has estimated the inflation rate applicable to December 31, 2015, based on the best estimate of BBVA Research of the Group (170%) in line with other estimates made by various international organizations. Subsequently, at the publication of the consolidated financial statements, the official inflation figures was published, ending at 180.9%

  (**)

As of June 30, 2016, the Venezuelan government had not released the official inflation figures since December 2015, as in the Annual Report of 2015, the group estimated the inflation rate applicable at (133.6%)

The losses recognized under the heading “Profit attributable to the parent company” in the accompanying consolidated income statement as a result of the adjustment for inflation on net monetary position of the Group entities in Venezuela amounted to 38.5 million (24 million in June 2015).

2.3     Recent IFRS pronouncements

Changes introduced in the first semester of 2016

The following modifications to the IFRS standards or their interpretations (hereinafter “IFRIC”) came into force after January 1, 2016. They have not had a significant impact on the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements corresponding to the period ended June 30, 2016.

Amended IFRS 11 - “Joint Arrangements”

The amendments made to IFRS 11 require the acquirer of an interest in a joint operation in which the activity constitutes a business to apply all of the principles on business combinations accounting in IFRS 3 and other IFRSs. These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2016, although early adoption is permitted.

Amended IAS 16 - “Property, Plant and Equipment” and Amended IAS 38 – “Intangible Assets”.

The amendments made to IAS 16 and IAS 38 exclude, as general rule, as depreciation method to be used, those methods based on revenue that is generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset, because the revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits of the asset.

Amended IAS 27 – “Separate financial statements”

Changes to IAS 27 allow entities to use the equity method to account for investment in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, in their separate financial statements.

Annual improvements cycle to IFRSs 2012-2014

The annual improvements cycle to IFRSs 2012-2014 includes minor changes and clarifications to IFRS 5 – Noncurrent assets held for sale and discontinued operations, IFRS 7 – Financial instruments: Information to disclose, IAS 19 – Employee benefits and IAS 34 – interim financial information.

Amended IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements

The amendments made to IAS 1 further encourage companies to apply professional judgment in determining what information to disclose in their financial statements, in determining when line items are disaggregated and additional headings and subtotals included in the statement of financial position and the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, and in determining where and in what order information is presented in the financial disclosures.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Amended IFRS 10 - “Consolidated Financial Statements”, Amended IFRS 12 – “Disclosure of interests in other entities” and Amended IAS 28 – “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”

The amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 introduce clarifications to the requirements when accounting for investment entities in three aspects:

 

 

The amendments confirm that a parent entity that is a subsidiary of an investment entity has the possibility to apply the exemption from preparing consolidated financial statements

 

 

The amendments clarify that if an investment entity has a subsidiary whose main purpose is to support the investment entity’s investment activities by providing investment-related services or activities, to the entity or other parties, and that is not itself an investment entity, it shall consolidate that subsidiary; but if that subsidiary is itself an investment entity, the investment entity parent shall measure the subsidiary at fair value through profit or loss.

 

 

The amendments require a non-investment entity investor to retain, when applying the equity method, the fair value measurement applied by an investment entity associate or joint venture to its interests in subsidiaries.

This Standard came into force on January 1, 2016, but endorsement by the European Union is expected on the 3rd Quarter of 2016.

Standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective as of June 30, 2016

New International Financial Reporting Standards together with their interpretations had been published at the date of preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, but are not obligatory as of June 30, 2016. Although in some cases the IASB permits early adoption before they come into force, the BBVA Group has not done so as of this date, as it is still analyzing the effects that will result from them.

IFRS 9 - “Financial instruments”

As of July, 24, 2014, IASB issued the IFRS 9 which will replace IAS 39. The new standard introduces significant differences with respect to the current regulation with regards to financial assets; among others, the approval of a new classification model based on two single categories of amortized cost and fair value, the elimination of the current “Held-to-maturity-investments” and “Available-for-sale financial assets” categories, impairment analyses only for assets measured at amortized cost and non-separation of embedded derivatives in contracts of financial assets. With regard to financial liabilities, the classification categories proposed by IFRS 9 are similar to those contained in IAS 39, so there should not be very significant differences save for the requirement to recognize changes in fair value related to own credit risk as a component of equity, in the case of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. Hedge accounting requirements also differs from the current IAS 39 due to the new focus on the economic risk management.

Impairment requirements will apply to financial assets measured at amortized cost and at fair value through other comprehensive income, and to lease receivables and certain loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. At initial recognition, an allowance is required for expected credit losses resulting from default events that may occur within the next 12 months (“12 month expected credit losses”). In the event of a significant increase in credit risk, an allowance is required for expected credit losses resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the financial instrument (“lifetime expected credit losses”). The assessment of whether the credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition should be performed for each reporting period by considering the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument. The assessment of credit risk, and the estimation of expected credit losses, should be performed so that they are probability-weighted and unbiased and shall include all available information that is relevant to the assessment, including information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable expectations of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. As a result, the goal is for the recognition and measurement of impairment to be more proactive and forward-looking than under the current incurred loss model of IAS 39. Theoretically, an increase in the total level of impairment allowances is expected, since all financial assets will be assessed for at least 12 month expected credit losses and the population of financial assets to which lifetime expected credit losses will be applied is expected to be larger than the population for which there is objective evidence of impairment under IAS 39

IFRS 9 will also affect hedge accounting, because the focus of the Standard is different from that of the current IAS 39, as it tries to align the accounting requirements with economic risk management. IFRS 9 will also permit to apply hedge accounting to a wider range of risks and hedging instruments. The Standard does not address the accounting for the macro hedging strategies. To avoid any conflict between the current macro hedge accounting and the new general hedge accounting requirements, IFRS 9 includes an accounting policy choice to continue applying hedge accounting according to IAS 39.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The IASB has established January 1, 2018, as the mandatory application date, with the possibility of early adoption.

During 2015 and the first semester of 2016, the Group has been analyzing this new Standard and the implications it will have in 2018 on the classification of portfolios and the valuation models for financial instruments, focusing on impairment loss models for financial assets through expected loss models.

In 2016, the Group will continue working on the definition of accounting policies, on the implementation of the Standard, which has implications both on the financial statements and on the Group’s daily operations (initial and subsequent risk assessment, changes in systems, management metrics, etc.), and also on the models used for the presentation of financial statements.

As of the date of preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group does not have an estimation of the quantitative impact that this Standard will have on January 1, 2018 when it will come into force. The Group expects to have a parallel calculation during 2017 in order to have comparative information for the previous year when the Standard comes into effect.

Amended IFRS 7 - “Financial instruments: Disclosures”

The IASB modified IFRS 7 in December 2011 to include new disclosures on financial instruments that entities will have to provide as soon as they apply IFRS 9 for the first time.

IFRS 15 - “Revenue from contracts with customers”

IFRS 15 contains the principles that an entity shall apply to account for revenue and cash flows arising from a contract with a customer.

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, in accordance with contractually agreed. It is considered that the good or service is transferred when the customer obtains control over it.

The new Standard replaces IAS 18 - Revenue IAS 11 - Construction Contracts, IFRIC 13 - Customer Loyalty Programmes, IFRIC 15 - Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate, IFRIC 18 - Transfers of Assets from Customers and SIC 31 – Revenue-Transactions Involving Advertising Services

This Standard will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2018, although early adoption is permitted.

IFRS 15 – “Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers”

The amendments to the Revenue Standard clarify how some of the underlying principles of the new Standard should be applied. Specifically, they clarify how to:

 

 

Identify a performance obligation (the promise to transfer a good or a service to a customer) in a contract;

 

 

Determine whether a company is a principal (the provider of a good or service) or an agent (responsible for arranging for the good or service to be provided); and

 

 

Determine whether the revenue from granting a license should be recognized at a point in time or over time.

In addition to the clarifications, the amendments include two additional reliefs to reduce cost and complexity for a company when it first applies the new Standard.

The amendments will be applied at the same time as the IFRS 15, i.e. to the accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, although early application is permitted.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Amended IFRS 10 - “Consolidated financial statements” and Amended IAS 28 – “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”

The amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 establish that when an entity sells or transfers assets are considered a business (including its consolidated subsidiaries) to an associate or joint venture of the entity, the latter will have to recognize any gains or losses derived from such transaction in its entirety. Notwithstanding, if the assets sold or transferred are not considered a business, the entity will have to recognize the gains or losses derived only to the extent of the interests in the associate or joint venture with unrelated investors.

These changes will be applicable to accounting periods beginning on the effective date, still to be determined, although early adoption is allowed.

.IAS 12 - “Income Taxes. Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealized Losses”

The amendments made to IAS 12 clarify the requirements on recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealized losses on debt instruments measured at fair value. The following aspects are clarified:

 

 

An unrealized loss on a debt instrument measured at fair value gives rise to a deductible temporary difference regardless of whether the holder expects to recover its carrying amount by holding the debt instrument until maturity or by selling the debt instrument.

 

 

An entity assesses the utilization of deductible temporary differences in combination with other deductible temporary differences. In circumstances in which tax laws restricts the utilization of tax losses, an entity would assess a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred tax assets of the appropriate type.

 

 

An entity’s estimate of future taxable profit can include amounts from recovering assets for more than their carrying amounts if there is sufficient evidence to conclude that it is probable that the entity will achieve this.

 

 

An entity’s estimate of future taxable profit excludes tax deductions resulting from the reversal of deductible temporary difference.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017, although early application is permitted.

IFRS 16 - “Leases”

On January 13, 2016 the IASB issued the IFRS 16 which will replace IAS 17. The new standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and will require a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee will be required to recognize a right-of–use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments.

With regard to lessor accounting, IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17. Accordingly, a lessor will continue to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases, and account for those two types of leases differently.

The standard will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2019, although early application is permitted if IFRS 15 is also applied.

IAS 7 - “Statement of Cash Flows. Disclosure Initiative”

The amendments to IAS 7 introduce the following new disclosure requirements related to changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, to the extent necessary to enable users of financial statements to evaluate changes in those liabilities: changes from financing cash flows; changes arising from obtaining or losing control of subsidiaries or other businesses; the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates; changes in fair values; and other changes.

Liabilities arising from financing activities are liabilities for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the statement of cash flows as cash flows arising from financing activities. Additionally, the disclosure requirements also apply to changes in financial assets if cash flows from those financial assets were, or future cash flows will be, included in cash flows from financing activities.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017, although early application is permitted.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

IFRS 2 – “Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions”

The amendments made to IFRS 2 provide requirements on three different aspects:

 

 

When measuring the fair value of a cash-settled share-based payment vesting conditions, other than market conditions, shall be taken into account by adjusting the number of awards included in the measurement of the liability arising from the transaction.

 

 

A transaction in which an entity settles a share-base payment arrangement net by withholding a specified portion of the equity instruments to meet a statutory tax withholding obligation will be classified as equity settled in its entirety if, without the net settlement feature, the entire share-based payment would otherwise be classified as equity-settled.

 

 

In case of modification of a share-based payment from cash-settled to equity-settled, the modification will be accounted for derecognizing the original liability and recognizing in equity the fair value of the equity instruments granted to the extent that services have been rendered up to the modification date; any difference will be recognized immediately in profit or loss

These modifications will be applied to the accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, although early application is permitted.

 

3.

BBVA Group

The BBVA Group is an international diversified financial group with a significant presence in retail banking, wholesale banking, asset management and private banking. The Group also operates in other sectors such as insurance, real estate, operational leasing, etc.

Appendix I and II provide relevant information as of June 30, 2016 on the Group’s subsidiaries, consolidated structured entities, and investments in associate entities and joint venture entities. Appendix III shows the main changes in investments for the year ended June 30, 2016, and Appendix IV gives details of the consolidated subsidiaries and which, based on the information available, are more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of June 30, 2016.

The following table sets forth information related to the Group’s total assets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, broken down by the Group’s entities according to their activity:

 

               

 

Millions of Euros      

       
    

 

Contribution to Consolidated Group Total Assets.

Entities by Main Activities

       

 

June  
2016  

  

 

December 
2015 

      
   

Banks and other financial services

       713,697     718,204      
   

Insurance and pension fund managing companies

       26,413     25,741      
   

Other non-financial services

       5,930     6,133      
    Total        746,040     750,078      
                            

The total assets and results of operations broken down by the geographical areas, in which the BBVA Group operates, are included in Note 6.

The BBVA Group’s activities are mainly located in Spain, Mexico, South America, the United States and Turkey, with active presence in other countries, as shown below:

 

 

Spain

The Group’s activity in Spain is mainly through Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., which is the parent company of the BBVA Group (including Catalunya Banc). The Group also has other entities that operate in Spain’s banking sector, insurance sector, real estate sector, services and as operational leasing entities.

 

 

Mexico

The BBVA Group operates in Mexico, not only in the banking sector, but also in the insurance sector through Grupo Financiero Bancomer.

 

F-40


Table of Contents
 

South America

The BBVA Group’s activities in South America are mainly focused on the banking and insurance sectors, in the following countries: Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Peru, Paraguay, Uruguay and Venezuela. It has a representative office in Sao Paulo (Brazil).

The Group owns more than 50% of most of the entities based in these countries. Appendix I shows a list of the entities which, although less than 50% owned by the BBVA Group as of June 30, 2016, are consolidated (see Note 2.1).

 

 

United States

The Group’s activity in the United States is mainly carried out through a group of entities with BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. at their head, the New York BBVA branch and a representative office in Silicon Valley (California).

 

 

Turkey

The Group’s activity in Turkey is mainly carried out through the Garanti Group.

 

 

Rest of Europe

The Group’s activity in Europe is carried out through banks and financial institutions in Ireland, Switzerland, Italy, Netherlands, Romania, Russia and Portugal, branches in Germany, Belgium, France, Italy and the United Kingdom, and representative offices in Russia.

 

 

Asia-Pacific

The Group’s activity in this region is carried out through branches (in Taipei, Seoul, Tokyo, Hong Kong Singapore and Shanghai) and representative offices (in Beijing, Mumbai, Abu Dhabi, Sydney and Jakarta).

Changes in the Group in the first semester 2016

Mergers

The BBVA Group, at its Board of Directors meeting held on March 31, 2016, adopted a resolution to begin a merger process of BBVA S.A. (absorbing company), Catalunya Banc, S.A., Banco Depositario BBVA, S.A. and Unoe Bank, S.A. This transaction is part of the corporate reorganization of its banking subsidiaries in Spain.

These transactions have no impact in the consolidated financial statements both from the accounting and the solvency stand points. The BBVA Group owns 99.09% of the share capital of Catalunya Banc, S.A. and 100% of the Banco Depositario BBVA, S.A and Unoe Bank, S.A.

Changes in the Group in 2015

During 2015, it was registered the full consolidation of Garanti since the date of effective control (third quarter) and the acquisition of Catalunya Banc (second quarter). These effects impact on the period-on-period comparison of all the income statements was affected with the previous first semester results.

Investments

Acquisition of an additional 14.89% of Garanti

On November 19, 2014, the Group signed a new agreement with Dogus Holding AS, Ferit Faik Sahenk, Dianne Sahenk and Defne Sahenk (hereinafter “Dogus”) to, among other terms, the acquisition of 62,538,000,000 additional shares of Garanti (equivalent to 14.89% of the capital of this entity) for a maximum total consideration of 8.90 Turkish lira per batch (Garanti traded in batches of 100 shares each).

In the same agreement stated that if the payment of dividends for the year 2014 was executed by Dogus before the closing of the acquisition, that amount would be deducted from the amount payable by BBVA. On April 27, 2015, Dogus received the amount of the dividend paid to shareholders of Garanti, which amounted to Turkish Liras 0.135 per batch.

On July 27, 2015, after obtaining all the required regulatory approvals, the Group has materialized said participation increase after the acquisition of the new shares. Now the Group’s interest in Garanti is 39.9%.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The total price effectively paid by BBVA amounts to 8,765 TL per batch (amounting to approximately TL 5,481 million and 1,857 million applying a 2.9571 TL/EUR exchange rate).

In accordance with the IFRS-IASB accounting rules, and as a consequence of the agreements reached, the BBVA Group shall, at the date of effective control, measure at fair value its previously acquired stake of 25.01% in Garanti (classified as a joint venture accounted for using the equity method) and shall consolidate Garanti in the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group, beginning on the above-mentioned effective control date.

Measuring the above-mentioned stake in Garanti Bank at fair value resulted in a negative impact in “Gains or (-) losses on derecognition of non-financial assets and subsidiaries, net” in the consolidated income statement of the BBVA Group for the second semester of 2015, which resulted in a net negative impact in the Profit attributable to owners of the parent of the BBVA Group in 2015 amounting to 1,840 million. Such accounting impact does not translate into any additional cash outflow from BBVA. Most of this impact is generated by the exchange rate differences due to the depreciation of the TL against Euro since the initial acquisition by BBVA of the 25.01% stake in Garanti Bank up to the date of effective control. As of December 31, 2015, these exchange rate differences were already registered as Other Comprehensive Income deducting the stock shareholder’s equity of the BBVA Group.

The agreements with the Dogus group include an agreement for the management of the bank and the appointment by the BBVA Group of the majority of the members of its Board of Directors (7 of 10). The 39.9% stake in Garanti is consolidated in the BBVA Group, because of these management agreements.

As of June 30, 2016, Garanti Group has total assets of 91,041 million, of which 57,975million are loans to customers, and a volume of customer deposits of 76,311million.

The Group estimate according to the acquisition method, the comparison between the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from Garanti, along with the identified intangible assets, and cash payment made by the BBVA Group in consideration of the transaction generated a goodwill of 618 million (at exchange rate of June 30,2016), which is registered under the heading “Intangible assets - Goodwill” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 (see Note 18.1).

Acquisition of Catalunya Banc

On July 21, 2014, the Management Commission of the Banking Restructuring Fund (known as “FROB”) accepted BBVA’s bid in the competitive auction for the acquisition of Catalunya Banc, S.A. (“Catalunya Banc”).

On April 24, 2015, once the necessary authorizations have been obtained and all the agreed conditions precedent have been fulfilled, BBVA announced that it acquired 1,947,166,809 shares of Catalunya Banc, S.A. (approximately 98.4% of its share capital) for a price of approximately 1,165 million.

As of June 30, 2016, Catalunya Banc contributed with a volume of assets of approximately 37,885 million, of which approximately 18,666 million corresponded to “Loans and advances to customers”. “Financial Liabilities at amortized cost” amounted to approximately 32,531 million.

As of December 31, 2015, according to the purchase method, the comparison between the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from Catalunya Banc, and the cash payment made to the FROB in consideration of the transaction generated a difference of 26 million, which is registered under the heading “Negative goodwill recognized in profit or loss” in the accompanying consolidated income statement as of December 31, 2015. According to the IFRS 3, there is a period, up to a year, to complete the necessary adjustments to the calculation of initial acquisition (see Note 18.1). After the deadline, there has not been any significant adjustment that involves amending the calculation recorded in the year 2015.

Divestitures

Partial sale of China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB)

On January 23, 2015 the Group BBVA signed an agreement to sell 4.9% in China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB) to UBS AG, London Branch (UBS), who entered into transactions pursuant to which such CNCB shares will be transferred to a third party and the ultimate economic benefit of ownership of such CNCB shares will be transferred to Xinhu Zhongbao Co., Ltd (Xinhu) (the Relevant Transactions). On March 12, 2015, after having obtained the necessary approvals, BBVA completed the sale.

The selling price to UBS is HK$ 5.73 per share, amounting to a total of HK$ 13,136 million, equivalent to approximately 1,555 million (with an exchange rate of EUR/HK$=8.45 as of the date of the closing).

 

F-42


Table of Contents

In addition to the above mentioned 4.9%, during the first semester of 2015 various sales were made in the market to total a 6.34% participation sale. The impact of these sales on the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group was a gain net of taxes of approximately 705 million. This gain gross of taxes was recognized under “Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations” (See Note 50).

As of June 30, 2016, BBVA holds a 3.11% (832 million) interest in CNCB, this participation is recognized under the heading “Available for sale financial assets”.

Sale of the participation in Citic International Financial Holding (CIFH)

On December 23, 2014, the BBVA Group signed an agreement to sell its participation of 29.68% in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (hereinafter “CIFH”), to China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (hereinafter “CNCB”). CIFH is a non-listed subsidiary of CNCB domiciled in Hong Kong. The selling price is HK$8,162 million. The closing of such agreement is subject to the relevant regulatory approvals. The estimated impact on the attributable profit of the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group will not be significant.

On August 27, BBVA completed the sale of this participation. The impact on the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group was not significant.

 

F-43


Table of Contents
4.

Shareholder remuneration system

Shareholder remuneration system

Since 2011, a shareholder remuneration system called the “Dividend Option” was implemented.

Under this remuneration scheme, BBVA offers its shareholders the possibility to receive all or part of their remuneration in the form of newly-issued ordinary shares; whilst maintaining the possibility for BBVA shareholders to receive their entire remuneration in cash by selling their free allocation rights to BBVA (in execution of the commitment assumed by BBVA to acquire the free allocation rights attributed to the shareholders at a guaranteed fixed price) or by selling their free allocation rights on the market at the prevailing market price at that time.

On March 31, 2016, the Board of Directors approved the execution of the first of the share capital increases charged to voluntary reserves, as agreed by the AGM held on March 11, 2016 to implement the Dividend Option. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s share capital increased by 55,702,125.43 (113,677,807 shares at a 0.49 par value each). 82.13% of the right owners have opted to receive newly-issued BBVA ordinary shares. The other 17.87% of the right owners opted to sell the rights of free allocation assigned to them to BBVA, and as a result, BBVA acquired 1,137,500,965 rights for a total amount of 146,737,624.49. The price at which BBVA has acquired such rights of free allocation (in execution of said commitment) was 0.129 per right.

On September 30, 2015, the Board of Directors approved the execution of the second of the share capital increases charged to voluntary reserves, as agreed by the AGM held on March 13, 2015 to implement the Dividend Option. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s share capital increased by 30,106,631.94 (61,442,106 shares at a 0.49 par value each). 89.65% of the right owners opted to receive newly issued ordinary shares. The other 10.35% of the right owners opted to sell the rights of free allocation assigned to them to BBVA, and as a result, BBVA acquired 652,564,118 rights for a total amount of 52,205,129.44. The price at which BBVA acquired such rights of free allocation was 0.08 per right, registered in “Total Equity- Interim dividends” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

On March 25, 2015, the Board of Directors approved the execution of the first of the share capital increases charged to voluntary reserves, as agreed by the AGM held on March 13, 2015 to implement the Dividend Option. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s share capital increased by 39,353,896.26 (80,314,074 shares at a 0.49 par value each). 90.31% of the right owners opted to receive newly-issued BBVA ordinary shares. The other 9.69% of the right owners opted to sell the rights of free allocation assigned to them to BBVA, and as a result, BBVA acquired 602,938,646 rights for a total amount of 78,382,023.98. The price at which BBVA acquired such rights of free allocation was 0.13 per right, registered in “Total Equity- Interim dividends” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

Dividends

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on June 22, 2016, approved the distribution in cash of 0.08 (0.0648 withholding tax) per BBVA share, as gross interim dividend against 2016 results. The dividend is expected to be paid on July 11, 2016.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The interim accounting statements prepared in accordance with legal requirements evidencing the existence of sufficient liquidity for the distribution of the interim dividend in the amount approved, are as follows:

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

      
     Available Amount for Interim Dividend Payments       May 31,    
    2016    
          
   

Profit of BBVA, S.A. at each of the dates indicated, after the provision for income tax

  1,371      
   

Less -

         
   

Estimated provision for Legal Reserve

  11      
   

Acquisition by the bank of the free allotment rights in 2016 capital increase

  147      
   

Additional Tier I capital instruments remuneration

  114      
   

Interim dividends for 2016 already paid

  -      
   

Maximum amount distributable

  1,099      
   

Amount of proposed interim dividend

  518      
               
   

BBVA cash balance available to the date

  2,614      
                     

The first amount of the 2016 interim dividend which was paid to the shareholders on July 11, 2016, after deducting the treasury shares held by the Group’s entities, amounted to 517 million, and is recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Interim dividends” of the interim balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 (see Note 22.4).

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on December 22, 2015, approved the distribution in cash of 0.08 (0.0648 withholding tax) per BBVA share, as gross interim dividend against 2015 results. The dividend was paid on January 12, 2016.

The total amount of the second dividend of 2015, which was paid to the shareholders on January 12, 2016, after deducting the treasury shares held by the Group’s companies, amounted to 506 million and was recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Interim dividends” charged in the “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Other financial liabilities (see Note 22.4) of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on July 1, 2015, approved the distribution in cash of 0.08 (0.064 withholding tax) per BBVA share, as gross interim dividend against 2015 results. The dividend was paid on July 16, 2015.

The first amount of the 2015 interim dividend which was paid to the shareholders on July 16, 2015, after deducting the treasury shares held by the Group’s entities, amounted to 504 million, and was recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Interim dividends” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

 

5.

Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated in accordance with the criteria established by IAS 33. For more information see Glossary of terms.

The Bank issued additional share capital in 2016 and 2015 (see “Dividend Option” Program in 2015 in Note 26). In accordance with IAS 33, when events, other than the conversion of potential shares, have changed the number of shares outstanding without a corresponding change in resources, the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period and for all the periods presented shall be adjusted. The prior year weighted average number of shares is adjusted by applying a corrective factor.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The calculation of earnings per share is as follows:

 

                                 
    

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

 

     

    June    

    2016    

   

    June    

    2015 (*)    

       
                           
    Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share (millions of euros)                        
   

Profit attributable to parent company

        1,832        2,759       
   

Adjustment: Additional Tier 1 securities (1)

        (114)        (96)       
   

Profit adjusted (millions of euros) (A)

        1,718        2,663       
   

Profit from discontinued operations (net of non-controlling interest) (B)

        -        -       
    Denominator for basic earnings per share (number of shares outstanding)                        
   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (2)

        6,447        6,264       
   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding x corrective factor (3)

        6,447        6,473       
   

Adjusted number of shares - Basic earning per share (C)

        6,447        6,473       
   

Adjusted number of shares - diluted earning per share (D)

        6,447        6,473       
   

Earnings per share

        0.27        0.41       
    Basic earnings per share from continued operations (Euros per share)A-B/C         0.27        0.41       
    Diluted earnings per share from continued operations (Euros per share)A-B/D         0.27        0.41       
    Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations (Euros per share)B/C         -        -       
    Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations (Euros per share)B/D         -        -       
                                 

 

  (1)

Remuneration in the period related to contingent convertible securities, recognized in equity (Note 4 and 22.3)

  (2)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions of euros), excluded weighted average of treasury shares during the period.

  (3)

Corrective factor, due to the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription right, applied for the previous years.

  (*)

Data recalculated due to the mentioned corrective factor.

As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, there were no other financial instruments or share options awarded to employees that could potentially affect the calculation of the diluted earnings per share for the years presented. For this reason, basic and diluted earnings per share are the same for both dates.

 

6.

Operating segment reporting

The information about operating segments is provided in accordance with IFRS 8. Operating segment reporting represents a basic tool in the oversight and management of the BBVA Group’s various activities. The BBVA Group compiles reporting information on disaggregated business activities. These business activities are then aggregated in accordance with the organizational structure determined by the BBVA Group management into operating segments and, ultimately, the reportable segments themselves.

During 2016, there have not been significant changes in the reporting structure of the operating segments of the BBVA Group compared to the structure existing at the end of 2015. The structure of the operating segment is as follows:

 

 

Banking activity in Spain

Includes, as in previous years, the Retail Network in Spain, Corporate and Business Banking (CBB), Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB), BBVA Seguros and Asset Management units in Spain. It also includes the portfolios, finance and structural interest-rate positions of the euro balance sheet. Since April 2015 it also includes the activity, balance sheet and earnings of Catalunya Banc.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
 

Real estate activity in Spain

Covers specialist management of real-estate assets in the country (excluding buildings for own use), including: foreclosed real-estate assets from residential mortgages and developers; as well as lending to developers. Since April 24, 2015 it also includes these same assets and loans from Catalunya Banc.

 

 

The United States

Includes the Group´s business activity in the country through the BBVA Compass group and the BBVA New York branch.

 

 

Turkey

Includes the activity of the Garanti Group.

 

 

Mexico

Includes all the banking, real-estate and insurance businesses in the country.

 

 

South America

Basically includes BBVA´s banking and insurance businesses in the region.

 

 

Rest of Eurasia

Includes business activity in the rest of Europe and Asia, i.e. the Group´s retail and wholesale businesses in the area.

Lastly, the Corporate Center comprised of the rest of the items that have not been allocated to the operating segments. It includes: the costs of the head offices that have a corporate function; management of structural exchange-rate positions; specific issues of capital instruments to ensure adequate management of the Group’s global solvency; portfolios and their corresponding results, whose management is not linked to customer relations, such as industrial holdings; certain tax assets and liabilities; funds due to commitments with employees; goodwill and other intangibles. It also comprises the result from certain corporate operations carried out by the Group in 2015. In the second semester of 2015, some operating results, related with technology, from the Corporate Center to the business area to the Banking activity in Spain were reclassified. This reclassification occurred as a result of the transfer, during 2015, of management skills, resources and responsibilities, in terms of technology, the Corporate Center to the business area Banking Activity in Spain The balance for June 2015 has been restated to facilitate comparison with June 2016.

The breakdown of the BBVA Group’s total assets by operating segments as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

                                 
            

Millions of Euros

 

       
    

 

Total Assets by Operating Segments

     

    June    

        2016        

   

        December        

        2015        

       
   

Banking Activity in Spain

      345,640        339,775       
   

Real Estate Activity in Spain

      14,988        17,122       
   

United States

      86,614        86,454       
   

Turkey

      90,520        89,003       
   

Mexico

      93,097        99,594       
   

South America

      71,224        70,661       
   

Rest of Eurasia

      19,495        23,469       
    Subtotal Assets by Operating Segments       721,579        726,079       
   

Corporate Center and other adjustments

      24,461        23,999       
   

Total Assets BBVA Group

      746,040        750,078       
                                 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The attributable profit and main earning figures in the consolidated income statements for the six months period ended June 30, 2016 by operating segments are as follows:

 

                                                                                             
               Millions of Euros        
        Operating Segments       
    Main Margins and Profits by Operating Segments    
 
BBVA
Group
  
  
   
 
 
Banking
Activity
in Spain
  
  
  
   
 
 
Real Estate
Activity in
Spain
  
  
  
   

 

United

States

 

  

    Turkey        Mexico       
 
South
America
  
  
   
 
Rest of
Eurasia
  
  
   
 
Corporate
Center
  
  
   
 
Adjustments
(*)
  
  
   
   

June 2016

                                                                                   
   

Net interest income

    8,365        1,943        42        938        1,606        2,556        1,441        86        (247)        -       
   

Gross income

    12,233        3,293        11        1,330        2,154        3,309        1,999        281        (144)        -       
   

Net operating income (1)

    5,901        1,493        (56)        424        1,321        2,112        1,078        111        (583)        -       
   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

    3,391        897        (289)        240        1,022        1,300        804        104        (686)        -       
   

Profit

    1,832        619        (209)        178        324        968        394        75        (518)        -       
   

June 2015

                                                                                   
   

Net interest income

    7,096        1,980        (12)        883        425        2,731        1,652        85        (224)        (425)       
   

Gross income

    11,219        3,709        (64)        1,321        510        3,565        2,296        265        (49)        (335)       
   

Net operating income (1)

    5,720        2,088        (124)        440        289        2,252        1,285        89        (482)        (116)       
   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

    3,899        1,041        (436)        381        219        1,384        929        66        (538)        853       
   

Profit

    2,759        731        (301)        276        174        1,045        475        43        315        -       
                                                                                             

 

  (1)

Gross Income less Administrative Cost and Amortization

  (*)

From the third quarter of 2015, BBVA consolidated Garanti (39.9% owned). In prior periods, Garanti’s revenues and costs are reflected in our segment information only in the proportion of BBVA´s ownership (25.01%). This column includes adjustments resulting from the accounting of the investment in Garanti group using the equity method (versus reflecting the revenues and costs of Garanti only in proportion of BBVA´s ownership Garanti as stated in the management information). This column also includes inter-segment adjustments (see Note 2).

 

F-48


Table of Contents
7.

Risk management

 

7.1

 

General risk management and control model

     49   

7.1.1

 

 Governance and organization

     50   

7.1.2

 

 Risk appetite

     52   

7.1.3

 

Decisions and processes

     54   

7.1.4

 

 Assessment, monitoring and reporting

     55   

7.1.5

 

 Infrastructure

     55   

7.1.6

 

 Risk culture

     56   

7.2

 

Macroeconomic Risk factors

     56   

7.3

 

Credit risk

     58   

7.3.1

 

 Credit risk exposure

     59   

7.3.2

 

 Mitigation of credit risk, collateralized credit risk and other credit enhancements

     62   

7.3.3

 

 Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

     63   

7.3.4

 

 Past due but not impaired and impaired secured loans Risks

     66   

7.3.5

 

 Impairment losses

     71   

7.3.6

 

 Refinancing and restructuring transactions

     73   

7.4

 

Market risk

     74   

7.4.1

 

 Market risk portfolios

     74   

7.4.2

 

 Structural risk

     79   

7.4.3

 

 Financial Instruments compensation

     81   

7.5

 

Liquidity risk

     82   

7.6

 

Asset encumbrance

     86   

7.7

 

Operational Risk

     88   

7.8

 

Risk concentration

     89   

 

7.1

General risk management and control model

The BBVA Group has an overall control and risk management model (hereinafter ‘the model’) tailored to their individual business, their organization and the geographies in which they operate, allowing them to develop their activity in accordance with their strategy and policy control and risk management defined by the governing bodies of the Bank and adapt to a changing economic and regulatory environment, tackling risk management globally and adapted to the circumstances of each instance. The model establishes a system of appropriate risk management regarding risk profile and strategy of the Group.

This model is applied comprehensively in the Group and consists of the basic elements listed below:

 

 

Governance and organization.

 

 

Risk appetite.

 

 

Decisions and processes.

 

F-49


Table of Contents
 

Assessment, monitoring and reporting.

 

 

Infrastructure.

The Group encourages the development of a risk culture to ensure consistent application of the control and risk management Model in the Group, and to ensure that the risk function is understood and assimilated at all levels of the organization.

7.1.1     Governance and organization

The governance model for risk management at BBVA is characterized by a special involvement of its corporate bodies, both in setting the risk strategy and in the ongoing monitoring and supervision of its implementation.

Thus, as developed below, the corporate bodies are the ones that approve this risk strategy and corporate policies for the different types of risk, being the risk function responsible for the management, its implementation and development, reporting to the governing bodies.

The responsibility for the daily management of the risks lies on the businesses which abide in the development of their activity to the policies, standards, procedures, infrastructure and controls, based on the framework set by the governing bodies, which are defined by the function risk.

To perform this task properly, the risk function in the BBVA Group is configured as a single, comprehensive and independent role of commercial areas.

Corporate governance system

BBVA Group has developed a corporate governance system that is in line with the best international practices and adapted to the requirements of the regulators in the countries in which its various business units operate.

The Board of Directors (hereinafter also referred to as “the Board”) approves the risk strategy and supervises the internal control and management systems. Specifically, the risk strategy approved by the Board includes, at least, the Group’s risk appetite statement, the fundamental metrics and the basic structure of limits by geographies, types of risk and asset classes, as well as the bases of the control and risk management model. The Board ensures that the budget is in line with the approved risk appetite statement.

On the basis established by the Board, the Executive Committee approves specific corporate policies for each type of risk. Furthermore, the Executive Committee approves the Group’s risk limits and monitors them, being informed of both limits excess occurrences and, where applicable, the appropriate corrective measures taken.

Lastly, the Board has set up a Board committee focus in risks, the Risk Committee. This Risk Committee is responsible for analyzing and regularly monitoring risks within the remit of the corporate bodies and assists the Board and the SC in determining and monitoring the risk strategy and the corporate policies, respectively. Another task of special relevance it carries out is detailed control and monitoring of the risks that affect the Group as a whole, which enables it to supervise the effective integration of the risk strategy management and the application of corporate policies approved by the corporate bodies.

The head of the risk function in the executive hierarchy is the Group’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”), who carries out its functions with independence, authority, capacity and resources to do so. He is appointed by the Board of the Bank as a member of its Senior Management, and has direct access to its corporate bodies (Board, Executive Committee and Risk Committee), who reports regularly on the status of risks to the Group.

The CRO, for the utmost performance of its functions, is supported by a cross composed set of units in corporate risk and the specific risk units in the geographical and / or business areas of the Group structure. Each of these units is headed by a Risk Officer for the geographical and/or business area who, within his/her field of competence, carries out risk management and control functions and is responsible for applying the corporate policies and rules approved at Group level in a consistent manner, adapting them if necessary to local requirements and reporting to the local corporate bodies.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The Risk Officers of the geographical and/or business areas report both to the Group’s CRO and to the head of their geographical and/or business area. This dual reporting system aims to ensure that the local risk management function is independent from the operating functions and that it is aligned with the Group’s corporate risk policies and goals.

Organizational structure and committees

The risk management function, as defined above, consists of risk units from the corporate area, which carry out cross-cutting functions, and risk units from the geographical and/or business areas.

 

 

The corporate area’s risk units develop and present the Group’s risk appetite proposal, corporate policies, rules and global procedures and infrastructures to the CRO, within the action framework approved by the corporate bodies, ensure their application, and report either directly or through the CRO to the Bank’s corporate bodies. Their functions include

 

  -  

Management of the different types of risks at Group level in accordance with the strategy defined by the corporate bodies.

 

  -  

Risk planning aligned with the risk appetite principles defined by the Group.

 

  -  

Monitoring and control of the Group’s risk profile in relation to the risk appetite approved by the Bank’s corporate bodies, providing accurate and reliable information with the required frequency and in the necessary format.

 

  -  

Prospective analyses to enable an evaluation of compliance with the risk appetite in stress scenarios and the analysis of risk mitigation mechanisms.

 

  -  

Management of the technological and methodological developments required for implementing the Model in the Group.

 

  -  

Design of the Group’s Internal Risk Control model and definition of the methodology, corporate criteria and procedures for identifying and prioritizing the risk inherent in each unit’s activities and processes.

 

  -  

Validation of the models used and the results obtained by them in order to verify their adaptation to the different uses to which they are applied.

 

 

The risk units in the business units develop and present to the Risk Officer of the geographical and/or business area the risk appetite proposal applicable in each geographical and/or business area, independently and always within the Group’s risk appetite. They also ensure that the corporate policies and rules approved consistently at a Group level are applied, adapting them if necessary to local requirements; they are provided with appropriate infrastructures for managing and controlling their risks; and they report to their corporate bodies and/or to senior management, as appropriate.

The local risk units thus work with the corporate area risk units in order to adapt to the risk strategy at Group level and share all the information necessary for monitoring the development of their risks.

The risk function has a decision-making process to perform its functions, underpinned by a structure of committees, where the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) acts as the highest committee within Risk. It proposes, examines and, where applicable, approves, among others, the internal risk regulatory framework and the procedures and infrastructures needed to identify, assess, measure and manage the material risks faced by the Group in its businesses. The members of this Committee are the Group’s CRO and the heads of the risk units of the corporate area and of the most representative geographical and/or business areas.

The GRMC carries out its functions assisted by various support committees which include:

 

 

Global Technical Operations Committee: It is responsible for decision-making related to wholesale credit risk admission in certain customer segments.

 

 

Monitoring, Assessment & Reporting Committee: It guarantees and ensures the appropriate development of aspects related to risk identification, assessment, monitoring and reporting, with an integrated and cross-cutting vision.

 

 

Asset Allocation Committee: The executive body responsible for analysis and decision-making on all credit risk matters related to the processes intended for obtaining a balance between risk and return in accordance with the Group’s risk appetite.

 

 

Technology & Analytics Committee: It ensures an appropriate decision-making process regarding the development, implementation and use of the tools and models required to achieve an appropriate management of those risks to which the BBVA Group is exposed.

 

F-51


Table of Contents
 

Corporate Technological Risks and Operational Control Committee: It approves the Technological Risks and Operational Control Management Frameworks in accordance with the General Risk Management Model’s architecture and monitors metrics, risk profiles and operational loss events.

 

 

Global Markets Risk Unit Global Committee: It is responsible for formalizing, supervising and communicating the monitoring of trading desk risk in all the Global Markets business units.

 

 

Corporate Operational and Outsourcing Risk Admission Committee: It identifies and assesses the operational risks of new businesses, new products and services, and outsourcing initiatives.

 

 

Retail Risk Committee: It ensures the alignment of the practices and processes of the retail credit risk cycle with the approved risk tolerance and with the business growth and development objectives established in the corporate strategy of the Group

Each geographical and/or business area has its own risk management committee (or committees), with objectives and contents similar to those of the corporate area, which perform their duties consistently and in line with corporate risk policies and rules.

Under this organizational scheme, the risk management function ensures the risk strategy, the regulatory framework, and standardized risk infrastructures and controls are integrated and applied across the entire Group. It also benefits from the knowledge and proximity to customers in each geographical and/or business area, and transmits the corporate risk culture to the Group’s different levels.

Internal Risk Control and Internal Validation

The Group has a specific Internal Risk Control unit whose main function is to ensure there is an adequate internal regulatory framework in place, together with a process and measures defined for each type of risk identified in the Group, (and for other types of risk that could potentially affect the Group, to oversee their application and operation, and to ensure that the risk strategy is integrated into the Group’s management. The Internal Risk Control unit is independent from the units that develop risk models, manage running processes and controls. Its scope is global both geographically and in terms of type of risk.

The Director of Group Internal Control Risk is responsible for the function, and reports its activities and work plans to the CRO and the Risk Committee of the Board, besides attending to it on issues deemed necessary.

For this purpose, the Risk area also has a Technical area independent from the units that develop risk models, manage running processes and controls, which gives the Risk Committee of the Board the necessary technical support to better perform their functions.

The unit has a structure of teams at both corporate level and in the most relevant geographical areas in which the Group operates. As in the case of the corporate area, local units are independent of the business areas that execute the processes, and of the units that execute the controls. They report functionally to the Internal Risk Control unit. This unit’s lines of action are established at Group level, and it is responsible for adapting and executing them locally, as well as for reporting the most relevant aspects.

Additionally, the Group has an Internal Validation unit, also independent rom the units that develop risk models and of those who use them to manage. Its functions include, among others, review and independent validation, internally, of the models used for the control and management of the Group’s risks.

 

7.1.2

Risk appetite

The Group’s risk appetite, approved by the Board, determines the risks (and their level) that the Group is willing to assume to achieve its business targets. These are expressed in terms of capital, financial structure, profitability, recurrent earnings, cost of risk or other metrics. The definition of the risk appetite has the following goals:

 

 

To express the Group’s strategy and the maximum levels of risk it is willing to assume, at both Group and geographical and/or business area level.

 

 

To establish a set of guidelines for action and a management framework for the medium and long term that prevent actions from being taken (at both Group and geographical and/or business area level) which could compromise the future viability of the Group.

 

 

To establish a framework for relations with the geographical and/or business areas that, while preserving their decision-making autonomy, ensures they act consistently, avoiding uneven behavior.

 

 

To establish a common language throughout the organization and develop a compliance-oriented risk culture.

 

 

Alignment with the new regulatory requirements, facilitating communication with regulators, investors and other stakeholders, thanks to an integrated and stable risk management framework.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Risk appetite is expressed through the following elements:

 

 

Risk appetite statement: sets out the general principles of the Group’s risk strategy and the target risk profile.

BBVA’s risk policy aims to maintain the risk profile set out in the Group’s risk appetite statement, which is reflected in a series of metrics (fundamental metrics and limits).

 

 

Fundamental metrics: they reflect, in quantitative terms, the principles and the target risk profile set out in the risk appetite statement.

 

 

Limits: they establish the risk appetite at geographical and/or business area, legal entity and risk type level, or any other level deemed appropriate, enabling its integration into management.

The corporate risk area works with the various geographical and/or business areas to define their risk appetite, which will be coordinated with and integrated into the Group’s risk appetite to ensure that its profile fits as defined.

The BBVA Group assumes a certain degree of risk to be able to provide financial services and products to its customers and obtain attractive returns for its shareholders. The organization must understand, manage and control the risks it assumes.

The aim of the organization is not to eliminate all risks faced, but to assume a prudent level of risks that allows it to generate returns while maintaining acceptable capital and fund levels and generating recurrent earnings.

The risk appetite defined by the Group expresses the levels and types of risk that the Bank is willing to assume to be able to implement its strategic plan with no relevant deviations, even in situations of stress. The risk appetite is integrated in the management and determines the basic lines of activity of the Group, because it sets the framework within the budget is developed.

 

LOGO

Fundamental metrics

Those metrics that characterize the Group’s objective behavior (as defined in the statement), enabling the expression of the risk culture at all levels in a structured and understandable manner. They summarize the Group’s goals, and are therefore useful for communication to the stakeholders.

The fundamental metrics are strategic in nature. They are disseminated throughout the Group, understandable and easy to calculate, and objectifiable at business and/or geographical area level, so they can be subject to future projections.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Limits

Limits are metrics that determine the Group’s strategic positioning for the different types of risk: credit, ALM (Asset Liability Management), liquidity, markets, operational. They differ from the fundamental metrics in the following respects:

 

 

They are levers, not the result. They are a management tool related to a strategic positioning that must be geared toward ensuring compliance with the fundamental metrics, even in an adverse scenario.

 

 

Risk metrics: a higher level of specialization, they do not necessarily have to be disseminated across the Group.

 

 

Independent of the cycle: they can include metrics with little correlation with the economic cycle, thus allowing comparability that is isolated from the specific macroeconomic situation.

Thus, they are levers for remaining within the thresholds defined in the fundamental metrics and are used for day-to-day risk management. They include tolerance limits, sub-limits and alerts established at the level of business and/or geographical areas, portfolios and products. During 2016, the Risk Appetite metrics evolved in line with the set profile.

7.1.3      Decisions and processes

The transfer of risk appetite to ordinary management is supported by three basic aspects:

 

 

A standardized set of regulations

 

 

Risk planning

 

 

Integrated management of risks over their life cycle

Standardized regulatory framework

The corporate GRM area is responsible for proposing the definition and development of the corporate policies, specific rules, procedures and schemes of delegation based on which risk decisions should be taken within the Group.

This process aims for the following objectives:

 

 

Hierarchy and structure: well-structured information through a clear and simple hierarchy creating relations between documents that depend on each other.

 

 

Simplicity: an appropriate and sufficient number of documents.

 

 

Standardization: a standardized name and content of document.

 

 

Accessibility: ability to search for, and easy access to, documentation through the corporate risk management library.

The approval of corporate policies for all types of risks corresponds to the corporate bodies of the Bank, while the corporate risk area endorses the remaining regulations.

Risk units of geographical and / or business areas continue to adapt to local requirements the regulatory framework for the purpose of having a decision process that is appropriate at local level and aligned with the Group policies. If such adaptation is necessary, the local risk area must inform the corporate GRM area, which must ensure the consistency of the set of regulations at the level of the entire Group, and thus must give its approval prior to any modifications proposed by the local risk areas.

Risk planning

Risk planning ensures that the risk appetite is integrated into management, through a cascade process for establishing limits, in which the function of the corporate area risk units and the geographical and/or business areas is to guarantee the alignment of this process against the Group’s risk appetite.

It has tools in place that allow the risk appetite defined at aggregate level to be assigned and monitored by business areas, legal entities, types of risk, concentrations and any other level considered necessary.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The risk planning process is present within the rest of the Group’s planning framework so as to ensure consistency among all of them.

Daily risk management

All risks must be managed integrally during their life cycle, and be treated differently depending on the type.

The risk management cycle is composed of 5 elements:

 

 

Planning: with the aim of ensuring that the Group’s activities are consistent with the target risk profile and guaranteeing solvency in the development of the strategy.

 

 

Assessment: a process focused on identifying all the risks inherent to the activities carried out by the Group.

 

 

Formalization: includes the risk origination, approval and formalization stages.

 

 

Monitoring and reporting: continuous and structured monitoring of risks and preparation of reports for internal and/or external (market, investors, etc.) consumption.

 

 

Active portfolio management: focused on identifying business opportunities in existing portfolios and new markets, businesses and products.

7.1.4      Assessment, monitoring and reporting

Assessment, monitoring and reporting is a cross-cutting element that should ensure that the Model has a dynamic and proactive vision to enable compliance with the risk appetite approved by the corporate bodies, even in adverse scenarios. The materialization of this process covers all the categories of material risks and has the following objectives:

 

 

Assess compliance with the risk appetite at the present time, through monitoring of the fundamental management metrics and limits.

 

 

Assess compliance with the risk appetite in the future, through the projection of the risk appetite variables, in both a baseline scenario determined by the budget and a risk scenario determined by the stress tests.

 

 

Identify and assess the risk factors and scenarios that could compromise compliance with the risk appetite, through the development of a risk repository and an analysis of the impact of those risks.

 

 

Act to mitigate the impact in the Group of the identified risk factors and scenarios, ensuring this impact remains within the target risk profile.

 

 

Supervise the key variables that are not a direct part of the risk appetite, but that condition its compliance. These can be either external or internal.

The following phases need to be developed for undertaking this process:

 

 

Identification of risk factors, aimed at generating a map with the most relevant risk factors that can compromise the Group’s performance in relation to the thresholds defined in the risk appetite.

 

 

Impact evaluation. This involves evaluating the impact that the materialization of one (or more) of the risk factors identified in the previous phase could have on the risk appetite metrics, through the occurrence of a given scenario.

 

 

Response to undesired situations and realignment measures. Exceeding the parameters will trigger an analysis of the realignment measures to enable dynamic management of the situation, even before it occurs.

 

 

Monitoring. The aim is to avoid losses before they occur by monitoring the Group’s current risk profile and the identified risk factors.

 

 

Reporting. This aims to provide information on the assumed risk profile by offering accurate, complete and reliable data to the corporate bodies and to senior management, with the frequency and completeness appropriate to the nature, significance and complexity of the risks.

7.1.5      Infrastructure

The infrastructure is an element that must ensure that the Group has the human and technological resources needed for effective management and supervision of risks in order to carry out the functions set out in the Group’s risk Model and the achievement of their objectives.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

With respect to human resources, the Group’s risk function will have an adequate workforce, in terms of number, skills and experience.

With regards to technology, the Group ensures the integrity of management information systems and the provision of the infrastructure needed for supporting risk management, including tools appropriate to the needs arising from the different types of risks for their admission, management, assessment and monitoring.

The principles that govern the Group risk technology are:

 

 

Standardization: the criteria are consistent across the Group, thus ensuring that risk handling is standardized at geographical and/or business area level.

 

 

Integration in management: the tools incorporate the corporate risk policies and are applied in the Group’s day-to-day management.

 

 

Automation of the main processes making up the risk management cycle.

 

 

Appropriateness: provision of adequate information at the right time.

Through the “Risk Analytics” function, the Group has a corporate framework in place for developing the measurement techniques and models. It covers all the types of risks and the different purposes and uses a standard language for all the activities and geographical/business areas and decentralized execution to make the most of the Group’s global reach. The aim is to continually evolve the existing risk models and generate others that cover the new areas of the businesses that develop them, so as to reinforce the anticipation and proactiveness that characterize the Group’s risk function.

Also the risk units of geographical and / or business areas shall ensure that they have sufficient means from the point of view of resources, structures and tools to develop a risk management in line with the corporate model.

7.1.6      Risk culture

BBVA considers risk culture to be an essential element for consolidating and integrating the other components of the Model. The culture transfers the implications that are involved in the Group’s activities and businesses to all the levels of the organization. The risk culture is organized through a number of levers, including the following:

 

 

Communication: promotes the dissemination of the Model, and in particular the principles that must govern risk management in the Group, in a consistent and integrated manner across the organization, through the most appropriate channels. GRM has a number of communication channels to facilitate the transmission of information and knowledge among the various teams in the function and the Group, adapting the frequency, formats and recipients based on the proposed goal, in order to strengthen the basic principles of the risk function. The risk culture and the management model thus emanate from the Group’s corporate bodies and senior management and are transmitted throughout the organization.

 

 

Training: its main aim is to disseminate and establish the model of risk management across the organization, ensuring standards in the skills and knowledge of the different persons involved in the risk management processes.

Well defined and implemented training ensures continuous improvement of the skills and knowledge of the Group’s professionals, and in particular of the GRM area, and is based on four aspects that aim to develop each of the needs of the GRM group by increasing its knowledge and skills in different fields such as: finance and risks, tools and technology, management and skills, and languages.

 

 

Motivation: the aim in this area is for the incentives of the risk function teams to support the strategy for managing those teams and the function’s values and culture at all levels. Includes compensation and all those elements related to motivation – working environment, etc. which contribute to the achievement Model objectives.

7.2        Risk factors

As mentioned earlier, BBVA has processes in place for identifying risks and analyzing scenarios that enable the Group to manage risks in a dynamic and proactive way.

The risk identification processes are forward looking to ensure the identification of emerging risks and take into account the concerns of both the business areas, which are close to the reality of the different geographical areas, and the corporate areas and senior management.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Risks are captured and measured consistently using the methodologies deemed appropriate in each case. Their measurement includes the design and application of scenario analyses and stress testing and considers the controls to which the risks are subjected.

As part of this process, a forward projection of the risk appetite variables in stress scenarios is conducted in order to identify possible deviations from the established thresholds. If any such deviations are detected, appropriate measures are taken to keep the variables within the target risk profile.

To this extent, there are a number of emerging risks that could affect the Group’s business trends. These risks are described in the following main blocks:

 

 

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks

According to the latest information available, global growth remains stable at slightly above 3% year-on-year.

The uncertainty of the global economic outlook has increased recently with the victory of the yes vote in the referendum for the United Kingdom to leave the European Union. In the most likely scenario, the impact of Brexit on the global economy would be temporary and of uncertain but limited strength: greatest in the United Kingdom, somewhat less so in the Eurozone and more limited in the rest of the world.

In general, the growth of the developing economies has not been sufficient to offset the slowdown in emerging markets. The performance of the Chinese economy, with vulnerabilities derived from the high level of debt, will continue to determine global growth prospects, in particular for emerging economies.

The remaining events that make up the uncertainties for 2016 and 2017, which could affect the valuation of the Group’s holdings in certain countries:

 

 

Geopolitical tensions in some geographies. In particular, the political and economic situation created following recent developments in Turkey since last July 15.

 

 

The risk of a US adjustment scenario. Said adjustment could occur resulting from the decision of the Federal Reserve to postpone interest rate rise again and a forecast of lower growth than previously expected.

These uncertainties have led to a significant increase in the volatility of the financial markets, asset price falls and major currency depreciation in emerging countries.

 

 

Regulatory, legal, tax and reputational risks

 

 

Financial institutions are exposed to a complex and ever-changing regulatory and legal environment defined by governments and regulators. This can affect their ability to grow and the capacity of certain businesses to develop, and result in stricter liquidity and capital requirements with lower profitability ratios. The Group constantly monitors changes in the regulatory framework that allow for anticipation and adaptation to them in a timely manner, adopt best practices and more efficient and rigorous criteria in its implementation.

 

 

The financial sector is under ever closer scrutiny by regulators, governments and society itself. Negative news or inappropriate behavior can significantly damage the Group’s reputation and affect its ability to develop a sustainable business. The attitudes and behaviors of the group and its members are governed by the principles of integrity, honesty, long-term vision and best practices through, inter alia, internal control Model, the Code of Conduct, tax strategy and Responsible Business Strategy of the Group.

 

 

The financial sector is exposed to increasing litigation, so the financial institutions face a large number of proceedings which economic consequences are difficult to determine. The Group manages and monitors these proceedings to defend its interests, where necessary allocating the corresponding provisions to cover them, following the expert criteria of internal lawyers and external attorneys responsible for the legal handling of the procedures, in accordance with applicable legislation.

Regarding the consequences of the invalidity of the clauses of limitation of interest rates in mortgage loans with consumers (the so-called “cláusulas suelo”) the legal situation is as follows:

 

 

The Spanish Supreme Court, in a judgment dated 9 May 2013, rendered on a collective claim against BBVA among others, and that is definitive, resolved unanimously that those clauses should be deemed as invalid if they did not comply with certain requirements of material transparency set forth in the referred judgment. In addition, that judgment determined that there were no grounds for the refund of the amounts collected pursuant to those clauses before 9 May 2013.

 

 

The Supreme Court has also confirmed its criteria in judgments rendered on individual claims of consumers, in which it has reiterated that there are no grounds to refund the amounts collected pursuant to those clauses before 9 May 2013.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

In an individual claim, the Provincial Court of Alicante has raised a preliminary ruling to the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”), for the CJEU to determine if the time limitation for the refund of the amounts set forth by the Supreme Court complies with Directive 93/13/EEC. On 13 July 2016, the opinion of the Advocate-General of the CJEU has been published and in its conclusions it states that the European directive does not oppose to a Member State’s Supreme Court limiting, due to exceptional circumstances, the restorative effects of the invalidity to the date on which its first judgment in this regard is issued.

At this moment, BBVA is not sued in any collective claim in which the refund of the amounts collected before 9 May 2013 is requested. The number of individual claims of consumers in which this refund is requested is quite insignificant.

This notwithstanding, in order to increase transparency and considering the interest that this issue has raised among analysts and investors, it is communicated that the best estimate of the maximum amount subject to potential claim, in case of an adverse judgment of the CJEU, would be approximately 1,200 million euro, although past experience in similar events shows that the impact would probably be lower.

 

 

Business and operational risks

 

 

New technologies and forms of customer relationships: Developments in the digital world and in information technologies pose significant challenges for financial institutions, entailing threats (new competitors, disintermediation…) but also opportunities (new framework of relations with customers, greater ability to adapt to their needs, new products and distribution channels...). Digital transformation is a priority for the Group as it aims to lead digital banking of the future as one of its objectives.

 

 

Technological risks and security breaches: The Group is exposed to new threats such as cyber-attacks, theft of internal and customer databases, fraud in payment systems, etc. that require major investments in security from both the technological and human point of view. The Group gives great importance to the active operational and technological risk management and control. One example was the early adoption of advanced models for management of these risks (AMA - Advanced Measurement Approach).

7.3        Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party.

It is the most important risk for the Group and includes counterparty risk, issuer risk, settlement risk and country risk management.

The principles underpinning credit risk management in BBVA are as follows:

 

 

Availability of basic information for the study and proposal of risk, and supporting documentation for approval, which sets out the conditions required by the internal relevant body.

 

 

Sufficient generation of funds and asset solvency of the customer to assume principal and interest repayments of loans owed.

 

 

Establishment of adequate and sufficient guarantees that allow effective recovery of the operation, this being considered a secondary and exceptional method of recovery when the first has failed.

Credit risk management in the Group has an integrated structure for all its functions, allowing decisions to be taken objectively and independently throughout the life cycle of the risk.

 

 

At Group level: frameworks for action and standard rules of conduct are defined for handling risk, specifically, the circuits, procedures, structure and supervision.

 

 

At the business area level: they are responsible for adapting the Group’s criteria to the local realities of each geographical area and for direct management of risk according to the decision-making circuit:

 

 

Retail risks: in general, the decisions are formalized according to the scoring tools, within the general framework for action of each business area with regard to risks. The changes in weighting and variables of these tools must be validated by the corporate GRM area.

 

 

Wholesale risks: in general, the decisions are formalized by each business area within its general framework for action with regard to risks, which incorporates the delegation rule and the Group’s corporate policies.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

7.3.1      Credit risk exposure

In accordance with IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” the BBVA Group’s maximum credit risk exposure (see definition below) by headings in the balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is provided below. It does not consider the availability of collateral or other credit enhancements to guarantee compliance with payment obligations. The details are broken down by financial instruments and counterparties.

 

                         
               Millions of Euros      
     Maximum Credit Risk Exposure     Notes      

   June    

   2016    

  

   December    

   2015    

     
   

Financial assets held for trading

   10    37,953     37,424     
   

Debt securities

        34,051     32,825     
   

Government

        30,500     29,454     
   

Credit institutions

        1,926     1,765     
   

Other sectors

        1,625     1,606     
   

Equity instruments

        3,804     4,534     
   

Customer lending

        98     65     
    Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss    11    2,148     2,311     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

           62     
   

Debt securities

        161     173     
   

Government

        113     132     
   

Credit institutions

        34     29     
   

Other sectors

        14     11     
   

Equity instruments

        1,988     2,075     
    Available-for-sale financial assets    12    91,026     113,710     
   

Debt securities

        86,343     108,448     
   

Government

        61,708     81,579     
   

Credit institutions

        5,424     8,069     
   

Other sectors

        19,212     18,800     
   

Equity instruments

        4,683     5,262     
    Loans and receivables         488,001     490,580     
   

Loans and advances to central banks

   13.1    14,313     17,830     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

   13.1    29,334     29,368     
   

Loans and advances to customers

   13.2    433,268     432,856     
   

Government

        38,254     38,611     
   

Agriculture

        4,163     4,315     
   

Industry

        56,838     56,913     
   

Real estate and construction

        36,932     38,964     
   

Trade and finance

        44,859     43,576     
   

Loans to individuals

        195,333     194,288     
   

Other

        56,889     56,188     
   

Debt securities

   13.3    11,086     10,526     
   

Government

        4,152     3,275     
   

Credit institutions

        122     125     
   

Other sectors

        6,812     7,126     
    Held-to-maturity investments    14    19,307     -     
   

Government

        17,585     -     
   

Credit institutions

        1,501     -     
   

Other sectors

        221     -     
    Derivatives (trading and hedging)         59,261     49,350     
    Total Financial Assets Risk         697,696     693,375     
   

Financial guarantees given

        50,127     49,876     
   

Loan commitments given, drawable by third parties

        108,759     123,620     
   

Government

        2,400     2,570     
   

Credit institutions

        852     921     
   

Other sectors

        105,507     120,129     
   

Other Commitments given

        16,685     12,113     
    Total Loan commitments and financial guarantees    33    175,571     185,609     
    Total Maximum Credit Exposure         873,267     878,984     
                         

 

F-59


Table of Contents

The maximum credit exposure presented in the table above is determined by type of financial asset as explained below:

 

 

In the case of financial assets recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, exposure to credit risk is considered equal to its carrying amount (not including impairment losses), with the sole exception of trading and hedging derivatives.

 

 

The maximum credit risk exposure on financial guarantees granted is the maximum that the Group would be liable for if these guarantees were called in, and that is their carrying amount.

 

 

Our calculation of risk exposure for derivatives is based on the sum of two factors: the derivatives fair value and their potential risk (or “add-on”).

 

 

The first factor, fair value, reflects the difference between original commitments and fair values on the reporting date (mark-to-market). As indicated in Note 2.2.1, derivatives are accounted for as of each reporting date at fair value in accordance with IAS 39.

 

 

The second factor, potential risk (‘add-on’), is an estimate of the maximum increase to be expected on risk exposure over a derivative fair value (at a given statistical confidence level) as a result of future changes in the fair value over the remaining term of the derivatives.

The consideration of the potential risk (“add-on”) relates the risk exposure to the exposure level at the time of a customer’s default. The exposure level will depend on the customer’s credit quality and the type of transaction with such customer. Given the fact that default is an uncertain event which might occur any time during the life of a contract, the BBVA Group has to consider not only the credit exposure of the derivatives on the reporting date, but also the potential changes in exposure during the life of the contract. This is especially important for derivatives, whose valuation changes substantially throughout their terms, depending on the fluctuation of market prices.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The breakdown by counterparty and product of loans and advances, net of impairment losses, classified in the different headings of the assets, as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is shown below:

 

                                      
         Millions of euros          
     June 2016   Central banks    

General  

governments  

  Credit institutions    

Other financial  

corporations  

 

Non-financial  

corporations  

  Households     Total        
   

On demand and short notice

    908      412    9,035    3,148    13,503      
   

Credit card debt

          1,895    14,671    16,569      
   

Trade receivables

    2,942      850    19,794    1,546    25,132      
   

Finance leases

    278      34    7,750    463    8,526      
   

Reverse repurchase loans

  956    664    10,262    4,983        16,864      
   

Other term loans

  13,153    31,217    10,044    6,536    133,794    168,678    363,422      
   

Advances that are not loans

  205    2,165    8,985    2,394    1,356    453    15,557      
   

Loans and advances

  14,313    38,176    29,290    15,210    173,624    188,960    459,573      
    of which: mortgage loans [Loans collateralized by immovable property]     4,659    253    633    43,456    133,134    182,135      
    of which: other collateralized loans     3,777    11,746    6,476    23,892    6,116    52,007      
    of which: credit for consumption             44,679    44,679      
    of which: lending for house purchase             126,966    126,966      
    of which: project finance loans           20,876      20,876      
                       

 

                                      
         Millions of euros          
     December 2015   Central banks    

General  

governments  

  Credit institutions    

Other financial  

corporations  

 

Non-financial  

corporations  

  Households     Total        
   

On demand and short notice

    783      38    8,356    2,050    11,228      
   

Credit card debt

          1,892    15,057    16,952      
   

Trade receivables

    3,055      800    19,605    411    23,871      
   

Finance leases

    301      420    7,534    1,103    9,357      
   

Reverse repurchase loans

  149    326    11,676    4,717        16,877      
   

Other term loans

  10,017    31,971    8,990    5,968    134,952    168,729    360,626      
   

Advances that are not loans

  7,664    2,108    8,713    2,261    919    863    22,528      
   

Loans and advances

  17,830    38,544    29,379    14,206    173,267    188,213    461,438      
    of which: mortgage loans [Loans collateralized by immovable property]     4,483    264    656    43,961    135,102    184,466      
    of which: other collateralized loans     3,868    12,434    6,085    22,928    6,131    51,446      
    of which: credit for consumption             40,906    40,906      
    of which: lending for house purchase             126,591    126,591      
    of which: project finance loans           21,141      21,141      
                       

 

F-61


Table of Contents

7.3.2      Mitigation of credit risk, collateralized credit risk and other credit enhancements

In most cases, maximum credit risk exposure is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate the Group’s exposure. The BBVA Group applies a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy deriving from a banking approach focused on relationship banking. The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, as the assumption of risks by the Group requires prior evaluation of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or that the debtor can generate sufficient resources to allow the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore organized into three different levels in the BBVA Group:

 

 

Analysis of the financial risk of the operation, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds;

 

 

The constitution of guarantees that are adequate, or at any rate generally accepted, for the risk assumed, in any of the generally accepted forms: monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees; and finally,

 

 

Assessment of the repayment risk (asset liquidity) of the guarantees received.

The procedures for the management and valuation of collaterals are set out in the Corporate Policies (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collaterals assigned in transactions with customers.

The methods used to value the collateral are in line with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real-estate collateral, the market price in market securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All the collaterals assigned must be properly drawn up and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The following is a description of the main types of collateral for each financial instrument class:

 

 

Financial instruments held for trading: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument.

 

 

Trading and hedging derivatives: In derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction.

 

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and Available-for-sale financial assets: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

 

 

Loans and receivables:

 

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions: These usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

 

Loans and advances to customers: Most of these loans and advances are backed by personal guarantees extended by the own customer. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash collaterals, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

 

 

Debt securities: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

Collateralized loans granted by the Group as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 excluding balances deemed impaired, is broken down in Note 13.2.

 

 

Financial guarantees, other contingent risks and drawable by third parties: These have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

7.3.3      Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

The BBVA Group has tools (“scoring” and “rating”) that enable it to rank the credit quality of its operations and customers based on an assessment and its correspondence with the probability of default (“PD”) scales. To analyze the performance of PD, the Group has a series of tracking tools and historical databases that collect the pertinent internally generated information, which can basically be grouped together into scoring and rating models.

Scoring

Scoring is a decision-making model that contributes to both the arrangement and management of retail loans: consumer loans, mortgages, credit cards for individuals, etc. Scoring is the tool used to decide to originate a loan, what amount should be originated and what strategies can help establish the price, because it is an algorithm that sorts transactions by their credit quality. This algorithm enables the BBVA Group to assign a score to each transaction requested by a customer, on the basis of a series of objective characteristics that have statistically been shown to discriminate between the quality and risk of this type of transactions. The advantage of scoring lies in its simplicity and homogeneity: all that is needed is a series of objective data for each customer, and this data is analyzed automatically using an algorithm.

There are three types of scoring, based on the information used and on its purpose:

 

 

Reactive scoring: measures the risk of a transaction requested by an individual using variables relating to the requested transaction and to the customer’s socio-economic data available at the time of the request. The new transaction is approved or rejected depending on the score.

 

 

Behavioral scoring: scores transactions for a given product in an outstanding risk portfolio of the entity, enabling the credit rating to be tracked and the customer’s needs to be anticipated. It uses transaction and customer variables available internally. Specifically, variables that refer to the behavior of both the product and the customer.

 

 

Proactive scoring: gives a score at customer level using variables related to the individual’s general behavior with the entity, and to his/her payment behavior in all the contracted products. The purpose is to track the customer’s credit quality and it is used to pre-grant new transactions.

Rating

Rating tools, as opposed to scoring tools, do not assess transactions but focus on the rating of customers instead: companies, corporations, SMEs, public authorities, etc. A rating tool is an instrument that, based on a detailed financial study, helps determine a customer’s ability to meet his/her financial obligations. The final rating is usually a combination of various factors: on one hand, quantitative factors, and on the other hand, qualitative factors. It is a middle road between an individual analysis and a statistical analysis.

The main difference between ratings and scorings is that the latter are used to assess retail products, while ratings use a wholesale banking customer approach. Moreover, scorings only include objective variables, while ratings add qualitative information. And although both are based on statistical studies, adding a business view, rating tools give more weight to the business criterion compared to scoring tools.

For portfolios where the number of defaults is very low (sovereign risk, corporates, financial entities, etc.) the internal information is supplemented by “benchmarking” of the external rating agencies (Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch). To this end, each year the PDs compiled by the rating agencies at each level of risk rating are compared, and the measurements compiled by the various agencies are mapped against those of the BBVA master rating scale.

Once the probability of default of a transaction or customer has been calculated, a “business cycle adjustment” is carried out. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation. The aim is to capture representative information of the behavior of portfolios over a complete economic cycle. This probability is linked to the Master Rating Scale prepared by the BBVA Group to enable uniform classification of the Group’s various asset risk portfolios.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

The table below shows the abridged scale used to classify the BBVA Group’s outstanding risk as of June 30, 2016:

 

   

    

                           
     External rating    Internal rating       

Probability of default

(basic points)

    
     Standard&Poor’s List    Reduced List (22 groups)          Average      Minimum 
from >= 
   Maximum       
   

AAA

   AAA               
   

AA+

   AA+               
   

AA

   AA               
   

AA-

   AA-               
   

A+

   A+               
   

A

   A               
   

A-

   A-      10        11     
   

BBB+

   BBB+      14     11     17     
   

BBB

   BBB      20     17     24     
   

BBB-

   BBB-      31     24     39     
   

BB+

   BB+      51     39     67     
   

BB

   BB      88     67     116     
   

BB-

   BB-      150     116     194     
   

B+

   B+      255     194     335     
   

B

   B      441     335     581     
   

B-

   B-      785     581     1,061     
   

CCC+

   CCC+      1,191     1,061     1,336     
   

CCC

   CCC      1,500     1,336     1,684     
   

CCC-

   CCC-      1,890     1,684     2,121     
   

CC+

   CC+      2,381     2,121     2,673     
   

CC

   CC      3,000     2,673     3,367     
   

CC-

   CC-      3,780     3,367     4,243     
                                 

These different levels and their probability of default were calculated by using as a reference the rating scales and default rates provided by the external agencies Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. These calculations establish the levels of probability of default for the BBVA Group’s Master Rating Scale. Although this scale is common to the entire Group, the calibrations (mapping scores to PD sections/Master Rating Scale levels) are carried out at tool level for each country in which the Group has tools available.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

The table below outlines the distribution of exposure, including derivatives, by internal ratings, to corporates, financial entities and institutions (excluding sovereign risk), of BBVA, S.A., Bancomer, Compass and subsidiaries in Spain as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

    

 

                           
               June 2016    December 2015     
     Credit Risk Distribution by Internal Rating         Amount 
(Millions of Euros) 
      Amount 
(Millions of Euros) 
       
   

AAA/AA+/AA/AA-

       28,643      9.38%     27,913      9.17%     
   

A+/A/A-

       66,597      21.82%     62,798      20.64%     
   

BBB+

       43,867      14.37%     43,432      14.27%     
   

BBB

       29,422      9.64%     28,612      9.40%     
   

BBB-

       38,942      12.76%     40,821      13.41%     
   

BB+

       30,169      9.89%     28,355      9.32%     
   

BB

       19,134      6.27%     23,008      7.56%     
   

BB-

       11,623      3.81%     12,548      4.12%     
   

B+

       8,669      2.84%     8,597      2.83%     
   

B

       5,467      1.79%     5,731      1.88%     
   

B-

       4,071      1.33%     3,998      1.31%     
   

CCC/CC

       18,596      6.09%     18,488      6.08%     
   

Total

       305,198            100.00%     304,300            100.00%     

    

                               

 

F-65


Table of Contents

7.3.4      Past due but not impaired and impaired secured loans risks

The table below provides details by counterpart and by product of past due risks but not considered to be impaired, as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, listed by their first past-due date; as well as the breakdown of the debt securities and loans and advances individually and collectively estimated, and the specific allowances for individually estimated and for collectively estimated (see Note 2.2.1):

 

                                              
                     Millions of Euros                          
     June 2016     Past due but not impaired  

Impaired assets  

(*)  

 

Carrying amount  

of the impaired  

assets  

 

Specific  

allowances for  

financial assets,  

individually  

estimated  

 

Specific  

allowances for  

financial assets,  

collectively  

estimated  

 

Collective  

allowances for  

incurred but not  

reported losses  

 

Accumulated  

write-offs  

     
       £ 30 days    

> 30 days £ 60  

days  

 

> 60 days £ 90  

days  

                 
                            
                            
                            
   

Debt securities

        256    93    (141)    (22)    (49)    (9)      
   

Loans and advances

  3,354    1,034    803    24,236    12,504    (4,206)    (7,526)    (5,707)    (27,880)      
   

Central banks

                      
   

General governments

  19        218    170    (29)    (18)    (31)    (17)      
   

Credit institutions

      231    24      (10)    (6)    (28)    (5)      
    Other financial corporations       72    48    16    (10)    (21)    (64)    (6)      
    Non-financial corporations   1,100    633    158    15,069    7,003    (3,462)    (4,604)    (2,782)    (16,438)      
   

Households

  2,229    396    333    8,877    5,305    (694)    (2,877)    (2,802)    (11,414)      
   

TOTAL

  3,354    1,034    803    24,492    12,596    (4,347)    (7,548)    (5,755)    (27,889)      
    Loans and advances by product, by collateral and by subordination                                         
    On demand (call) and short notice (current account)   161    21    20    549    200    (105)    (244)          
   

Credit card debt

  408    77    121    683    170    (223)    (290)          
   

Trade receivables

  102    25    18    525    62    (102)    (362)          
   

Finance leases

  250    96    41    507    264    (35)    (208)          
    Reverse repurchase loans         215          (1)          
    Other term loans   2,433    788    317    21,935    11,803    (3,730)    (6,402)          
    Advances that are not loans       26    72    35      (11)    (19)          
    of which: mortgage loans (Loans collateralized by immovable property)   1,096    260    400    15,516    9,272    (1,815)    (4,429)          
    of which: other collateralized loans   609    508    30    1,572    1,237    (165)    (170)          
    of which: credit for consumption   1,234    181    216    1,695    498    (156)    (1,041)          
    of which: lending for house purchase   771    144    82    5,793    4,059    (270)    (1,464)          
    of which: project finance loans   24          309    89    (49)    (170)          
                                              

 

  (*)

In the appendix XI there is a breakdown of loans and advances in the heading of Loans and receivables impaired by geographical areas

 

F-66


Table of Contents
                                              
                     Millions of Euros                          
     December 2015     Past due but not impaired  

Impaired assets  

(*)  

 

Carrying amount  

of the impaired  

assets  

 

Specific  

allowances for  

financial assets,  

individually  

estimated  

 

Specific  

allowances for  

financial assets,  

collectively  

estimated  

 

Collective  

allowances for  

incurred but not  

reported losses  

 

Accumulated  

write-offs  

     
       £ 30 days    

> 30 days £ 60  

days  

 

> 60 days £ 90  

days  

                 
                            
                            
                            
   

Debt securities

        81    46    (21)    (14)    (113)        
    Loans and advances   3,445    825    404    25,358    12,527    (3,830)    (9,001)    (5,911)    (26,143)      
   

Central banks

                      
    General governments   154    278      194    157    (14)    (23)    (30)    (19)      
   

Credit institutions

        25      (11)    (6)    (34)    (5)      
    Other financial corporations       14    67    29    (11)    (27)    (124)    (5)      
    Non-financial corporations   838    148    48    16,254    7,029    (3,153)    (6,071)    (3,096)    (15,372)      
   

Households

  2,446    399    340    8,817    5,303    (641)    (2,873)    (2,626)    (10,743)      
   

TOTAL

  3,445    825    404    25,439    12,573    (3,851)    (9,015)    (6,024)    (26,143)      
    Loans and advances by product, by collateral and by subordination                                         
    On demand (call) and short notice (current account)   134    13      634    204    (106)    (324)          
   

Credit card debt

  389    74    126    689    161    (24)    (503)          
    Trade receivables   98    26    22    628    179    (119)    (330)          
   

Finance leases

  136    29    21    529    222    (31)    (276)          
    Reverse repurchase loans               (1)          
    Other term loans   2,685    682    227    22,764    11,747    (3,540)    (7,477)          
    Advances that are not loans         113    13    (10)    (89)          
    of which: mortgage loans (Loans collateralized by immovable property)   1,342    266    106    16,526    9,767    (1,705)    (5,172)          
    of which: other collateralized loans   589    102    27    1,129    809    (182)    (157)          
    of which: credit for consumption   957    164    220    1,543    404    (129)    (1,010)          
    of which: lending for house purchase   616    174    110    5,918    4,303    (293)    (1,322)          
    of which: project finance loans         276    66    (32)    (178)          
                                              

 

  (*)

In the appendix XI there is a breakdown of the impaired loans and advances by geographical areas.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The breakdown of loans and advances of loans and receivables, impaired and accumulated impairment by sectors as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

                         
          Millions of Euros                
     June 2016    Non-performing     

Accumulated impairment  

or Accumulated changes in  

fair value due to credit  

risk  

  

Non-performing  

loans and  

advances as a %  

of the total  

     
   

General governments

   218     (78)     0.6%      
   

Credit institutions

   24     (43)     0.1%      
   

Other financial corporations

   48     (96)     0.3%      
   

Non-financial corporations

   15,069     (10,848)     8.2%      
   

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

   204     (164)     4.9%      
   

Mining and quarrying

   226     (137)     6.2%      
   

Manufacturing

   1,804     (1,537)     5.3%      
   

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

   789     (333)     4.4%      
   

Water supply

   41     (22)     4.8%      
   

Construction

   5,598     (3,321)     27.5%      
   

Wholesale and retail trade

   1,761     (1,249)     6.0%      
   

Transport and storage

   686     (598)     6.9%      
   

Accommodation and food service activities

   500     (247)     6.5%      
   

Information and communication

   110     (83)     1.9%      
   

Real estate activities

   1,550     (1,226)     9.3%      
   

Professional, scientific and technical activities

   407     (365)     5.4%      
   

Administrative and support service activities

   211     (137)     6.7%      
    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security    16     (12)     2.5%      
   

Education

   25     (19)     2.4%      
   

Human health services and social work activities

   82     (80)     1.7%      
   

Arts, entertainment and recreation

   87     (46)     5.9%      
   

Other services

   972     (1,273)     6.4%      
   

Households

   8,877     (6,373)     4.5%      
   

LOANS AND ADVANCES

   24,236     (17,439)     5.2%      
                         

 

F-68


Table of Contents
           Millions of Euros                      
      December 2015   Non-performing     

Accumulated impairment
or Accumulated changes in
fair value due to credit

risk

    Non-performing
loans and
advances as a %
of the total
      
     General governments     194         (67     0.5    
     Credit institutions     25         (51     0.1    
     Other financial corporations     67         (162     0.5    
     Non-financial corporations     16,254         (12,321     8.8    
     Agriculture, forestry and fishing     231         (180     5.4    
     Mining and quarrying     192         (114     4.7    
     Manufacturing     1,947         (1,729     5.8    
     Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply     250         (395     1.4    
     Water supply     44         (23     5.2    
     Construction     6,585         (4,469     30.1    
     Wholesale and retail trade     1,829         (1,386     6.3    
     Transport and storage     616         (607     6.4    
     Accommodation and food service activities     567         (347     7.0    
     Information and communication     110         (100     2.3    
     Real estate activities     1,547         (1,194     9.1    
     Professional, scientific and technical activities     944         (454     12.8    
     Administrative and support service activities     224         (148     6.9    
     Public administration and defense, compulsory social security     18         (25     2.8    
     Education     26         (19     2.6    
     Human health services and social work activities     82         (91     1.8    
     Arts, entertainment and recreation     100         (63     6.6    
     Other services     942         (977     6.1    
     Households     8,817         (6,140     4.5    
     LOANS AND ADVANCES     25,358         (18,742     5.5    
    

    

                            

 

F-69


Table of Contents

The changes in the first semester of 2016 and the first semester of 2015 of impaired financial assets and guarantees are as follow:

 

               

 

Millions of Euros

     Changes in Impaired Financial Assets and Contingent Risks        June  
2016  
   June  
2015  
    
   

Balance at the beginning

       26,103     23,234     
   

Additions (*)

       5,520     8,475     
   

Decreases (**)

       (3,708)     (3,426)     
   

Net additions

       1,812     5,049     
   

Amounts written-off

       (2,966)     (2,257)     
   

Exchange differences and other

       164     (20)     
   

Balance at the end

       25,114     26,006     
   

    

                 

 

  (*)

Includes the balance amounts attributable to Catalunya Banc upon its consolidation in April 2015 of 3,969 million and Garanti Group in July 2015 of 1,845 million.

 

 

  (**)

Reflects the total amount of impaired loans derecognized from the balance sheet throughout the period as a result of mortgage foreclosures and real estate assets received in lieu of payment as well as monetary recoveries. See Notes 20 and 21 to the consolidated financial statement for additional information

 

The changes in the semester of 2016 and the first semester of 2015 in financial assets derecognized from the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as their recovery is considered unlikely (hereinafter “write-offs”), is shown below:

 

          

 

Millions of Euros

      
     Changes in Impaired Financial Assets Written-Off from the Balance Sheet    June  
2016  
     June  
2015  
      
   

Balance at the beginning

     26,143          23,583        
   

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

                    
   

Increase:

     3,184          2,821        
   

Decrease:

     (990)          (3,370)        
   

Re-financing or restructuring

     (20)          (8)        
   

Cash recovery (Note 47)

     (263)          (213)        
   

Foreclosed assets

     (112)          (68)        
   

Sales of written-off

     (7)          (40)        
   

Debt forgiveness

     (433)          (2,679)        
   

Time-barred debt and other causes

     (155)          (362)        
   

Net exchange differences

     (450)          1,306        
   

Balance at the end

     27,889          24,340        
   

    

                     

As indicated in Note 2.2.1, although they have been derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, the BBVA Group continues to attempt to collect on these written-off financial assets, until the rights to receive them are fully extinguished, either because it is time-barred financial asset, the financial asset is condoned, or other reasons

 

F-70


Table of Contents

7.3.5     Impairment losses

Below are the changes in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, in the provisions recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets to cover estimated impairment losses in loans and advances and debt securities, according to the different headings under which they are classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

 

          Millions of Euros              
     June 2016   Opening
balance
    Increases due to
amounts set aside for
estimated loan
losses during
the period
    Decreases due to
amounts reversed for
estimated loan losses
during the period
    Decreases due to
amounts taken
against
allowances
    Transfers
between
allowances
    Other
adjustments
    Closing
balance
    Recoveries recorded
directly to the
statement of
profit or loss
    Value adjustments
recorded directly to
the statement of
profit or  loss
      
    Specific allowances for financial assets, individually estimated     (3,851)        (610)        124        83        112        (205)        (4,347)        1        (27)       
   

Debt securities

    (21)        (126)        1        5        -        -        (141)        -        (5)       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Credit institutions

    (20)        -        -        5        -        1        (15)        -        (5)       
   

Other financial corporations

    (2)        (27)        -        -        -        -        (29)        -        -       
   

Non-financial corporations

    -        (99)        1        -        -        -        (98)        -        -       
   

Loans and advances

    (3,830)        (484)        123        79        112        (205)        (4,206)        1        (22)       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    (14)        (2)        1        -        (6)        (7)        (29)        -        -       
   

Credit institutions

    (11)        -        -        -        1        -        (10)        -        -       
   

Other financial corporations

    (11)        (3)        -        -        22        (19)        (10)        -        -       
   

Non-financial corporations

    (3,153)        (371)        113        69        (12)        (109)        (3,462)        -        (22)       
   

Households

    (641)        (108)        8        9        107        (71)        (694)        1        -       
    Specific allowances for financial assets, collectively estimated     (9,015)        (2,714)        749        2,901        125        404        (7,548)        261        (1,037)       
   

Debt securities

    (14)        (3)        3        -        (9)        2        (22)        -        -       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Credit institutions

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Other financial corporations

    (14)        (3)        3        -        (9)        2        (22)        -        -       
   

Non-financial corporations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Loans and advances

    (9,001)        (2,711)        747        2,901        135        402        (7,526)        261        (1,037)       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    (23)        (1)        1        1        (2)        6        (18)        -        (1)       
   

Credit institutions

    (6)        -        2        -        -        (2)        (6)        3        -       
   

Other financial corporations

    (27)        (24)        -        23        3        4        (21)        -        -       
   

Non-financial corporations

    (6,071)        (1,398)        567        1,657        158        484        (4,604)        159        (804)       
   

Households

    (2,873)        (1,288)        177        1,221        (24)        (89)        (2,877)        98        (233)       
    Collective allowances for incurred but not reported losses on financial assets     (6,024)        (547)        632        52        197        (65)        (5,755)        1        (1)       
   

Debt securities

    (113)        (1)        3        -        63        -        (49)        -        -       
   

Loans and advances

    (5,911)        (546)        629        52        134        (65)        (5,707)        -        -       
    Total     (18,890)        (3,870)        1,505        3,036        434        134        (17,651)        263        (1,073)       
   

    

                                                                           

 

F-71


Table of Contents
          Millions of Euros              
     June 2015   Opening
balance
    Increases due to
amounts set aside for
estimated loan
losses during
the period
    Decreases due to
amounts reversed for
estimated loan losses
during the period
    Decreases due to
amounts taken
against
allowances
    Transfers
between
allowances
    Other
adjustments
    Closing
balance
    Recoveries recorded
directly to the
statement of
profit or loss
    Value adjustments
recorded directly to
the statement of
profit or  loss
      
    Specific allowances for financial assets, individually estimated     (2,515)        (608)        155        129        41        (556)        (3,355)        -        59       
   

Debt securities

    (21)        (3)        4        -        -        -        (21)        -        -       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Credit institutions

    (17)        (2)        -        -        1        -        (19)        -        -       
   

Other financial corporations

    (4)        (1)        4        -        -        -        (2)        -        -       
   

Non-financial corporations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Loans and advances

    (2,494)        (605)        151        129        41        (556)        (3,334)        -        59       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    4        (2)        13        -        -        (16)        (1)        -        -       
   

Credit institutions

    (13)        3        -        -        -        -        (10)        -        -       
   

Other financial corporations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Non-financial corporations

    (2,140)        (443)        133        108        32        (79)        (2,389)        -        58       
   

Households

    (345)        (163)        5        21        9        (461)        (934)        -        1       
    Specific allowances for financial assets, collectively estimated     (8,004)        (2,477)        648        2,117        96        (1,602)        (9,223)        207        1,098       
   

Debt securities

    (12)        (2)        2        -        -        (2)        (13)        -        -       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Credit institutions

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Other financial corporations

    (12)        (2)        2        -        -        (2)        (13)        -        -       
   

Non-financial corporations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Loans and advances

    (7,992)        (2,476)        645        2,117        96        (1,599)        (9,210)        207        1,098       
   

Central banks

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

General governments

    (28)        (8)        1        1        (2)        1        (35)        -        1       
   

Credit institutions

    (5)        (9)        1        -        7        (1)        (7)        -        -       
   

Other financial corporations

    (21)        (47)        -        -        6        2        (58)        -        2       
   

Non-financial corporations

    (5,479)        (1,215)        592        1,071        (231)        (1,124)        (6,386)        92        816       
   

Households

    (2,460)        (1,196)        51        1,043        315        (478)        (2,725)        115        281       
    Collective allowances for incurred but not reported losses on financial assets     (3,829)        (338)        273        37        (102)        (1,278)        (5,236)        4        -       
   

Debt securities

    (42)        (4)        -        -        -        -        (44)        -        -       
   

Loans and advances

    (3,787)        (335)        273        37        (102)        (1,278)        (5,192)        -        -       
    Total     (14,348)        (3,424)        1,075        2,282        35        (3,435)        (17,814)        213        1,157       
   

    

                                                                           

 

F-72


Table of Contents

7.3.6        Refinancing and restructuring transactions

Group policies and principles with respect to refinancing and restructuring operations

Refinancing and restructuring operations (see definition in the Glossary) are carried out with customers who have requested such an operation in order to meet their current loan payments if they are expected, or may be expected, to experience financial difficulty in making the payments in the future.

The basic aim of a refinancing and restructuring operation is to provide the customer with a situation of financial viability over time by adapting repayment of the loan incurred with the Group to the customer’s new situation of fund generation. The use of refinancing and restructuring for other purposes, such as to delay loss recognition, is contrary to BBVA Group policies.

The BBVA Group’s refinancing and restructuring policies are based on the following general principles:

 

 

Refinancing and restructuring is authorized according to the capacity of customers to pay the new installments. This is done by first identifying the origin of the payment difficulties and then carrying out an analysis of the customers’ viability, including an updated analysis of their economic and financial situation and capacity to pay and generate funds. If the customer is a company, the analysis also covers the situation of the industry in which it operates.

 

 

With the aim of increasing the solvency of the operation, new guarantees and/or guarantors of demonstrable solvency are obtained where possible. An essential part of this process is an analysis of the effectiveness of both the new and original guarantees.

 

 

This analysis is carried out from the overall customer or group perspective.

 

 

Refinancing and restructuring operations do not in general increase the amount of the customer’s loan, except for the expenses inherent to the operation itself.

 

 

The capacity to refinance and restructure loan is not delegated to the branches, but decided on by the risk units.

 

 

The decisions made are reviewed from time to time with the aim of evaluating full compliance with refinancing and restructuring policies.

These general principles are adapted in each case according to the conditions and circumstances of each geographical area in which the Group operates, and to the different types of customers involved.

In the case of retail customers (private individuals), the main aim of the BBVA Group’s policy on refinancing and restructuring loan is to avoid default arising from a customer’s temporary liquidity problems by implementing structural solutions that do not increase the balance of customer’s loan. The solution required is adapted to each case and the loan repayment is made easier, in accordance with the following principles:

 

 

Analysis of the viability of operations based on the customer’s willingness and ability to pay, which may be reduced, but should nevertheless be present. The customer must therefore repay at least the interest on the operation in all cases. No arrangements may be concluded that involve a grace period for both principal and interest.

 

 

Refinancing and restructuring of operations is only allowed on those loans in which the BBVA Group originally entered into.

 

 

Customers subject to refinancing and restructuring operations are excluded from marketing campaigns of any kind.

In the case of non-retail customers (mainly companies, enterprises and corporates), refinancing/restructuring is authorized according to an economic and financial viability plan based on:

 

 

Forecasted future income, margins and cash flows over a sufficiently long period (around five years) to allow entities to implement cost adjustment measures (industrial restructuring) and a business development plan that can help reduce the level of leverage to sustainable levels (capacity to access the financial markets).

 

 

Where appropriate, the existence of a divestment plan for assets and/or operating segments that can generate cash to assist the deleveraging process.

 

 

The capacity of shareholders to contribute capital and/or guarantees that can support the viability of the plan.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

In accordance with the Group’s policy, the conclusion of a loan refinancing and restructuring operation does not imply the loan is reclassified from “impaired” or “potential problem” to outstanding risk; such a reclassification must be based on the analysis mentioned earlier of the viability and sufficiency of the new guarantees provided.

The Group maintains the policy of including risks related to refinanced and restructured loans as either:

 

 

“Impaired assets”, as although the customer is up to date with payments, they are classified as impaired for reasons other than their default when there are significant doubts that the terms of their refinancing may not be met;

 

 

“Potential problem assets”, because there is some material doubt as to possible non-compliance with the refinanced loan; or.

 

 

“Normal-risk assets” (although as mentioned in the table in the following section, they continue to be classified as “normal-risk assets with special monitoring” until the conditions established for their consideration as outstanding risk are met).

The conditions established for “normal-risk assets with special monitoring” to be reclassified out of this special monitoring category are as follows:

 

 

The customer must have paid past-due amounts (principal and interest) since the date of the renegotiation or restructuring of the loan;

 

 

At least two years must have elapsed since completion of the renegotiation or restructuring of the loan;

 

 

The customer must have paid at least 20% of the outstanding principal amount of the loan as well as all the past-due amounts (principal and interest) that were outstanding as of the date of the renegotiation or restructuring of the loan; and

 

 

It is unlikely that the customer will have financial difficulties and, therefore, it is expected that the customer will be able to meet its loan payment obligations (principal and interest) in a timely manner.

The BBVA Group’s refinancing and restructuring policy provides for the possibility of two modifications in a 24 month period for loans that are not in compliance with the payment schedule.

The internal models used to determine allowances for loan losses consider the restructuring and renegotiation of a loan, as well as re-defaults on such a loan, by assigning a lower internal rating to restructured and renegotiated loans than the average internal rating assigned to non-restructured/renegotiated loans. This downgrade results in an increase in the probability of default (PD) assigned to restructured/renegotiated loans (with the resulting PD being higher than the average PD of the non- renegotiated loans in the same portfolios).”

For quantitative information on refinancing and restructuring operations see Appendix IX.

7.4       Market risk

7.4.1    Market risk portfolios

Market risk originates as a result of movements in the market variables that impact the valuation of traded financial products and assets. The main risks generated can be classified as follows:

 

 

Interest-rate risk: This arises as a result of exposure to movements in the different interest-rate curves involved in trading. Although the typical products that generate sensitivity to the movements in interest rates are money-market products (deposits, interest-rate futures, call money swaps, etc.) and traditional interest-rate derivatives (swaps and interest-rate options such as caps, floors, swaptions, etc.), practically all the financial products are exposed to interest-rate movements due to the effect that such movements have on the valuation of the financial discount.

 

 

Equity risk: This arises as a result of movements in share prices. This risk is generated in spot positions in shares or any derivative products whose underlying asset is a share or an equity index. Dividend risk is a sub-risk of equity risk, arising as an input for any equity option. Its variation may affect the valuation of positions and it is therefore a factor that generates risk on the books.

 

F-74


Table of Contents
 

Exchange-rate risk: This is caused by movements in the exchange rates of the different currencies in which a position is held. As in the case of equity risk, this risk is generated in spot currency positions, and in any derivative product whose underlying asset is an exchange rate. In addition, the quanto effect (operations where the underlying asset and the instrument itself are denominated in different currencies) means that in certain transactions in which the underlying asset is not a currency, an exchange-rate risk is generated that has to be measured and monitored.

 

 

Credit-spread risk: Credit spread is an indicator of an issuer’s credit quality. Spread risk occurs due to variations in the levels of spread of both corporate and government issues, and affects positions in bonds and credit derivatives.

 

 

Volatility risk: This occurs as a result of changes in the levels of implied price volatility of the different market instruments on which derivatives are traded. This risk, unlike the others, is exclusively a component of trading in derivatives and is defined as a first-order convexity risk that is generated in all possible underlying assets in which there are products with options that require a volatility input for their valuation.

The metrics developed to control and monitor market risk in BBVA Group are aligned with best practices in the market and are implemented consistently across all the local market risk units.

Measurement procedures are established in terms of the possible impact of negative market conditions on the trading portfolio of the Group’s Global Markets units, both under ordinary circumstances and in situations of heightened risk factors.

The standard metric used to measure market risk is Value at Risk (“VaR”), which indicates the maximum loss that may occur in the portfolios at a given confidence level (99%) and time horizon (one day). This statistic value is widely used in the market and has the advantage of summing up in a single metric the risks inherent to trading activity, taking into account how they are related and providing a prediction of the loss that the trading book could sustain as a result of fluctuations in equity prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. The market risk analysis considers risks, such as credit spread, basis risk, volatility and correlation risk.

Most of the headings on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet subject to market risk are positions whose main metric for measuring their market risk is VaR. This table shows the accounting lines of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 in which there is a market risk in trading activity subject to this measurement:

 

           Millions of Euros     
          Main market risk metrics         
    

June 2016 Headings of the balance sheet under market risk

RELATION OF RISK METRICS TO BALANCE SHEET OF GROUP’S

CONSOLIDATED POSITION

   VaR         Others (*)          
    Assets subject to market risk              
   

Financial assets held for trading

   73,084       

2,195    

   
   

Available for sale financial assets

   7,527       

35,205    

   
   

Of which: Equity instruments

   -       

3,474    

   
   

Hedging derivatives

   437       

2,280    

   
    Liabilities subject to market risk              
   

Financial liabilities held for trading

   50,668       

1,873    

   
   

Hedging derivatives

   1,182       

1,327    

   

    

                 

 

  (*)

Includes mainly assets and liabilities managed by COAP.

Although the prior table shows details the financial positions subject to market risk, it should be noted that the data are for information purposes only and do not reflect how the risk is managed in trading activity, where it is not classified into assets and liabilities.

With respect to the risk measurement models used in BBVA Group, the Bank of Spain has authorized the use of the internal model to determine bank capital requirements deriving from risk positions on the BBVA S.A. and BBVA Bancomer trading book, which jointly account for around 75% of the Group’s trading-book market risk. For the rest of the geographical areas (mainly South America, Garanti and BBVA Compass), bank capital for the risk positions in the trading book is calculated using the standard model.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

The current management structure includes the monitoring of market-risk limits, consisting of a scheme of limits based on VaR, economic capital (based on VaR measurements) and VaR sub-limits, as well as stop-loss limits for each of the Group’s business units.

The model used estimates VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which involves estimating losses and gains that would have taken place in the current portfolio if the changes in market conditions that took place over a specific period of time in the past were repeated. Based on this information, it infers the maximum expected loss of the current portfolio within a given confidence level. This model has the advantage of reflecting precisely the historical distribution of the market variables and not assuming any specific distribution of probability. The historical period used in this model is two years. The historical simulation method is used in BBVA S.A., BBVA Bancomer, BBVA Chile, Compass Bank and Garanti.

VaR figures are estimated following two methodologies:

 

 

VaR without smoothing, which awards equal weight to the daily information for the previous two years. This is currently the official methodology for measuring market risks for the purpose of monitoring compliance with risk limits.

 

 

VaR with smoothing, which gives a greater weight to more recent market information. This metric supplements the previous one.

In the case of South America (except BBVA Chile), a parametric methodology is used to measure risk in terms of VaR.

At the same time, and following the guidelines established by the Spanish and European authorities, BBVA incorporates metrics in addition to VaR with the aim of meeting the Bank of Spain’s regulatory requirements with respect to the calculation of bank capital for the trading book. Specifically, the new measures incorporated in the Group since December 2011 (stipulated by Basel 2.5) are:

 

 

VaR: In regulatory terms, the VaR charge incorporates the stressed VaR charge, and the sum of the two (VaR and stressed VaR) is calculated. This quantifies the losses associated with the movements of the two risk factors inherent to market operations (interest rates, FX, RV, credit...). Both VaR and stressed VaR are rescaled by a regulatory multiplier set at three and by the square root of ten to calculate the capital charge.

 

 

Specific Risk: Incremental Risk Capital (“IRC”) Quantification of the risks of default and downgrading of the credit ratings of the bond and credit derivative positions in the portfolio. The specific capital risk by IRC is a charge exclusively used in the geographical areas with the internal model approved (BBVA S.A. and Bancomer). The capital charge is determined according to the associated losses (at 99.9% in a 1-year horizon under the hypothesis of constant risk) due to the rating migration and/or default state the issuer of an asset. In addition, the price risk is included in sovereign positions for the items specified.

 

 

Specific Risk: Securitization and correlation portfolios. Capital charge for securitizations and the correlation portfolio to include the potential losses associated at the level of rating a specific credit structure (rating). Both are calculated by the standard method. The scope of the correlation portfolios refers to the FTD-type market operation and/or tranches of market CDOs and only for positions with an active market and hedging capacity.

Validity tests are performed regularly on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the positions with a certain level of probability (backtesting), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing). As an additional control measure, backtesting is conducted at trading desk level in order to enable more specific monitoring of the validity of the measurement models.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Market risk in the first semester of 2016

The Group’s market risk remains at low levels compared with the risk aggregates managed by BBVA, particularly in terms of credit risk. This is due to the nature of the business and the Group’s policy of minimal proprietary trading. During the first semester of 2016 the average VaR was 32 million, above 2015 figure mainly due to the incorporation of Garanti figures, with a high on February 12, of 39 m. The evolution in the BBVA Group’s market risk during the second semester of 2015 and the first semester of 2016, measured as VaR without smoothing (see Glossary) with a 99% confidence level and a 1-day horizon (shown in millions of Euros) is as follows:

 

LOGO

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading portfolio, the main risk factor for the Group continues to be that linked to interest rates, with a weight of 60% of the total at the end of the first semester of 2016 (this figure includes the spread risk). The relative weight has increased compared with the close of 2015 (48%). Exchange-rate risk accounts for 14%, decreasing its proportion with respect to December 2015 (21%), while equity, volatility and correlation risk have decreased, with a weight of 26% at the close of the first semester of 2016 (vs. 32% at the close of 2015).

As of June 30, 2016, and the close of 2015 the balance of VaR was 31 million, and 24 million, respectively. These figures can be broken down as follows:

 

                                                      
              Millions of Euros                                    
     VaR by Risk Factor        Interest/Spread   
Risk
   Currency Risk         Stock-market     
Risk
   Vega/Correlation   
Risk
   Diversification   
Effect(*)
   Total         
   

June 2016

                                    
   

VaR average in the period

                                               32      
   

VaR max in the period

    

33 

   15        10     (21)     39      
   

VaR min in the period

    

26 

         11     (21)     27      
   

End of period VaR

    

33 

         10     (23)     31      
                                          
   

December 2015

                                    
   

VaR average in the period

                              24      
   

VaR max in the period

     32              (18)     30      
   

VaR min in the period

     20              (17)     21      
   

End of period VaR

     21           11     (20)     24      

    

                                          

 

  (*)

The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the average individual risk factors and the total VaR figure that includes the implied correlation between all the variables and scenarios used in the measurement.

 

Validation of the model

The internal market risk model is validated on a regular basis by backtesting in both BBVA S.A. and Bancomer.

The aim of backtesting is to validate the quality and precision of the internal market risk model used by BBVA Group to estimate the maximum daily loss of a portfolio, at a 99% level of confidence and a 250-day time horizon, by comparing the Group’s results and the risk measurements generated by the internal market risk model. These tests showed that the internal market risk model of both BBVA, S.A. and Bancomer is adequate and precise.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Two types of backtesting have been carried out during the second semester of 2015 and the first semester of 2016:

 

 

“Hypothetical” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained, not taking into account the intraday results or the changes in the portfolio positions. This validates the appropriateness of the market risk metrics for the end-of-day position.

 

 

“Real” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the total results, including intraday transactions, but discounting the possible minimum charges or fees involved. This type of backtesting includes the intraday risk in portfolios.

In addition, each of these two types of backtesting was carried out at the level of risk factor or business type, thus making a deeper comparison of the results with respect to risk measurements.

For the period between the second half of 2015 and the first semester of 2016, it was carried out the backtesting of the internal VaR calculation model, comparing the daily results obtained with the estimated risk level estimated by the internal VaR calculation model. At the end of the semester the comparison showed the internal VaR calculation model was working correctly, within the “green” zone (0-4 exceptions), thus validating the internal VaR calculation model, as has occurred each year since the internal market risk model was approved for the Group.

Stress test analysis

A number of stress tests are carried out on BBVA Group’s trading portfolios. First, global and local historical scenarios are used that replicate the behavior of an extreme past event, such as for example the collapse of Lehman Brothers or the “Tequilazo” crisis. These stress tests are complemented with simulated scenarios, where the aim is to generate scenarios that have a significant impact on the different portfolios, but without being anchored to any specific historical scenario. Finally, for some portfolios or positions, fixed stress tests are also carried out that have a significant impact on the market variables affecting these positions.

Historical scenarios

The historical benchmark stress scenario for the BBVA Group is Lehman Brothers, whose sudden collapse in September 2008 led to a significant impact on the behavior of financial markets at a global level. The following are the most relevant effects of this historical scenario:

 

 

Credit shock: reflected mainly in the increase of credit spreads and downgrades in credit ratings.

 

 

Increased volatility in most of the financial markets (giving rise to a great deal of variation in the prices of different assets (currency, equity, debt).

 

 

Liquidity shock in the financial systems, reflected by a major movement in interbank curves, particularly in the shortest sections of the euro and dollar curves.

Simulated scenarios

Unlike the historical scenarios, which are fixed and therefore not suited to the composition of the risk portfolio at all times, the scenario used for the exercises of economic stress is based on Resampling methodology. This methodology is based on the use of dynamic scenarios are recalculated periodically depending on the main risks held in the trading portfolios. On a data window wide enough to collect different periods of stress (data are taken from 1-1-2008 until today), a simulation is performed by resampling of historic observations, generating a loss distribution and profits to analyze most extreme of births in the selected historical window. The advantage of this resampling methodology is that the period of stress is not predetermined, but depends on the portfolio maintained at each time, and making a large number of simulations (10,000 simulations) allows a richer information for the analysis of expected shortfall than what is available in the scenarios included in the calculation of VaR.

The main features of this approach are: a) the generated simulations respect the correlation structure of the data, b) flexibility in the inclusion of new risk factors and c) to allow the introduction of a lot of variability in the simulations (desirable to consider extreme events).

 

F-78


Table of Contents

The impact of the stress test under multivariable simulation of the risk factors of the portfolio (Expected shortfall 95% to 20 days) as of June 30, 2016 is as follows:

 

                                   Millions of Euros                       
          Europe         Bancomer         Peru         Venezuela         Argentina         Colombia         Chile          
   

Expected Shortfall

     (107)         (34)         (11)         -            (6)         (2)         (11)       

    

                                                                      

7.4.2     Structural risk

The Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) is the key body for the management of structural risks relating to liquidity/funding, interest rates and currency rates. Every month, with representatives from the areas of Finance, Risks and Business Areas, this committee monitors the above risks and is presented with proposals for managing them for its approval. These management proposals are made proactively by the Finance area, taking into account the risk appetite framework and with the aim of guaranteeing recurrent earnings and preserving the entity’s solvency. All the balance-sheet management units have a local ALCO, assisted constantly by the members of the Corporate Center. There is also a corporate ALCO where the management strategies in the Group’s subsidiaries are monitored and presented.

Structural interest-rate risk

The structural interest-rate risk (“SIRR”) is related to the potential impact that variations in market interest rates have on an entity’s net interest income and equity. In order to properly measure SIRR, BBVA takes into account the main sources that generate this risk: repricing risk, yield curve risk, option risk and basis risk, which are analyzed from two complementary points of view: net interest income (short term) and economic value (long term).

ALCO monitors the interest-rate risk metrics and the Finance area carries out the management proposals for the structural balance sheet. The management objective is to ensure the stability of net interest income and book value in the face of changes in market interest rates, while respecting the internal solvency and limits in the different balance-sheets and for BBVA Group as a whole; and complying with current and future regulatory requirements.

BBVA’s structural interest-rate risk management control and monitoring is based on a set of metrics and tools that enable the entity’s risk profile to be monitored correctly. A wide range of scenarios are measured on a regular basis, including sensitivities to parallel movements in the event of different shocks, changes in slope and curve, as well as delayed movements. Other probabilistic metrics based on statistical scenario-simulating methods are also assessed, such as income at risk (“IaR”) and economic capital (“EC”), which are defined as the maximum adverse deviations in net interest income and economic value, respectively, for a given confidence level and time horizon. Impact thresholds are established on these management metrics both in terms of deviations in net interest income and in terms of the impact on economic value. The process is carried out separately for each currency to which the Group is exposed, and the diversification effect between currencies and business units is considered after this.

In order to guarantee its effectiveness, the model is subjected to regular internal validation, which includes backtesting. In addition, the banking book’s interest-rate risk exposures are subjected to different stress tests in order to reveal balance sheet vulnerabilities under extreme scenarios. This testing includes an analysis of adverse macroeconomic scenarios designed specifically by BBVA Research, together with a wide range of potential scenarios that aim to identify interest-rate environments that are particularly damaging for the entity. This is done by generating extreme scenarios of a breakthrough in interest rate levels and historical correlations, giving rise to sudden changes in the slopes and even to inverted curves.

The model is necessarily underpinned by an elaborate set of hypotheses that aim to reproduce the behavior of the balance sheet as closely as possible to reality. Especially relevant among these assumptions are those related to the behavior of “accounts with no explicit maturity”, for which stability and remuneration assumptions are established, consistent with an adequate segmentation by type of product and customer, and prepayment estimates (implicit optionality). The hypotheses are reviewed and adapted regularly to signs of changes in behavior, kept properly documented and reviewed on a regular basis in the internal validation processes.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

The impacts on the metrics are assessed both from a point of view of economic value (gone concern) and from the perspective of net interest income, for which a dynamic model (going concern) consistent with the corporate assumptions of earnings forecasts is used.

The table below shows the profile of average sensitivities to net interest income and value of the main entities in BBVA Group in the first half of 2016:

 

   

    

                           
             

 

Impact on Net Interest Income 

(*)

 

  

 

Impact on Economic Value

(**)

 

    
    

 

Sensitivity to Interest-Rate Analysis -

June 2016

 

      

 

100 Basis-
Point Increase

 

  

100 Basis- 
Point 

Decrease 

  

 

100 Basis-
Point Increase 

 

  

100 Basis- 
Point 

Decrease 

    
   

Europe

    

14.76%

  

(5.24%)

  

4.70%

  

(3.86%)

   
   

Mexico

    

2.17%

  

(2.04%)

  

(3.06%)

  

3.24%

   
   

USA

    

8.79%

  

(7.99%)

  

0.14%

  

(7.61%)

   
   

Turkey

     (6.83%)    4.64%    (2.74%)    3.68%    
   

South America

    

2.46%

  

(2.47%)

  

(2.87%)

  

3.11%

   
   

BBVA Group

    

4.31%

  

(2.51%)

  

2.47%

  

(2.68%)

   
   

    

                           

 

  (*)

Percentage of “1 year” net interest income forecast for each unit.

  (**)

Percentage of core capital for each unit.

In the first half of 2016 in Europe has remained expansionary monetary policy, which pushed interest rates lower, towards more negative levels in the short term rates. In USA, Fed’s reference interest rate has remained constant in this period, while Mexico has continued the upward cycle started at the end of 2015, as in the major economies of South America.

The BBVA Group in all its Balance Sheet Management Units (“BSMUs”) maintains a positive sensitivity in its net interest income to an increase in interest rates. Turkey, helps to diversify the Group’s net exposure due to the opposite direction of its position on Europe. The higher sensitivities in the net interest income, relatively speaking, are observed in mature markets (Europe and USA), where, however, the negative sensitivity in their net interest income to decrease in interest rates is limited by the plausible downward trend in interest rates. The Group maintains a moderate risk profile, according to its target risk, through effective management of its balance sheet structural risk.

Structural exchange-rate risk

In BBVA Group, structural exchange-rate risk arises from the consolidation of holdings in subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the euro. Its management is centralized in order to optimize the joint handling of permanent foreign currency exposures, taking into account the diversification.

The corporate Assets and Liabilities Management unit, through ALCO, designs and executes hedging strategies with the main purpose of controlling the potential negative effect of exchange-rate fluctuations on capital ratios and on the equivalent value in euros of the foreign-currency earnings of the Group’s subsidiaries, considering transactions according to market expectations and their cost.

The risk monitoring metrics included in the system of limits are integrated into management and supplemented with additional assessment indicators. At corporate level they are based on probabilistic metrics that measure the maximum deviation in the Group’s Capital, CET1 (“Common Equity Tier 1”) ratio, and net attributable profit. The probabilistic metrics make it possible to estimate the joint impact of exposure to different currencies taking into account the different variability in currency rates and their correlations.

The suitability of these risk assessment metrics is reviewed on a regular basis through backtesting exercises. The final element of structural exchange-rate risk control is the analysis of scenarios and stress with the aim of identifying in advance possible threats to future compliance with the risk appetite levels set, so that any necessary preventive management actions can be taken. The scenarios are based both on historical situations simulated by the risk model and on the risk scenarios provided by BBVA Research.

As for the market, in the first half of 2016 it is noteworthy the weakness of the US dollar and the Mexican peso and, on the contrary, the outperformance of the currencies of Andean area and Turkish lira, favored by the recovery of prices in raw materials, especially oil, and lower uncertainty about the growth in these economies after the delay of expected rate hikes by the Federal Reserve and better perspectives in China.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

The Group’s structural exchange-rate risk exposure level has decreased since the end of 2015 mostly due to the increased hedging, focused on Mexican peso and Turkish lira. The risk mitigation level in capital ratio due to the book value of BBVA Group’s holdings in foreign currency stood at around 70% and hedging of foreign-currency earnings in the first half of 2016 stood at 47%. CET1 ratio sensitivity to the appreciation of 1% in the euro exchange rate for each currency is: US Dollar: +1.2 bps; Mexican peso -0.2 bps; Turkish Lira -0.1 bps; other currencies: -0.2 bps.

Structural equity risk

BBVA Group’s exposure to structural equity risk stems basically from investments in industrial and financial companies with medium- and long-term investment horizons. This exposure is mitigated through net short positions held in derivatives of their underlying assets, used to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

Structural management of equity portfolios is the responsibility of the Group’s units specializing in this area. Their activity is subject to the corporate risk management policies for equity positions in the equity portfolio. The aim is to ensure that they are handled consistently with BBVA’s business model and appropriately to its risk tolerance level, thus enabling long-term business sustainability.

The Group’s risk management systems also make it possible to anticipate possible negative impacts and take appropriate measures to prevent damage being caused to the entity. The risk control and limitation mechanisms are focused on the exposure, annual operating performance and economic capital estimated for each portfolio. Economic capital is estimated in accordance with a corporate model based on Monte Carlo simulations, taking into account the statistical performance of asset prices and the diversification existing among the different exposures.

Backtesting is carried out on a regular basis on the risk measurement model used.

In the market, the performance of European stock markets in the first half of 2016 has been negative, especially in the last part of the period, affected by the initial shock in the financial markets after the Brexit, due to the policy uncertainty that this process entails and its potential impact on the Eurozone growth expectations. This effect has led to a deterioration of capital gains accumulated in the Group’s equity portfolios as of the end of June, although it is fading away as main equity indices have recovered pre-Brexit levels in July.

Structural equity risk, measured in terms of economic capital, has decreased significantly in the period as a result of the lower value of exposures and dividend payment, along with reduced positioning in some sectors.

Stress tests and analyses of sensitivity to different simulated scenarios are carried out periodically to analyze the risk profile in more depth. They are based on both past crisis situations and forecasts made by BBVA Research. This checks that the risks are limited and that the tolerance levels set by the Group are not at risk.

The aggregate sensitivity of the BBVA Group’s consolidated equity to a 1% fall in the price of shares of the companies making up the equity portfolio stood at around -39 million as of June 30, 2016. This estimate takes into account the exposure in shares valued at market prices, or if not applicable, at fair value (except for the positions in the Treasury Area portfolios) and the net delta-equivalent positions in options on the same underlyings.

7.4.3     Financial Instruments compensation

Financial assets and liabilities may be netted, i.e. they are presented for a net amount on the consolidated balance sheet only when the Group’s entities satisfy with the provisions of IAS 32-Paragraph 42, so they have both the legal right to net recognized amounts, and the intention of settling the net amount or of realizing the asset and simultaneously paying the liability.

In addition, the Group has presented as gross amounts assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet for which there are master netting arrangements in place, but for which there is no intention of settling net. The most common types of events that trigger the netting of reciprocal obligations are bankruptcy of the entity, surpassing certain level of indebtedness threshold, failure to pay, restructuring and dissolution of the entity.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

In the current market context, derivatives are contracted under different framework contracts being the most widespread developed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) and, for the Spanish market, the Framework Agreement on Financial Transactions (“CMOF”). Almost all portfolio derivative transactions have been concluded under these framework contracts, including in them the netting clauses mentioned in the preceding paragraph as “Master Netting Agreement”, greatly reducing the credit exposure on these instruments. Additionally, in contracts signed with professional counterparties, the collateral agreement annexes called Credit Support Annex (“CSA”) are included, thereby minimizing exposure to a potential default of the counterparty.

Moreover, in transactions involving assets purchased or sold under a purchase agreement there is a high volume transacted through clearing houses that articulate mechanisms to reduce counterparty risk, as well as through the signature of various master agreements for bilateral transactions, the most widely used being the Global Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA), published by International Capital Market Association (“ICMA”), to which the clauses related to the collateral exchange are usually added within the text of the master agreement itself.

A summary of the effect of the compensation (via netting and collateral) for derivatives and securities operations is presented below as of June 30, 2016:

 

    

                                                                   
                                 Millions of Euros              
                                 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed  Consolidated Balance
Sheets (D)
             
     June 2016   Notes     Gross
Amounts
Recognized (A)
    Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets (B )
   

Net Amount
Presented
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

(C=A-B)

    Financial
Instruments
    Cash Collateral
Received/Pledged
    Net
Amount
(E=C-D)
       
   

Derivative financial assets

    10, 15        65,767        15,560        50,207        34,158        7,290        8,759       
   

Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and similar agreements

    35        20,435        3,492        16,943        18,133        106        (1,296)       
   

Total Assets

      86,202        19,052        67,151        52,291        7,396        7,464       
   

Derivative financial liabilities

    10, 15        66,781        16,893        49,888        34,158        9,351        6,379       
   

Repurchase, securities lending and similar agreements

    35        53,013        3,492        49,521        52,204        7        (2,689)       
   

Total Liabillities

      119,794        20,385        99,409        86,362        9,358        3,690       
                                                                     

7.5        Liquidity risk

Management of liquidity and structural finance within the BBVA Group is based on the principle of the financial autonomy of the entities that make it up. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability in periods of high risk. This decentralized management avoids possible contagion due to a crisis that could affect only one or several BBVA Group entities, which must cover their liquidity needs independently in the markets where they operate. Liquidity Management Units (LMUs) have been set up for this reason in the geographical areas where the main foreign subsidiaries operate, and also for the parent BBVA S.A., within the Euro currency scope, specifically BBVA Portugal and Catalunya Banc.

Finance Division, through Balance Sheet Management, manages BBVA Group’s liquidity and funding. It plans and executes the funding of the long-term structural gap of each LMUs and proposes to ALCO the actions to adopt in this regard in accordance with the policies and limits established by the Executive Committee.

The Bank’s target behavior in terms of liquidity and funding risk is characterized through the Loan-to-Stable-Customer-Deposits (LtSCD) ratio. The aim is to preserve a stable funding structure in the medium term for each of the LMUs making up BBVA Group, taking into account that maintaining an adequate volume of stable customer funds is key to achieving a sound liquidity profile. These stable funds in each LMU are calculated by analyzing the behavior of the balance sheets of the different customer segments identified as likely to provide stability to the funding structure, and by prioritizing an established relationship and applying bigger haircuts to the funding lines of less stable customers.

For the purpose of establishing the (maximum) target levels for LtSCD in each LMU and providing an optimal funding structure reference in terms of risk appetite, GRM-Structural Risks identifies and assesses the economic and financial variables that condition the funding structures in the various geographical areas. The behavior of the indicators reflects that the funding structure remained robust in 2016, in the sense that all the LMUs maintain levels of self-funding with stable customer funds higher than the required levels.

 

F-82


Table of Contents
   

    

                    
          LtSCD by LMU       
          June 2016     December 2015        
    Group (average)      117%        116%       
    Eurozone      119%        116%       
    Bancomer      115%        110%       
    Compass      111%        112%       
    Garanti      120%        128%       
    Other LMUs      110%        111%       
   

    

                    

The second core element in liquidity and funding risk management is to achieve proper diversification of the funding structure, avoiding excessive reliance on short-term funding and establishing a maximum level of short-term borrowing comprising both wholesale funding as well as less stable funds from non-retail customers.

The third element promotes the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile, making sure that each LMU has sufficient collateral to address the risk of wholesale markets closing. Basic Capacity is the short-term liquidity risk management and control metric that is defined as the relationship between the available explicit assets and the maturities of wholesale liabilities and volatile funds, at different terms, with special relevance being given to 30-day maturities.

Each entity maintains an individual liquidity fund, both Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA and its subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, BBVA Bancomer, Garanti Bank and the Latin American subsidiaries. The table below shows the liquidity available by instrument as of June 30, 2016 for the most significant entities:

 

          

 

        Millions of Euros

    
    

 

June 2016

 

  

BBVA

Eurozone (1) 

  

BBVA

  Bancomer  

   BBVA
  Compass  
   Garanti Bank        Others         
   
   

Cash and balances with central banks

   5,118    

5,887 

  

2,825 

   6,091    

5,791 

   
   

Assets for credit operations with central banks

  

53,773 

  

7,012 

  

24,522 

   7,090    

5,080 

   
   

Central governments issues

  

33,855 

  

5,051 

  

9,775 

   7,090    

5,004 

   
   

Of Which: Spanish government securities

  

30,601 

  

  

     

   
   

Other issues

  

19,917 

  

1,960 

  

181 

     

76 

   
   

Loans

  

  

  

14,566 

     

   
    Other non-eligible liquid assets   

6,798 

  

888 

  

452 

   1,662    

801 

   
   

ACCUMULATED AVAILABLE BALANCE

  

65,689 

  

13,787 

  

27,799 

   14,842    

11,672 

   
   

AVERAGE BALANCE

  

67,887 

   13,385    

26,908

   13,679    

11,589 

   

    

                                

 

      (1)    

It includes Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Catalunya Banc, S.A. and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Portugal), S.A.

The above metrics are completed with a series of indicators with thresholds levels that aim to avoid the concentration of wholesale funding by product, counterparty, market and term, as well as to promote diversification by geographical area. In addition, reference thresholds are established on a series of advance indicators that make it possible to anticipate stress situations in the markets and adopt, if necessary, preventive actions.

Stress analyses are also a basic element of the liquidity and funding risk monitoring system, as they help anticipate deviations from the liquidity targets and limits set out in the risk appetite as well as establish tolerance ranges at different management levels. They also play a key role in the design of the Liquidity Contingency Plan and in defining the specific measures for action for realigning the risk profile.

For each of the scenarios, a check is carried out whether the Bank has a sufficient liquid assets to meet the liquidity commitments/outflows in the various periods analyzed. The analysis considers four scenarios, one core and three crisis-related: systemic crisis; unexpected internal crisis with a considerable rating downgrade and/or affecting the ability to issue in wholesale markets and the perception of business risk by the banking intermediaries and the bank’s customers; and a mixed scenario, as a combination of the two aforementioned scenarios. Each scenario considers the following factors: liquidity existing on the market, customer behavior and sources of funding, impact of rating downgrades, market values of liquid assets and collateral, and the interaction between liquidity requirements and the performance of the bank’s asset quality.

The results of these stress analyses carried out regularly reveal that BBVA has a sufficient buffer of liquid assets to deal with the estimated liquidity outflows in a scenario such as a combination of a systemic crisis and an unexpected internal crisis, during a period longer than 3 months for every LMUs, including a major downgrade in the bank’s rating (by up to three notches).

 

F-83


Table of Contents

In addition to the behavior of the main indicators for all the LMUs in the Group, BBVA has established a level of requirement for compliance with the LCR ratio within the plan to adapt risk management to regulatory capital adequacy ratios, both for the Group as a whole and for each of the LMUs individually. The internal levels required are geared to comply sufficiently and efficiently in advance with the implementation of the regulatory requirement of 2018, at a level above 100%.

Throughout the first half of 2016 the level of the LCR for BBVA Group is estimated to have remained above 100%. At the European level the LCR ratio was effective beginning October 1, 2015, with an initial required level of 60%, and a phased-in level of up to 100% in 2018. Regulatory developments by the European authorities are pending in terms of the information to be reported to the supervisor and for public disclosure.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Below is a matrix of residual maturities by contractual periods based on supervisory prudential reporting as of June 30, 2016:

 

           Millions of Euros                          
     June 2016
Contractual Maturities
   Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 6
Months
     6 to 9
Months
     9 to 12
Months
     1 to 2
Years
     2 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total         
    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits      25,711         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         25,711        
    Deposits in credit entities      1,514         3,616         1,097         211         36         98         56         68         47         4,599         11,342        
    Deposits in other financial institutions      16         1,304         852         779         628         546         997         842         1,347         338         7,650        
    Reverse repo, securities borrowing and margin lending      -         13,796         197         2,024         923         473         -         285         -         189         17,887        
    Loans and Advances      673         23,422         25,306         23,324         14,593         16,611         40,450         33,721         55,255         138,577         371,934        
    Securities’ portfolio settlement      3         5,123         3,817         5,708         4,091         3,810         11,167         14,849         15,604         59,080         123,250        
   
          Millions of Euros                       
     June 2016
Contractual Maturities
   Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 6
Months
     6 to 9
Months
     9 to 12
Months
     1 to 2
Years
     2 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total         
    Wholesale funding      180         2,145         1,807         5,360         9,283         5,317         11,571         4,397         15,554         30,100         85,714        
    Deposits in financial institutions      5,912         4,621         1,393         2,200         823         1,871         1,518         1,472         1,492         4,103         25,405        
    Deposits in other financial institutions and international agencies      20,702         9,133         5,294         2,289         1,533         1,424         548         349         258         2,119         43,648        
    Customer deposits      191,115         33,131         20,927         17,418         16,807         12,937         11,982         5,270         1,120         2,054         312,761        
    Security pledge funding      -         41,361         3,398         1,070         1,638         965         1,262         927         24,079         1,801         76,500        
    Derivatives (net)      -         (1,952)         (67)         (56)         (81)         (58)         (255)         (145)         (114)         (138)         (2,867)        
   

    

                                                                                                           

The matrix shows the retail nature of the funding structure, with a loan portfolio been mostly funded by customer deposits. On the outflows side of the matrix, the “demand” maturity bucket mainly contains the retail customers sight accounts whose behavior shows a high level of stability. According to internal methodology they are considered to remain for a minimum of three years.

Long and short term wholesale funding markets were stable in 2016. The ECB carried out the new program Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations (TLTRO II), based on four quarterly targeted 4 years refinancing operations, with the aim of boosting channeled lending and improving financial conditions for the whole European economy. In the first auction the Euro LMU took 23.7 billion after amortizing 14 billion in previous TLTRO auctions. In addition, over the whole year the Euro LMU made issues in the public market for 3,950 million.

The liquidity position of all the subsidiaries outside Europe has continued to be comfortable, maintaining a solid liquidity position in all the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

In this context, BBVA has maintained its objective of strengthening the funding structure of the different Group entities based on growing their self-funding from stable customer funds, while guaranteeing a sufficient buffer of fully available liquid assets, diversifying the various sources of funding available, and optimizing the generation of collateral available for dealing with stress situations in the markets.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

7.6        Asset encumbrance

As of June 30, 2016, the encumbered (those provided as collateral for certain liabilities) and unencumbered assets are broken down as follows:

 

                   

 

Millions of Euros

         
                Encumbered assets      Unencumbered assets         
     June 2016          Book value of
Encumbered assets
     Market value of
Encumbered assets
     Book value of
non-encumbered assets
     Market value of
non-encumbered assets
        
   

Equity instruments

       1,772         1,772         8,497         8,497        
   

Debt Securities

       48,617         48,769         102,120         102,120        
   

Loans and Advances and other assets

       95,273         -         489,762         -        
   

                                                    

The committed value of “Loans and Advances and other assets” corresponds mainly to loans linked to the issue of covered bonds, territorial bonds or long-term securitized bonds (see Note 22.3) as well as those used as a guarantee to access certain funding transactions with central banks. Debt securities and equity instruments respond to underlying that are delivered in repos with different types of counterparties, mainly clearing houses or credit institutions, and to a lesser extent central banks. Collateral provided to guarantee derivative operations is also included as committed assets.

As of June 30, 2016, collateral pledge mainly due to repurchase agreements and securities lending, and those which could be committed in order to obtain funding are provided below:

 

                   

 

Millions of Euros

         
    

June 2016

Collateral received

         Fair value of encumbered
collateral received or own
debt securities issued
     Fair value of collateral
received or own debt
securities issued available for
encumbrance
     Nominal amount of collateral
received or own debt
securities issued not available for
encumbrance
        
   

Collateral received

       20,440         6,816         469        
   

Equity instruments

       46         2         -        
   

Debt securities

       20,394         4,969         170        
   

Loans and Advances and other assets

       -         1,846         299        
    Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or ABSs        3         125         -        
                                                 

 

F-86


Table of Contents

The guarantees received in the form of reverse repos or security lending transactions are committed by their use in repos, as is the case with debt securities

As of June 30, 2016, financial liabilities issued related to encumbered assets in financial transactions as well as their book value were as follows:

 

                 

 

Millions of Euros

         
    

 

June 2016

Sources of encumbrance

 

        

 

Matching liabilities, contingent
liabilities or securities lent

 

     Assets, collateral received
and own
debt securities issued other
than covered bonds and ABSs
encumbered
        
   

Book value of financial liabilities

       138,261         162,461        
   

Derivatives

       11,620         12,747        
   

Loans and Advances

       98,280         114,886        
   

Outstanding subordinated debt

       28,361         34,828        
   

Other sources

       2,282         3,643        
                                           

 

F-87


Table of Contents

7.7      Operational Risk

Operational risk is defined as one that could potentially cause losses due to human errors, inadequate or faulty internal processes, system failures or external events. This definition includes legal risk but excludes strategic and/or business risk and reputational risk.

Operational risk is inherent to all banking activities, products, systems and processes. Its origins are diverse (processes, internal and external fraud, technology, human resources, commercial practices, disasters, suppliers). Operational risk management is a part of the BBVA Group global risk management structure.

Operational risk management framework

Operational risk management in the Group is based on the value-adding drivers generated by the advanced measurement approach (AMA), as follows:

 

 

Active management of operational risk and its integration into day-to-day decision-making means:

 

  -  

Knowledge of the real losses associated with this type of risk.

 

  -  

Identification, prioritization and management of real and potential risks.

 

  -  

The existence of indicators that enable the Bank to analyze operational risk over time, define warning signals and verify the effectiveness of the controls associated with each risk.

The above helps create a proactive model for making decisions about control and business, and for prioritizing the efforts to mitigate relevant risks in order to reduce the Group’s exposure to extreme events.

 

 

Improved control environment and strengthened corporate culture.

 

 

Generation of a positive reputational impact.

Operational Risk Management Principles

Operational risk management in BBVA Group should:

 

 

Be aligned with the risk appetite statement set out by the Board of BBVA.

 

 

Anticipate the potential operational risks to which the Group would be exposed as a result of new or modified products, activities, processes, systems or outsourcing decisions, and establish procedures to enable their evaluation and reasonable mitigation prior to their implementation.

 

 

Establish methodologies and procedures to enable a regular reassessment of the relevant operational risks to which the Group is exposed in order to adopt appropriate mitigation measures in each case, once the identified risk and the cost of mitigation (cost/benefit analysis) have been considered, while preserving the Group’s solvency at all times.

 

 

Identify the causes of the operational losses sustained by the Group and establish measures to reduce them. Procedures must therefore be in place to enable the capture and analysis of the operational events that cause those losses.

 

 

Analyze the events that have caused operational risk losses in other institutions in the financial sector and promote, where appropriate, the implementation of the measures needed to prevent them from occurring in the Group.

 

 

Identify, analyze and quantify events with a low probability of occurrence and high impact in order to evaluate their mitigation. Due to their exceptional nature, it is possible that such events may not be included in the loss database or, if they are, they have impacts that are not representative.

 

 

Have an effective system of governance in place, where the functions and responsibilities of the areas and bodies involved in operational risk management are clearly defined.

These principles reflect BBVA Group’s vision of operational risk, on the basis that the resulting events have an ultimate cause that should always be identified, and that the impact of the events is reduced significantly by controlling that cause.

Irrespective of the adoption of all the possible measures and controls for preventing or reducing both the frequency and severity of operational risk events, BBVA ensures at all times that sufficient capital is available to cover any expected or unexpected losses that may occur.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

7.8     Risk concentration

Policies for preventing excessive risk concentration

In order to prevent the build-up of excessive concentrations of credit risk at the individual, country and sector levels, BBVA Group maintains maximum permitted risk concentration indices updated at individual and portfolio sector levels tied to the various observable variables within the field of credit risk management.

The limit on the Group’s exposure or financial commitment to a specific customer therefore depends on the customer’s credit rating, the nature of the risks involved, and the Group’s presence in a given market, based on the following guidelines:

 

 

The aim is, as much as possible, to reconcile the customer’s credit needs (commercial/financial, short-term/long-term, etc.) with the interests of the Group.

 

 

Any legal limits that may exist concerning risk concentration are taken into account (relationship between risks with a customer and the capital of the entity that assumes them), the markets, the macroeconomic situation, etc.

Risk concentrations by geography

The breakdown of the main figures in the most significant foreign currencies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is set forth in Appendix XI.

Sovereign risk concentration

Sovereign risk management

The risk associated with the transactions involving sovereign risk is identified, measured, controlled and tracked by a centralized unit integrated in the BBVA Group’s Risk Area. Its basic functions involve the preparation of reports in the countries where sovereign risk exists (called “financial programs”), tracking such risks, assigning ratings to these countries and, in general, supporting the Group in terms of reporting requirements for any transactions involving sovereign risk. The risk policies established in the financial programs are approved by the relevant risk committees.

The country risk unit tracks the evolution of the risks associated with the various countries to which the Group are exposed (including sovereign risk) on an ongoing basis in order to adapt its risk and mitigation policies to any macroeconomic and political changes that may occur. Moreover, it regularly updates its internal ratings and forecasts for these countries. The internal rating assignment methodology is based on the assessment of quantitative and qualitative parameters which are in line with those used by certain multilateral organizations such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank (WB), rating agencies and export credit organizations.

For additional information on sovereign risk in Europe see Appendix X

Valuation and impairment methods

The valuation methods used to assess the instruments that are subject to sovereign risks are the same ones used for other instruments included in the relevant portfolios and are detailed in Note 8.

Specifically, the fair value of sovereign debt securities of European countries has been considered equivalent to their listed price in active markets (Level 1 as defined in Note 8).

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Risk related to the developer and Real-Estate sector in Spain

One of the main Group activities of the Group in Spain is focused on developer and mortgage loans. The policies and strategies established by the Group to deal with risks related to the developer and real-estate sector are explained below:

Policies and strategies established by the Group to deal with risks related to the developer and real-estate sector

BBVA has teams specializing in the management of the Real-Estate Sector risk, given its economic importance and specific technical component. This specialization is not only in the Risk-Acceptance teams, but throughout the handling, commercial, problem risks and legal, etc. It also includes the research department of the BBVA Group (BBVA Research), which helps determine the medium/long-term vision needed to manage this portfolio. Specialization has been increased and the management teams in the areas of recovery and the Real Estate Unit itself have been reinforced.

The policies established to address the risks related to the developer and real-estate sector, aim to accomplish, among others, the following objectives: to avoid concentration in terms of customers, products and regions; to estimate the risk profile for the portfolio; and to anticipate possible worsening of the portfolio.

Specific policies for analysis and admission of new developer risk transactions

In the analysis of new operations, the assessment of the commercial operation in terms of the economic and financial viability of the project has been one of the constant points that have helped ensure the success and transformation of construction land operations for customers’ developments.

With regard the participation of the Risk Acceptance teams, they have a direct link and participate in the committees of areas such as Recoveries and the Real Estate Unit. This guarantees coordination and exchange of information in all the processes.

The following strategies have been implemented with customers in the developer sector: avoidance of large corporate transactions, which had already reduced their share in the years of greatest market growth; non active participation in the second-home market; commitment to public housing financing; and participation in land operations with a high level of urban development security, giving priority to land open to urban development.

Risk monitoring policies

The base information for analyzing the real estate portfolios is updated monthly. The tools used include the so-called “watch-list”, which is updated monthly with the progress of each client under watch, and the different strategic plans for management of special groups. There are plans that involve an intensification of the review of the portfolio for financing land, while, in the case of ongoing promotions, they are classified based on the rate of progress of the projects.

These actions have enabled BBVA to identify possible impairment situations, by always keeping an eye on BBVA’s position with each customer (whether or not as first creditor). In this regard, key aspects include management of the risk policy to be followed with each customer, contract review, deadline extension, improved collateral, rate review (repricing) and asset purchase.

Proper management of the relationship with each customer requires knowledge of various aspects such as the identification of the source of payment difficulties, an analysis of the company’s future viability, the updating of the information on the debtor and the guarantors (their current situation and business course, economic-financial information, debt analysis and generation of funds), and the updating of the appraisal of the assets offered as collateral.

BBVA has a classification of debtors in accordance with legislation in force in each country, usually categorizing each one’s level of difficulty for each risk.

Based on the information above, a decision is made whether to use the refinancing tool, whose objective is to adjust the structure of the maturity of the debt to the generation of funds and the customer’s payment capacity.

As for the policies relating to risk refinancing with the developer and real-estate sector, they are the same as the general policies used for all of the Group’s risks (see Note 7.3.6). In the developer and real estate sector, they are based on clear solvency and viability criteria for projects, with demanding terms for additional guarantees and legal compliance, given a refinancing tool that standardizes criteria and variables when considering any refinancing operation.

In the case of refinancing, the tools used for enhancing the Bank’s position are: the search for new intervening parties with proven solvency and initial payment to reduce the principal debt or outstanding interest; the improvement of the debt bond in order to facilitate the procedure in the event of default; the provision of new or additional collateral; and making refinancing viable with new conditions (period, rate and repayments), adapted to a credible and sufficiently verified business plan.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Policies applied in the management of real estate assets in Spain

The policy applied for managing these assets depends on the type of real-estate asset, as detailed below.

 

 

In the case of completed homes, the final aim is the sale of these homes to private individuals, thus reducing the risk and beginning a new business cycle. Here, the strategy has been to help subrogation (the default rate in this channel of business is notably lower than in any other channel of residential mortgages) and to support customers’ sales directly, using BBVA’s own channel (BBVA Services and our branches), creating incentives for sale and including sale orders for BBVA. In exceptional case we have even accepted partial haircuts, with the aim of making the sale easier.

 

 

In the case of ongoing home construction, the strategy has been to help and promote the completion of the construction in order to transfer the investment to completed homes. The whole developer Works in Progress portfolio has been reviewed and classified into different stages with the aim of using different tools to support the strategy. This includes the use of developer accounts-payable financing as a form of payment control, the use of project monitoring supported by the Real Estate Unit itself, and the management of direct suppliers for the works as a complement to the developer’s own management.

 

 

With respect to land, the fact that the vast majority of the risk is urban land simplifies the management. Urban management and liquidity control to tackle urban planning costs are also subject to special monitoring.

For quantitative information about the risk related to the developer and Real-Estate sector in Spain see Appendix XI.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

8.     Fair value

8.1     Fair value of financial instrument

The fair value of financial instrument is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It is therefore a market-based measurement and not specific to each entity.

All financial instruments, both assets and liabilities are initially recognized at fair value, which at that point is equivalent to the transaction price, unless there is evidence to the contrary in an active market. Subsequently, depending on the type of financial instrument, it may continue to be recognized at amortized cost or fair value through adjustments in the income statement or equity.

When possible, the fair value is determined as the market price of a financial instrument. However, for many of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group, especially in the case of derivatives, there is no market price available, so its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments or, in the absence thereof, by using mathematical measurement models that are sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. The estimates of the fair value derived from the use of such models take into consideration the specific features of the asset or liability to be measured and, in particular, the various types of risk associated with the asset or liability. However, the limitations inherent in the measurement models and possible inaccuracies in the assumptions and parameters required by these models may mean that the estimated fair value of an asset or liability does not exactly match the price for which the asset or liability could be exchanged or settled on the date of its measurement.

The process for determining the fair value established in the Group to ensure that trading portfolio assets are properly valued, BBVA has established, at a geographic level, a structure of New Product Committees responsible for validating and approving new products or types of financial assets and liabilities before being contracted. The members of these Committees, responsible for valuation, are independent from the business (see Note 7).

These areas are required to ensure, prior to the approval stage, the existence of not only technical and human resources, but also adequate informational sources to measure the fair value these financial assets and liabilities, in accordance with the rules established by the Global Valuation Area and using models that have been validated and approved by the Department of Methodologies that reports to Global Risk Management.

Additionally, for financial assets and liabilities that show significant uncertainty in inputs or model parameters used for assessment, criteria is established to measure said uncertainty and activity limits are set based on these. Finally, these measurements are compared, as much as possible, against other sources such as the measurements obtained by the business teams or those obtained by other market participants:

 

 

Level 1: Measurement using market observable quoted prices for the financial instrument in question, secured from independent sources and trading in referred to active markets - according to the Group policies. This level includes listed debt securities, listed equity instruments, some derivatives and mutual funds.

 

 

Level 2: Measurement that applies techniques using inputs drawn from observable market data.

 

 

Level 3: Measurement using techniques where some of the material inputs are not derived from market observable data. As of June 30, 2016, the affected instruments accounted for approximately 0.09% of financial assets and 0.01% of the Group’s financial liabilities registered at fair value. Model selection and validation is undertaken by control areas outside the market units.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Below is a comparison of the carrying amount of the Group’s financial instruments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and their respective fair values.

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

         
              June 2016     December 2015         
     Fair Value and Carrying Amount   Notes    

 

Carrying
Amount

 

    Fair Value     Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value         
   

ASSETS-

                                      
   

Cash and balances with central banks

  9     25,127        25,127        29,282        29,282        
   

Financial assets held for trading

  10     84,532        84,532        78,326        78,326        
   

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

  11     2,148        2,148        2,311        2,311        
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

  12     90,638        90,638        113,426        113,426        
   

Loans and receivables

  13     470,543        473,917        471,828        480,539        
   

Held-to-maturity investments

  14     19,295        19,595        -        -        
   

Derivatives – Hedge accounting

  15     3,628        3,628        3,538        3,538        
   

LIABILITIES-

                                      
   

Financial liabilities held for trading

  10     58,753        58,753        55,203        55,203        
   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

  11     2,501        2,501        2,649        2,649        
   

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

  22     597,745        601,860        606,113        613,247        
   

Derivatives – Hedge accounting

  15     3,280        3,280        2,726        2,726        
                                                  

Not all financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value, so below we provide the information on financial instruments recorded at fair value and subsequently the information of those recorded at cost (including their fair value), although this value is not used when accounting for these instruments.

 

F-93


Table of Contents
8.1.1

Fair value of financial instrument recognized at fair value, according valuation criteria

The following table shows the main financial instruments carried at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down by the measurement technique used to determine their fair value:

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

         
    

 

Fair Value of financial Instruments by Levels

 

 

 Notes

    June 2016     December 2015         
      Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3         
       ASSETS-                                                       
    Financial assets held for trading     10        38,721        45,604        207        37,922        40,240        164        
   

Loans and advances

      -        98        -        -        65        -        
   

Debt securities

      33,541        481        30        32,381        409        34        
   

Equity instruments

      3,694        10        100        4,336        106        93        
   

Derivatives

      1,486        45,016        77        1,205        39,661        36        
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss     11        2,148        -        -        2,246        2        62        
   

Loans and advances

      -        -        -        -        -        62        
   

Debt securities

      161        -        -        173        -        -        
   

Equity instruments

      1,988        -        -        2,074        2        -        
    Available-for-sale financial assets     12        71,906        17,756        398        97,113        15,477        236        
   

Debt securities

      68,244        17,559        359        92,963        15,260        86        
   

Equity instruments

      3,662        198        39        4,150        217        150        
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting     15        81        3,546        1        59        3,478        -        
    LIABILITIES-                                                       
    Financial liabilities held for trading     10        13,353        45,359        41        14,074        41,079        50        
   

Derivatives

      1,217        45,359        32        1,037        41,079        34        
   

Short positions

      12,135        -        9        13,038        -        16        
    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss     11        -        2,501        -        -        2,649        -        
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting     15        106        3,119        55        -        2,594        132        
                                                                      

The heading “Available-for-sale financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 additionally includes 578 million and 600 million for equity instruments, respectively, accounted for at cost, as indicated in the section of this Note entitled “Financial instruments at cost”.

In 2016 and 2015, financial instruments carried at fair value corresponding to the companies that belong to Banco Provincial Group in Venezuela whose balance is denominated in bolivar fuerte are classified under Level 3 in the above tables (see Note 2.2.20.)

 

F-94


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the main valuation techniques, hypothesis and inputs used in the estimation of fair value of the financial instruments classified under Levels 2 and 3, based on the type of financial asset and liability and the corresponding balances as of June 30, 2016:

 

Financial Instruments
Level 2
  

 

Fair Value  
(Millions of  
euros)  

 

     Valuation technique(s)    Unobservable inputs
Loans and advances            

 

 

Present – value method
(Discounted future cash flows)

Present-value method
(Discounted future cash flows)

Active price in inactive market

Comparable pricing
(Observable price in a similar market)

Comparable pricing
(Observable price in a similar market)

Present-value method
(Discounted future cash flows)

  

- Prepayment rates
- Issuer credit risk
- Current market interest rates

 

- Prepayment rates
- Issuer credit risk
- Current market interest rates

 

- Brokers/dealers quotes
- External contributing prices
- Market benchmarks

 

- Brokers quotes
- Market operations
- NAVs published

 

- Prepayment rates
- Issuer credit risk
- Current market interest rates

Financial assets held for trading

     98         
Debt securities               

Financial assets held for trading

     481         

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     -         

Available-for-sale financial assets

     17,559         
Equity Instruments               

Financial assets held for trading

     10         

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     -         

Available-for-sale financial assets

     198         
Other financial liabilities               

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     2,501         

    

                  
Derivatives            

• Commodities: Discounted cash flows and moment adjustment

   - Exchange rates
Derivatives            

Credit products: Default model and Gaussian copula

Exchange rate products: Discounted cash flows, Black, Local Vol and Moment adjustment

Fixed income products: Discounted cash flows

Equity instruments: Local-Vol, Black, Moment adjustment and Discounted cash flows

Interest rate products:

     - Interest rate swaps, Call money Swaps y FRA: Discounted cash flows
     - Caps/Floors: Black, Hull-White y SABR

     - Bond options: Black

     - Swaptions: Black, Hull-White y LGM

     - Interest rate options: Black, Hull-White y SABR

     - Constant Maturity Swaps: SABR

   - Market quoted future prices
- Market interest rates
- Underlying assests prices: shares, funds, commodities
- Market observable volatilities 
- Issuer credit spread levels
- Quoted dividends
- Market listed correlations

Financial assets held for trading

     45,016         

Financial liabilities held for trading

     45,359         
Hedging derivatives               

Assets

     3,546         

Liability

     3,119         
        
Financial Instruments
Level 3
  

 

Fair Value
(Millions of
euros)

 

     Valuation technique(s)    Unobservable inputs
Debt securities            

Present-value method
(Discounted future cash flows)

Comparable pricing
(Comparison with prices of similar instruments)

  

- Credit spread
- Recovery rates
- Interest rates
- Market benchmark
- Default correlation

 

- Prices of similar instruments or market benchmark

Financial assets held for trading

     30         

Available-for-sale financial assets

     359         
Equity Instruments            

Net Asset Value

Comparable pricing
(Comparison with prices of similar instruments)

  

- NAV provided by the administrator of the fund

- Prices of similar instruments or market benchmark

Financial assets held for trading

     100         

Available-for-sale financial assets

     39         

    

                  
Derivatives            

Credit Option: Gaussian Copula

Equity OTC Options : Heston

Interest rate options: Libor Market Model

  

- Correlation default
- Credit spread
- Recovery rates
- Interest rate yields

- Volatility of volatility
- Interest rate yields
- Dividends
- Assets correlation

- Beta
- Correlation rate/credit
- Credit default volatility

Trading derivatives               

Financial assets held for trading

     77         

Financial liabilities held for trading

     32         
Hedging derivatives               

Liability

     55           

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Quantitative information of unobservable inputs used to calculate Level 3 valuations is presented below:

 

                                                
     Financial instrument    Valuation technique(s)    Significant unobservable inputs   Min     Max     Average     Units     
   

Debt Securities

  Net Present Value   Credit Spread     89.35        89.35        89.35      b.p.    
        Recovery Rate     0.15%        37.14%        40.00%      %    
      Comparable pricing   Price     101.01%        76.52%        101.01%      %    
   

Equity instruments

  Net Asset Value   Net Asset Value (*)     Too wide Range to be relevant    
      Comparable pricing   Price (*)      
   

Credit Option

  Gaussian Copula   Correlation Default     33.25        50.33        86.08      %    
    Corporate Bond Option   Black 76   Price Volatility     5.78        7.11        7.49      Vegas    
   

Equity OTC Option

  Heston   Forward Volatility Skew     37.76        37.91        38.68      Vegas    
   

Interest Rate Option

  Libor Market Model   Beta     0.25        9.00        18.00      %    
        Correlation Rate/Credit     (100.00)        -        100.00      %    
        Credit Default Volatility     0.00        0.00        0.00      Vegas    
                                             

 

  (*)

Range is not provided as it would be too wide to take into account the diverse nature of the different positions.

The main techniques used for the assessment of the main financial instruments classified in Level 3, and its main unobservable inputs, are described below:

 

 

The net present value (net present value method): This technique uses the future cash flows of each debt security, which are established in the different contracts, and discounted to their present value. This technique often includes many observable inputs, but may also include unobservable inputs, as described below.

 

  -

Credit Spread: This input represents the difference in yield of a debt security and the reference rate, reflecting the additional return that a market participant would require to take the credit risk of that debt security. Therefore, the credit spread of the debt security is part of the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the future cash flows.

 

  -

Recovery rate: This input represents the percentage of principal and interest recovered from a debt instrument that has defaulted.

 

 

Comparable prices (similar asset prices): This input represents the prices of comparable financial instruments and benchmarks are used to calculate its yield from the entry price or current rating making further adjustments to account for differences that may exist between financial instrument being valued and the comparable financial instrument. It can also be assumed that the price of the financial instrument is equivalent to the other.

 

 

Net asset value: This input represents the total value of the financial assets and liabilities of a fund and is published by the fund manager thereof.

 

 

Gaussian copula: This input is dependent on credit instruments referenced by the CDS, the joint density function to integrate to value is constructed by a Gaussian copula that relates the marginal densities by a normal distribution, usually extracted from the correlation matrix of events approaching default by CDS issuers.

 

 

Black 76: variant of Black Scholes model, which main application is the valuation of bond options, caps floors and swaptions to directly model the behavior of the Forward and not the own Spot.

 

 

Heston: This model, typically applied to equity OTC options, assumes stochastic behavior of volatility. According to which, the volatility follows a process that reverts to a long-term level and is correlated with the underlying equity instrument. As opposed to local volatility models, in which the volatility evolves deterministically, the Heston model is more flexible, allowing it to be similar to that observed in the short term today.

 

 

Libor market model: This model assumes that the dynamics of the interest rate curve can be modeled based on the set of forward contracts that compose the interest rate option. The correlation matrix is parameterized on the assumption that the correlation between any two forward contracts decreases at a constant rate, beta, (to the extent of the difference in their respective due dates. The input “Credit default volatility” is a volatility input of the credit factor dynamic. The multifactorial frame of this model makes it ideal for the valuation of instruments sensitive to the slope or curve, including interest rate option.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

Adjustments to the valuation for risk of default

The credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”) and debit valuation adjustments (“DVA”) are a part of derivative instrument valuations, both financial assets and liabilities, to reflect the impact in the fair value of the credit risk of the counterparty and its own, respectively.

These adjustments are calculated by estimating Exposure At Default, Probability of Default and Loss Given Default, for all derivative products on any instrument at the legal entity level (all counterparties under a same ISDA / CMOF) in which BBVA has exposure.

As a general rule, the calculation of CVA is done through simulations of market and credit variables to calculate the expected positive exposure, given the Exposure at Default and multiplying the result by the Loss Given Default of the counterparty. Consequently, the DVA is calculated as the result of the expected negative exposure given the Exposure at Default and multiplying the result by the Loss Given Default of the counterparty. Both calculations are performed throughout the entire period of potential exposure.

The information needed to calculate the exposure at default and the loss given default come from the credit markets (Credit Default Swaps or iTraxx Indexes), where rating is available. For those cases where the rating is not available, BBVA implements a mapping process based on the sector, rating and geography to assign probabilities of both probability of default and loss given default, calibrated directly to market or with an adjustment market factor for the probability of default and the historical expected loss.

The amounts recognized in the Consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 related to the valuation adjustments to the credit assessment of the derivative asset as “Credit Valuation Adjustments” (“CVA”) and the derivative liabilities were -238 million and 218 million respectively. The impact recorded under “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net” in the consolidated income statement corresponding to the mentioned adjustments was a net impact of 17 and 16 million during the first semester of 2016 and 2015 respectively.

Financial assets and liabilities classified as Level 3

The changes in the balance of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

                 

 

Millions of Euros

 
     Financial Assets Level 3
Changes in the Period
         June 2016      December 2015         
           Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities         
      

Balance at the beginning

       463         182         601         98        
   

Group incorporations

       -         -         148         -        
   

Changes in fair value recognized in profit and loss (*)

       21         (11)         124         (100)        
   

Changes in fair value not recognized in profit and loss

       144         1         27         (123)        
   

Acquisitions, disposals and liquidations

       (44)         43         (510)         89        
   

Net transfers to Level 3

       8         (78)         145         -        
   

Exchange differences and others

       15         (41)         (71)         219        
   

Balance at the end

       607         96         463         182        
                                                          

 

  (*)

Profit or loss that is attributable to gains or losses relating to those financial assets and liabilities held as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Valuation adjustments are recorded under the heading “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)”.

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, the profit/loss on sales of financial instruments classified as Level 3 recognized in the accompanying income statement was not material.

Transfers between levels

The Global Valuation Area, in collaboration with the Technology and Methodology Area, has established the rules for a proper financials assets held for trading classification according to the fair value hierarchy defined by international accounting standards.

On a monthly basis, any new assets added to the portfolio are classified, according to this criterion, by the accounting subsidiary. Then, there is a quarterly review of the portfolio in order to analyze the need for a change in classification of any of these assets.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

The financial instruments transferred between the different levels of measurement in the first semester of 2016 are at the following amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016:

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

         
    

 

Transfer Between Levels

 

  From:       Level 1     Level 2     Level 3         
   

 

To:  

 

   

 

Level 2

 

   

 

Level 3

 

   

 

Level 1

 

   

 

Level 3

 

   

 

Level 1

 

   

 

Level 2

 

        
    ASSETS                                                       
   

Financial assets held for trading

      83        -        118        19        -        8        
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

      312        -        250        8        11        1        
   

Total

        395        -        368        27        11        9        
    LIABILITIES-                                                       
   

Financial Iiabilities held for trading

      2        -        -        -        -        78        
   

Total

        2        -        -        -        -        78        
                                                                      

The amount of financial instruments that were transferred between levels of valuation during the first semester of 2016 is not material relative to the total portfolios, basically corresponding to the above revisions of the classification between levels because these financial instruments had modified some of its features. Specifically:

 

 

The transfers between Level 1 and 2 represents debt securities, which are either no longer listed on an active market (transfer from Level 1 to 2) or are just starting to be listed (transfer from Level 2 to 1).

 

 

The transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 are due mainly to equity instruments and debt securities for which observable inputs are not available.

 

 

The transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 are entirely in equity instruments, for which observable inputs are available.

Sensitivity Analysis

Sensitivity analysis is performed on financial instruments with significant unobservable inputs (financial instruments included in level 3), in order to obtain a reasonable range of possible alternative valuations. This analysis is carried out on a monthly basis, based on the criteria defined by the Global Valuation Area taking into account the nature of the methods used for the assessment and the reliability and availability of inputs and proxies used. In order to establish, with a sufficient degree of certainty, the valuating risk that is incurred in such assets without applying diversification criteria between them.

As of June 30, 2016, the effect on profit for the period and total equity of changing the main unobservable inputs used for the measurement of Level 3 financial instruments for other reasonably possible unobservable inputs, taking the highest (most favorable input) or lowest (least favorable input) value of the range deemed probable, would be as follows:

 

                    

 

Millions of Euros

         
                

Potential Impact on
Consolidated Income

Statement

    

Potential Impact on Total

Equity

        
     

Financial Assets Level 3

Sensitivity Analysis

         Most
Favorable
Hypothesis
     Least
Favorable
Hypothesis
     Most
Favorable
Hypothesis
   Least
Favorable
Hypothesis
        
    

ASSETS

                                      
    

Financial assets held for trading

                                      
    

Debt securities

       5         (10)       -          -        
    

Equity instruments

       5         (16)       -          -        
    

Derivatives

       11         (11)       -          -        
    

Available-for-sale financial assets

                                      
    

Debt securities

       -         -       4          (3)        
    

LIABILITIES-

                                      
    

Financial liabilities held for trading

       -         -       -          -        
    

Total

       21         (36)       4          (3)        
                                                       

 

F-98


Table of Contents

8.1.2     Fair value of financial instruments carried at cost

The valuation technique used to calculate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities carried at cost are presented below:

 

 

The fair value of “Cash and cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits” approximates their book value, as it is mainly short-term balances.

 

 

The fair value of the “Loans and receivables” and “financial liabilities at amortized cost” was estimated using the method of discounted expected future cash flows using market interest rates at the end of each year. Additionally, factors such as prepayment rates and correlations of default are taken into account.

The following table presents the fair value of key financial instruments carried at amortized cost in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down according to the method of valuation used for the estimation:

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

      
          June 2016        December 2015       
   

 

Fair Value of financial Instruments at amortized cost by Levels

 

 

Notes 

 

   

 

Level 1

 

  

 

   

 

Level 2

 

  

 

   

 

Level 3

 

  

 

   

 

Level 1

 

  

 

   

 

Level 2

 

  

 

   

 

Level 3

 

  

 

   
   

ASSETS-

                                                     
   

Cash and cash balances at central banks

 

9    

    24,862        -        264        28,961        -        322       
   

Loans and receivables

 

13    

    15,486        8,548        449,883        17,830        7,681        455,029       
   

Held-to-maturity investments

 

14    

    19,522        33        40        -        -        -       
    LIABILITIES-                                                      
   

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

22    

    -        -        601,860        -        -        613,247       
   

    

                                                       

The main valuation techniques and inputs used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments accounted for at cost and classified in levels 2 and 3 is shown below. These are broken down by type of financial instrument and the balances correspond to those as of June 30, 2016:

 

Financial Instruments

Level 2

  Fair Value
 (Millions of 
euros)
     Valuation technique(s)    Unobservable inputs
                      
Loans and receivables            Present-value method    - Credit spread

Debt securities

    8,548         (Discounted future cash flows)    - Interest rates

    

       

Financial Instruments

Level 3

  Fair Value
(Millions of
euros)
     Valuation technique(s)    Unobservable inputs
         

 

                 
Loans and receivables                

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    33,062        

Present-value method

  

- Credit spread

- Prepayment rates

Loans and advances to customers

    415,469         (Discounted future cash flows)    - Market interest rates

Debt securities

    1,352               
         
Financial liabilities at amortized cost                  

Deposits from central banks

    32,662            - Credit spread

Deposits from credit institutions

    69,387         Present-value method    - Prepayment rates

Customer deposits

    406,178         (Discounted future cash flows)    - Market interest rates

Debt certificates

    79,359             

Other financial liabilities

    14,273               

 

F-99


Table of Contents

Financial instruments at cost

As of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there were equity instruments and certain discretionary profit-sharing arrangements in some entities which were recognized at cost in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets because their fair value could not be reliably determined, as they were not traded in organized markets and reliable unobservable inputs are not available. On the above dates, the balances of these financial instruments recognized in the portfolio of available-for-sale financial assets amounted to 578 million and 600 million, respectively.

The table below outlines the financial instruments carried at cost that were sold in the six months period ended June 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

               

 

Millions of Euros

      
     Sales of Financial Instruments at Cost        

 

    June    

    2016    

 

  

 

    December    
    2015    

 

      
   

Amount of Sale (A)

     6      33       
   

Carrying Amount at Sale Date (B)

     4      22       
   

Gains/Losses (A-B)

     1      11       
                           

8.2   Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

As indicated in Note 2.2.4, non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of their fair value less costs to sell and its carrying amount. As of June 30, 2016 nearly the entire book value of the non-current assets held for sale from foreclosures or recoveries approximate their fair value (see Note 16). The global valuation of the portfolio of assets has been carried out using a statistical methodology based on real estate and local macroeconomic variables.

Real estate properties have been appraised individually considering a hypothetical stand-alone sale and not as part of a real estate portfolio type of sale.

The portfolio of assets held for sale by type of asset as of June 30, 2016 and December 2015 is provided below by hierarchy of fair value measurements:

 

          

 

Millions of Euros

      
    

 

Fair Value at Non-current assets and disposal groups
classified as held for sale by levels

 

   June 2016      December 2015       
    

 

Level 2

 

    

 

Level 3

 

    

 

Total

 

    

 

Level 2

 

    

 

Level 3

 

    

 

Total

 

      
    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale                                                          
   

Housing

     1,875         335         2,210         2,192         98         2,291       
   

Offices, warehouses and other

     480         103         583         353         53         406       
   

Land

     9         127         136         12         236         248       
    TOTAL      2,364         565         2,929         2,557         388         2,945       
                                                                  

Since the amount classified in Level 3 (565 million) is not significant compared to the total consolidated assets and that the inputs used in the valuation are very diverse depending on the type and geographic location, they have not been disclosed.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

9.    Cash and cash balances at centrals and banks and other demands deposits

The breakdown of the balance under the headings “Cash and cash balances at central banks and other demands deposits” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Deposits from central banks” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

                Millions of Euros  
     Cash and cash balances at central banks        June
2016
     December
2015
 
   

Cash on hand

       6,261         7,192   
   

Cash balances at central banks

       14,692         18,445   
   

Other demand deposits

       4,173         3,646   
    Total        25,127         29,282   
   

    

                     

 

               Millions of Euros  
    

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Deposits from Central Banks

   Notes      June
2016
     December
2015
 
   

Deposits from Central Banks (*)

        30,073         20,956   
   

Repurchase agreements

     35         2,583         19,065   
   

Accrued interest until expiration

        53         66   
    Total      22         32,709         40,087   
   

    

                          

 

  *

It is explained by participation in TLTRO program (See Note 7.5).

10.     Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

10.1 Breakdown of the balance

The breakdown of the balance under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

                Millions of Euros  
     Financial Assets and Liabilities Held-for-Trading        June
2016
     December
2015
 
    ASSETS-                
   

Loans and advances

       98         65   
   

Debt securities

       34,051         32,825   
   

Equity instruments

       3,804         4,534   
   

Derivatives

       46,579         40,902   
    Total Assets        84,532         78,326   
    LIABILITIES-                    
   

Derivatives

       46,609         42,149   
   

Short positions

       12,145         13,053   
    Total Liabilities        58,753         55,203   
   

    

                     

 

F-101


Table of Contents

10.2        Debt securities

The breakdown by type of issuer of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

                  

 

Millions of Euros

 
    

Financial Assets Held-for-Trading

Debt securities by issuer

          June
2016
     December
2015
 
   

Issued by Central Banks

        359         214   
   

Spanish government bonds

        7,945         7,419   
   

Foreign government bonds

        22,196         21,821   
   

Issued by Spanish financial institutions

        255         328   
   

Issued by foreign financial institutions

        1,671         1,438   
   

Other debt securities

        1,625         1,606   
   

Total

                    34,051               32,825   
   

    

                          

10.3        Equity instruments

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

                  

Millions of Euros

 
    

Financial Assets Held-for-Trading

Equity instruments by Issuer

          June
2016
     December
2015
 
    Shares of Spanish companies                           
   

Credit institutions

              672         804   
   

Other sectors

              888         1,234   
    Subtotal               1,560         2,038   
    Shares of foreign companies                           
   

Credit institutions

              79         255   
   

Other sectors

              2,166         2,241   
    Subtotal               2,245         2,497   
    Total                     3,805               4,534   
   

    

                          

 

F-102


Table of Contents

10.4        Derivatives

The derivatives portfolio arises from the Group’s need to manage the risks it is exposed to in the normal course of business and also to market products amongst the Group’s customers. As of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, trading derivatives were mainly contracted in over-the-counter (OTC) markets, with counterparties which are mainly foreign credit institutions, and related to foreign-exchange, interest-rate and equity risk.

Below is a breakdown of the net positions by transaction type of the fair value and notional amounts of derivatives recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, divided into organized and OTC markets:

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

      
     Derivatives by type of risk / by product or by
type of market - June 2016
          Assets             Liabilities         Notional amount -
Total
      
   

Interest rate

      31,950        31,412        1,374,957       
   

OTC options

      4,175        4,234        214,907       
   

OTC other

      27,775        27,178        1,136,614       
   

Organized market options

      -        -        -       
   

Organized market other

      -        -        23,436       
   

Equity

      2,557        1,981        98,401       
   

OTC options

      1,031        729        50,162       
   

OTC other

      107        128        3,999       
   

Organized market options

      1,418        1,124        41,109       
   

Organized market other

      1        -        3,131       
   

Foreign exchange and gold

      11,581        12,722        438,370       
   

OTC options

      404        477        38,202       
   

OTC other

      11,162        12,222        397,309       
   

Organized market options

      1        -        117       
   

Organized market other

      14        24        2,742       
   

Credit

      449        468        37,178       
   

Credit default swap

      436        436        33,201       
   

Credit spread option

      1        -        700       
   

Total return swap

      -        32        1,791       
   

Other

      12        -        1,486       
   

Commodities

      15        15        48       
   

Other

      27        10        1,071       
   

DERIVATIVES

      46,579        46,609        1,950,026       
   

of which: OTC - credit institutions

      29,926        32,547        940,593       
   

of which: OTC - other financial corporations

      7,913        8,404        775,133       
   

of which: OTC - other

      7,302        4,506        163,755       
                                         

 

F-103


Table of Contents
           

 

Millions of Euros

      
     Derivatives by type of risk / by product or by
type of market - December 2015
          Assets             Liabilities        

Notional amount -

Total

      
   

Interest rate

      22,425        23,152        1,289,986       
   

OTC options

      3,291        3,367        208,175       
   

OTC other

      19,134        19,785        1,069,909       
   

Organized market options

      -        -        -       
   

Organized market other

      -        -        11,902       
   

Equity

      3,223        3,142        108,108       
   

OTC options

      1,673        2,119        65,951       
   

OTC other

      112        106        4,535       
   

Organized market options

      1,437        918        34,475       
   

Organized market other

      1        -        3,147       
   

Foreign exchange and gold

      14,706        15,367        439,546       
   

OTC options

      387        458        41,706       
   

OTC other

      14,305        14,894        395,327       
   

Organized market options

      1        -        109       
   

Organized market other

      13        16        2,404       
   

Credit

      500        441        33,939       
   

Credit default swap

      436        412        30,283       
   

Credit spread option

      -        -        300       
   

Total return swap

      -        28        1,831       
   

Other

      64        -        1,526       
   

Commodities

      31        37        118       
   

Other

      16        10        675       
   

DERIVATIVES

      40,902        42,149        1,872,373       
   

of which: OTC - credit institutions

      23,385        28,343        974,604       
   

of which: OTC - other financial corporations

      9,938        8,690        688,880       
   

of which: OTC - other

      6,122        4,177        156,828       
                                         

 

F-104


Table of Contents

11.    Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

The breakdown of the balance under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

      
     Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through
profit or loss
     

    June    

2016

        December    
2015
      
   

ASSETS-

                     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

      -        62       
   

Debt securities

      161        173       
   

Unit-linked products

      144        163       
   

Other securities

      17        9       
   

Equity instruments

      1,988        2,075       
   

Unit-linked products

      1,858        1,960       
   

Other securities

      130        115       
   

Total Assets

      2,148        2,311       
   

LIABILITIES-

                     
   

Customer deposits

      -        -       
   

Other financial liabilities

      2,501        2,649       
   

Unit-linked products

      2,501        2,649       
   

Total Liabilities

      2,501        2,649       
                                 

As of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 the most significant balances within financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss related to assets and liabilities linked to insurance products where the policyholder bears the risk (“Unit-Link”). This type of product is sold only in Spain, through BBVA Seguros SA, insurance and reinsurance and in Mexico through Seguros Bancomer S.A. de CV.

Since the liabilities linked to insurance products in which the policyholder assumes the risk are valued the same way as the assets associated to these insurance products, there is no credit risk component borne by the Group in relation to these liabilities.

12.    Available-for-sale financial assets

12.1        Available-for-sale financial assets - Balance details

The breakdown of the balance by the main financial instruments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

      
    

 

Available-for-Sale Financial Assets

 

     

    June    

2016

   

    December    

2015

      
    Debt securities       86,343        108,448       
   

Impairment losses

      (182)        (139)       
    Subtotal       86,161        108,310       
    Equity instruments       4,683        5,262       
   

Impairment losses

      (206)        (146)       
    Subtotal       4,477        5,116       
    Total       90,638        113,426       

    

                           

The amount of “Available for sale financial assets - debt securities” decreases in the first semester of 2016, mainly due to the reclassification of certain debt securities to “Held to maturity investments”, corresponding mostly to Government Bonds (see note 14).

 

F-105


Table of Contents

12.2         Debt securities

 

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Debt securities” of the accompanying financial statements, broken down by the nature of the financial instruments, is as follows:

 

            

 

Millions of Euros

        
   

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

Debt Securities

June 2016

      

    Amortized    

Cost (*)

    

    Unrealized    

Gains

    

    Unrealized    

Losses

    

Book

    Value    

        
 

Domestic Debt Securities

                                        
 

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

       29,102         1,135         (11)         30,226      
 

Other debt securities

       2,832         113         (20)         2,925      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       1,357         63         -         1,419      
 

Issued by other issuers

       1,476         50         (20)         1,506      
 

Subtotal

       31,934         1,248         (31)         33,151      
 

Foreign Debt Securities

                                        
 

Mexico

       11,577         279         (149)         11,706      
 

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

       9,597         232         (80)         9,748      
 

Other debt securities

       1,980         47         (69)         1,958      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       86         4         -         90      
 

Issued by other issuers

       1,894         43         (69)         1,867      
 

The United States

       14,952         125         (182)         14,895      
 

Government securities

       7,391         60         (14)         7,436      
 

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

       1,288         12         (4)         1,296      
 

States and political subdivisions

       6,103         47         (10)         6,140      
 

Other debt securities

       7,562         65         (168)         7,459      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       79         1         -         80      
 

Issued by other issuers

       7,483         64         (168)         7,379      
 

Turkey

       6,269         137         (81)         6,325      
 

Turkey Government and other government agency debt securities

       5,732         130         (74)         5,788      
 

Other debt securities

       537         7         (7)         537      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       475         6         (6)         476      
 

Issued by other issuers

       61         1         (1)         61      
 

Other countries

       19,551         848         (314)         20,085      
 

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

       7,121         551         (84)         7,588      
 

Other debt securities

       12,430         297         (230)         12,497      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       1,911         1         -         1,912      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       3,290         137         (78)         3,348      
 

Issued by other issuers

       7,229         159         (151)         7,237      
 

Subtotal

       52,349         1,389         (727)         53,011      
 

Total

         84,283         2,637         (758)         86,162      

    

                  

 

  (*)

The amortized cost includes portfolio gains/losses linked to insurance contracts in which the policyholder assumes the risk in case of redemption.

 

F-106


Table of Contents
            

 

Millions of Euros

        
   

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

Debt Securities

December 2015

      

    Amortized    

Cost (*)

    

    Unrealized    

Gains

    

    Unrealized    

Losses

    

Book

    Value    

        
 

Domestic Debt Securities

                                        
 

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

       38,763         2,078         (41)         40,799      
 

Other debt securities

       4,737         144         (11)         4,869      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       2,702         94         -         2,795      
 

Issued by other issuers

       2,035         50         (11)         2,074      
 

Subtotal

       43,500         2,221         (53)         45,668      
 

Foreign Debt Securities

                                        
 

Mexico

       12,627         73         (235)         12,465      
 

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

       10,284         70         (160)         10,193      
 

Other debt securities

       2,343         4         (75)         2,272      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       260         1         (7)         254      
 

Issued by other issuers

       2,084         3         (68)         2,019      
 

The United States

       13,890         63         (236)         13,717      
 

Government securities

       6,817         13         (41)         6,789      
 

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

       2,188         4         (15)         2,177      
 

States and political subdivisions

       4,629         9         (26)         4,612      
 

Other debt securities

       7,073         50         (195)         6,927      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       71         5         (1)         75      
 

Issued by other issuers

       7,002         45         (194)         6,852      
 

Turkey

       13,414         116         (265)         13,265      
 

Turkey Government and other government agency debt securities

       11,801         111         (231)         11,682      
 

Other debt securities

       1,613         4         (34)         1,584      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       -         -         -         -      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       1,452         3         (30)         1,425      
 

Issued by other issuers

       162         1         (4)         159      
 

Other countries

       22,803         881         (490)         23,194      
 

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

       9,778         653         (76)         10,356      
 

Other debt securities

       13,025         227         (414)         12,838      
 

Issued by Central Banks

       2,277         -         (4)         2,273      
 

Issued by credit institutions

       3,468         108         (88)         3,488      
 

Issued by other issuers

       7,280         119         (322)         7,077      
 

Subtotal

       62,734         1,132         (1,226)         62,641      
 

Total

         106,234         3,354         (1,278)         108,310      

    

                  

 

  (*)

The amortized cost includes portfolio gains/losses linked to insurance contracts in which the policyholder assumes the risk in case of redemption.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

The credit ratings of the issuers of debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

                                           
                    June 2016     December 2015  
    

 

Available for Sale financial assets

Debt Securities by Rating

             Fair Value
 (Millions of Euros) 
     %     Fair Value
 (Millions of Euros) 
     %  
   

AAA

                 1,116          1.30     1,842         1.70
   

AA+

                 10,321          11.98     10,372         9.58
   

AA

                 538          0.62     990         0.91
   

AA-

                 525          0.61     938         0.87
   

A+

                 1,777          2.06     1,686         1.56
   

A

                 972          1.13     994         0.92
   

A-

                 1,826          2.12     4,826         4.46
   

BBB+

                 44,523          51.67     51,885         47.91
   

BBB

                 15,659          18.17     23,728         21.91
   

BBB-

                 2,518          2.92     5,621         5.19
   

BB+ or below

                 3,716          4.31     2,639         2.44
   

Without rating

                 2,670          3.10     2,789         2.57
   

Total

                 86,161          100.0     108,310         100.0

12.3       Equity instruments

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Equity instruments” of the accompanying financial statements as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

             

 

Millions of Euros

        
    

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

Equity Instruments

June 2016

          Amortized  
Cost
       Unrealized  
Gains
       Unrealized  
Losses
    

Book

      Value      

        
   

Equity instruments listed

                                          
   

Listed Spanish company shares

         3,390         2         (1,070)         2,323      
   

Credit institutions

         -         -         -         -      
   

Other entities

         3,390         2         (1,070)         2,323      
   

Listed foreign company shares

         1,103         300         (50)         1,354      
   

United States

         45         18         (2)         60      
   

Mexico

         8         36         -         44      
   

Turkey

         6